Skip to main content

Full text of "Beyond the Himalayas : a story of travel and adventure in the wilds of Thibet"

See other formats


Wiril  NUMEROUS  ILLUSTR/JI/ 


'^^.n.oP^ 


Presented  to  the 

UBRARYofthe 

UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO 

from 
the  estate  of 

MARK  SELTZER 


..-aO, 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Arciiive 

in  2008  With  funding  from 

JVIicVosoft  Corporation 


http://Www.archive.org/details/beyondhimalayassOOgedciuc, 


^lix.b,-.  i  'J^oMm. 


BEYOND 
THE       HIMALAYAS. 


A  STORY  OF  TRAVEL  AND  ADVENTURE  IN 
THE  WILDS  OF  THIBET. 


BY 


JOHN     GEDDIE, 

AUTHOR  OF   "the   LAKE  REGIONS  OP  CENTRAL  AFRICA.' 
ETC.      ETC. 


"JViTH     Illustrations. 


T.    NELSON   AND    SONS,    PATERNOSTER   ROW. 

EDINBURGH  ;  AND  NEW  YORK. 
1884. 


'^VtfUL 


HE  problem  of  opening  up  an  overland  route 
from  the  Ganges  to  the  Yang-tze — a  subject 
which  has  long  piqued  and  baffled  the  curiosity 
of  their  seniors — ought  to  have  some  attrac- 
tion for  the  imagination  of  young  people,  if,  as  formerly, 
they  take  delight  in  wandering  among  strange  and  wild 
scenes,  and  in  encountering  manifold  obstacles  and  dan- 
gers. Many  have  sought  of  late  years  to  climb  over 
the  division-wall  between  the  two  crowded  Eastern 
worlds  of  India  and  China, — the  trader,  to  find  a 
new  market  for  his  wares ;  the  explorer,  in  search 
of  a  whole  nest  of  "  Chinese  puzzles"  regarding  the 
courses  of  giant  rivers  and  mountain  chains ;  and  the 
missionary,  in  pursuit  of  his  self-denying  labours.  Only 
at  one  point,  however,  and  by  a  roundabout  way,  has 
the  journey  been  accomplished.  This  is  not  wonderful, 
when  we  reflect  that  the  traveller  in  these  countries 
must  run  the  gauntlet  of  savage  mountain  tribes,  jealous 


71  PREFACE. 

Chinese  officials,  and  fanatical  Thibetan  lamas,  in  addition 
to  surmounting  the  extraordinary  natural  difficulties  of 
crossing  the  frayed-out  ends  of  the  Himalayas  that 
interpose  between  the  Assam  frontier  and  China  proper. 
The  surface  of  this  unexplored  region  is  wrinkled  up 
into  deep  folds,  like  the  hide  of  a  rhinoceros ;  and  down 
these  furrows  five  rivers  of  the  first  rank  are  known 
to  flow,  though  their  channels  have  never  been  traced 
throughout.  Their  sources  are  in  the  most  remote 
nooks  of  the  table-land  of  Thibet,  and  their  waters 
find  an  outlet  at  points  so  far  apart  as  Calcutta  and 
Shanghai.  But  here  for  a  space  their  main  courses  are 
drawn  together  within  a  narrow  compass,  resembling,  to 
use  the  expression  of  Colonel  Yule,  the  learned  editor 
of  "  Marco  Polo,"  "  the  fascis  of  thunderbolts  in  the 
clutch  of  Jove,  or  the  parallel  lines  of  railway  at  Clap- 
ham  Junction."  It  is  over  this,  the  most  difficult  bit  of 
"cross  country"  perhaps  in  the  world,  that  Bob  Brown 
seeks  to  lead  the  reader ;  and  as  there  is  no  authentic 
record  of  the  same  line  of  country  having  been  traversed, 
it  is  impossible  to  say  how  nearly  his  narrative  will  be 
found  to  agree  with  facts.  At  the  same  time  the  scenery 
and  manners  described  resemble  what  might  be  expected 
from  the  relations  of  the  distinguished  French  and 
English  explorers — Hue,  Carne,  Cooper,  Margary,  Baber, 
Gill,  and  others — who  have  penetrated  into  South- 
western China  and  Thibet. 


@rontcntj 


-♦♦- 


I.  "mysteries," 

II.   THE  JOUBNEY  INTO  THE  HILLS, 
III.  THE  CLEFTS   OF  THE  ROCK,    ... 
IV.   THE  IRON  WALL,       ... 
V.   UPS  AND  DOWNS,     ... 
VI.   THE  VALLEY  OP  THE  SHADOW, 
VII.    YAKS  AND  LAMAS,   ... 
VIII.   ASTRAY  IN  THE  MOUNTAINS, 
IX.   A  HAVEN  OF  REST, 

X.   AMONG  THE  PIGTAILS, 
XI.   PERILS  BY  LAND,      ... 
XII.   PERILS  BY  WATER,  ... 
Xin.   SWAMPS,    SHANS,   AND  SAVAGES, 
XrV.   A  CANOE  VOYAGE  UP-STREAM, 
XV.   A  HALT  IN  A  PAGODA, 
XVI.   A  TRAMP  THROUGH  THE  FOREST, 
XVn.   THE  LOST  CITY, 
XVIII.   THE  GREAT  SAPPHIRE, 
XIX.   LOST, 
XX.   FOUND, 


57 
61 
76 
89 
105 
113 
124 
137 
145 
152 
168 
181 
193 
204 
220 
283 
244 


BEYOND    THE    HIMALAYAS. 


CHAPTER  I. 


"MYSTERIES.' 


WONDER  what  lies  beyond  ?" 

We  were  sitting,  a  group  of  four 
Europeans,  in  the  veranda  of  a  bunga- 
low into  which  an  Indian  sunset  was  shining.  The 
scene  was  intensely  tropical  and  Eastern.  Climbing 
plants  twined  up  the  trellis -work  of  the  veranda, 
festooning  the  pillars  with  masses  of  broad  green  leaves, 
starred  with  brilliant  purple  and  scarlet  flowers.  In 
the  garden  beyond  were  clumps  of  foliage  and  blossom 
of  types  which  "  at  home"  you  are  accustomed  to  see 
only  in  a  conservatory.  But  here,  instead  of  the 
dwarfed  and  drooping  exotics  that  pine  and  grow 
pale  in  exile,  the  plants  had  a  free,  vigorous  growth 
that  showed  that  they  were  breathing  native  air.      It 


10 

was  like  the  difference,  in  fact,  between  a  collection 
of  wild  animals  cooped  up  in  a  menagerie  and  the  same 
creatures  roaming  free  in  their  forest  haunts.  Fruits, 
too,  some  of  them  familiar,  but  many  of  them  strange 
and  rare,  shone  out  temptingly  from  amid  the  dusk  of  the 
leaves  like  great  golden  orbs,  or  in  clusters.  The  huge, 
clumsy  form  of  an  elephant  could  be  descried  moving 
up  one  of  the  avenues  towards  the  house,  his  pendulous 
trunk  swinging  to  and  fro  in  unison  with  his  deliberate 
step,  and  only  occasionally  vouchsafing  a  discontented 
grunt  in  reply  to  the  appeals  of  the  mahout  to  increase 
his  speed.  A  native  gardener,  dressed,  like  the  elephant 
driver,  in  white  calico,  which  made  a  striking  contrast 
with  his  dusky  face,  was  approaching  in  an  equally 
leisurely  manner,  bearing  on  his  shoulders  the  hoes  and 
other  tools  with  which  he  had  been  trimming  the  walks. 
Other  black  attendants  were  preparing  the  hookahs  for 
the  last  evening  smoke,  and  removing  the  cups  from 
which  we  had  been  drinking  a  fragrant  draught  of  tea ; 
while  in  the  large  chamber  behind,  on  the  other  side  of 
the  green  jalousies,  the  lamps  were  being  lighted. 

All  this  spoke  unmistakably  of  Hindostan. 

But  looking  away  from  the  house,  over  the  wide 
prospect  that  the  veranda  commanded,  there  were 
features  in  the  landscape  that  would  have  struck  an 
Anglo-Indian  as  not  familiar  in  Indian  scenery.  A  long 
hill-slope  stretched  down  in  front  of  us,  covered  with 


"  MYSTERIES."  11 

dark  masses  of  virgin  forest,  between  which  were  wide 
clearings,  planted  with  short,  trimly-kept  shrubs,  that  a 
practised  eye  might  have  recognized  to  be  young  tea- 
trees.  At  a  distance  of  a  mile  and  a  half,  or  rather 
more,  a  great  river  flowed  through  the  valley  in  many 
channels,  separated  from  each  other  by  islands  densely 
covered  with  sal-trees,  bamboos,  and  reeds,  and  broad 
belts  of  the  same  vegetation  bounded  the  two  shores. 
Our  bungalow  looked  partly  across  and  partly  up  the 
stream,  on  the  other  side  of  which  wood-covered  hills 
rose  peak  behind  peak,  with  deep  ravines  seaming  their 
sides,  and  dark  valleys  winding  between  their  folds, 
until  their  colours  and  shapes  seemed  to  melt  into  those 
of  the  array  of  clouds  attending  upon  the  sun,  who  was 
about  to  set  behind  them.  How  shall  I  describe  the 
splendours  of  that  tropical  evening — the  gorgeous  rich- 
ness and  the  harmony  of  the  piled-up  masses  of  vapour, 
the  soft  glow  of  the  unfathomable  depths  of  rosy,  pearly, 
and  cream  -  coloured  sky  that  lay  between,  and  the 
flood  of  level  light  that  poured  across  the  mountains 
from  the  descending  sun  ?  It  is  indescribable ;  one 
must  see  such  a  picture  with  his  own  eyes  in  order 
to  have  a  conception  of  its  beauty.  The  shadows  were 
already  falling  on  the  river :  some  figures  that  we 
had  been  watching  as  they  moved  through  the  reeds 
might  be  a  group  of  tame  buffaloes  that  had  not 
yet   been    driven    home ;    or    a    troop    of    wild    cattle 


12  "  MYSTERIES." 

taking  possession  of  one  of  their  island  strongholds ; 
or  it  might  even  be  native  boatmen  punting  their  way 
up  one  of  the  narrow  creeks,  so  dim  had  their  outlines 
become. 

The  light,  however,  struck  on  another  great  range 
of  mountains  on  the  hither  side  of  the  stream,  whose 
purple  sides  rose  like  a  mysterious  and  impassable  wall 
on  our  extreme  right.  It  was  in  the  direction  of  this 
range  that  the  speaker's  eyes  were  turned  as  he  pro- 
nounced the  words  that  stand  at  the  opening  of  the 
chapter.  I  have  to  introduce  him  first,  as  by  far  the 
most  important  personage  in  this  narrative.  You  had 
only  to  glance  at  Dr.  Roland  to  see  that  he  was  no 
ordinary  man  either  in  physique  or  intellect.  At  least 
that  is  what  I  felt  when  I  first  set  eyes  on  him ;  and 
my  "  chum,"  Tom  Wilson,  felt  exactly  the  same.  His 
face  and  neck  had  been  burned  a  ruddy  brown  by 
exposure  to  many  a  blazing  sun,  and  deep  study  had 
ploughed  one  or  two  wrinkles  in  his  broad  brow,  though 
he  was  still  a  man  under  middle  age.  There  was  no 
trace  of  the  fatigue  and  hardships  he  had  endured  in 
travelling  all  over  the  globe,  in  his  tall,  powerful  figure. 
His  eye  had  none  of  the  supercilious  or  abstracted  ex- 
pression that  repels  one  in  some  men  of  learning  ;  it 
was  bright  and  kindly,  and  alert  like  his  step.  I  shall 
not  describe  his  features  in  detail,  and  need  only  say 
that   his    face   inspired   you   from   the    first   with   con- 


"  mysteries/'  13 

fidence  and  respect,  and  that  you  afterwards  learned 
to  love  it.  I  know  that  wken  we  heard — my  friend 
Tom  and  I — that  so  great  a  man  was  coming  to  visit 
us,  we  felt  a  great  awe  of  him.  We  never  entirely 
lost  that  awe,  but  it  soon  became  merged  in  the  strong 
personal  attachment  which  we  learned  to  entertain  for 
him. 

He  had  come  to  spend  a  few  weeks  with  his  old 
friend  Mr.  Marshall,  who  had  settled  in  the  most  remote 
district  of  Upper  Assam,  and  with  whom  Tom  Wilson 
and  your  humble  servant — I  forgot  to  introduce  myself 
as  Robert,  or,  as  my  familiar  acquaintances  choose  to 
call  me.  Bob  Brown — had  been  living  for  nearly  a  year, 
learning  the  business  of  tea-planting.  The  doctor  brought, 
along  with  his  inseparable  negro  servant  Hannibal,  whom 
he  had  rescued  from  a  dismal  swamp  in  Louisiana  where 
the  poor  hunted  fellow  had  found  shelter  from  a  brutal 
slave-master,  a  wonderful  collection  of  explorers'  appa- 
ratus— quadrants,  chronometers,  thermometers,  aneroids, 
botanical  cases,  collecting  boxes,  and  I  know  not  what 
else ;  besides  rifles  and  other  instruments  of  the  chase, — 
for  his  love  of  sport  was  only  second  to  his  love  of 
science.  A  wing  of  the  bungalow  was  set  apart  for  his 
use,  and  over  it  Hannibal  lay  in  watch  like  a  dragon  ;  but 
we  were  often  of  an  evening  privileged  to  enter  the  doctor's 
sanctum,  and  looked  on  with  breathless  interest  while  he 
made  experiments  or  classified  the  plants  and  animals  he 


14  "  MYSTEKTES." 

had  secured  during  his  day's  tramp,  good  -  naturedly 
making  for  our  benefit  a  running  commentary  on  the 
habits  and  peculiarities  of  the  beetles,  spiders,  and  ants 
that  he  tenderly  spitted  on  pins,  and  of  the  mosses, 
lichens,  orchids,  and  ferns  that  he  carefully  spread  out 
and  pressed  to  death  in  the  interests  of  science.  Some- 
times, too,  we  had  had  the  treat  of  accompanying  him  on 
his  sporting  excursions  to  the  hills  or  in  the  jungles  along 
the  river  side,  and  had  under  his  eye  bowled  over  many 
a  head  of  forest  game,  such  as  wild  pig  and  deer,  though 
our  teacher  in  the  art  had  hitherto  taken  the  post  of 
danger,  and  had  reserved  to  his  own  gun  the  tigers, 
buffaloes,  rhinoceroses,  elephants,  and  bears  that  had 
come  in  our  way. 

It  was  not  strange  that  in  the  circumstances  we  had 
come  to  regard  Dr.  Roland  with  enthusiastic  admiration ; 
that  there  was  nothing  that  we  would  not  have  done  to 
show  our  devotion  to  him,  and  that,  in  our  view,  there 
was  scarcely  anything  that  he  did  not  know  as  familiarly 
as  the  alphabet.  It  was  therefore  with  some  surprise 
as  well  as  curiosity  that  we  watched  him  gazing  away 
towards  those  eastern  hills,  with  a  baffled  and  eager  air, 
and  heard  him  express  his  "  wonder"  as  to  what  was  on 
the  other  side. 

"  Can  you  not  tell  us,  then,  sir,"  said  Tom,  who  was 
the  first  to  break  the  silence,  "  what  is  beyond  that  big 
wall  ?" 


"  MYSTERIES.  15 

"  Mystery,"  said  the  doctor,  dropping  his  voice  to  a 
stage  whisper,  but  looking  all  the  while  more  than  half 
serious,  "  Do  you  know,  young  fellows,"  he  continued, 
"  that  fate  has  placed  you  in  the  one  nook  of  the 
inhabitable  earth  around  which  a  little  romance  still 
lingers  ?  And  yet  you  can  find  nothing  more  heroic  to 
do  than  killing  chickens."  (This  was  a  bantering  refer- 
ence to  an  exploit  of  mine  on  the  previous  day,  when  I 
had  shot  a  fowl,  that  had  strayed  away  to  the  edge  of 
the  plantation,  in  mistake  for  a  pheasant.)  "  There  is 
mystery  brooding  all  about  you,  except  along  the  valley 
there  by  which  you  came  up  hither  from  Calcutta. 
Those  heights  across  the  river,  behind  which  the  sun  is 
just  about  to  hide  himself,  are,  as  you  know,  the  foot- 
hills of  the  great  Himalaya.  Can  any  of  you  tell  me 
the  secrets  of  their  recesses  ?  No ;  neither  then  can  I. 
That  huge  mountain  range  stretches  from  here  to 
Afghanistan ;  nay,  as  I  could  show  you,  to  the  Caucasus 
and  the  Crimea.  There  is  nothing  like  it  in  the  world 
for  height  and  grandeur.  Its  base  rises  directly  from 
the  hot  steaming  plains  of  India,  and  ascends  tier 
above  tier  like  a  vast  staircase  of  mountains  till  it 
carries  you  to  glittering  heights,  thousands  of  feet 
above  the  line  of  perpetual  snow,  that  will  never  be 
trodden  by  man.  If  you  climb  up  by  one  of  the  passes, 
until  your  head  swims  and  you  catch  your  breath  in 
short  gasps  by  reason  of  the  rarity  of  the  air,  you  will 


13  "  MYSTERIES." 

find  that  there  is,  comparatively  speaking,  no  slope  to 
descend." 

"  Then,  has  the  Himalaya  only  one  side  ?"  I  asked. 

"  Yes,  Bob ;  and  on  the  top  is  Thibet  and  the  Roof  of 
the  World." 

"  And  what  happens  to  you  after  you  get  on  the 
roof  r 

"  You  remember  what  happened  to  the  Duke  of  York 
and  his  ten  thousand  men  ?"  said  Mr.  Marshall,  smiling. 
"  He  marched  them  up  a  hill,  and  marched  them  down 
again.  I  wouldn't  advise  you,  Master  Bob,  to  attempt 
that  climb.  The  Thibetans  might  take  a  fancy  not  to 
let  you  away  at  all,  but  nail  you  up  on  the  frontier  as 
a  warning  to  other  trespassers,  as  a  gamekeeper  does  a 
weasel." 

"  Why  should  they  make  such  a  fuss  about  their 
stupid  country  ?"  said  Tom  in  a  tone  of  disgust.  "  I 
never  heard  that  there  was  anything  very  pretty  to  be 
seen  there." 

.  "  It  is  the  Holy  Land  of  one  of  the  great  religions  of 
the  world,  my  boy,"  said  the  doctor.  "  It  is  made  sacred 
by  being  the  residence  of  the  Grand  Lama,  the  living 
Buddha,  and  must  be  kept  pure  from  the  profane  feet 
of  unbelievers,  who  might  besides  take  a  fancy  to  occupy 
the  country.  They  have  guarded  their  frontiers  well. 
I  believe  that  you  could  count  on  the  fingers  of  one 
hand   all  the   Europeans  who   have   penetrated  to   the 


"  MYSTERIES.  17 

heart  of  Thibet.  I  think  it  is  very  foolish  policy,  how- 
ever. It  is  a  cold,  wild,  and  barren  region.  If  the 
lamas  opened  their  doors  to  strangers,  they  would  soon 
satisfy  their  curiosity  and  go  away.  But  as  long  as 
they  keep  the  world  waiting  outside,  the  world  will 
want  to  get  in.  But  leaving  that  matter  aside,  look  at 
that  great  river  there,  the  Bramaputra,  coming  full- 
grown  from  the  hills,  with  no  fountain-head  that  any 
one  knows  of.  Isn't  that  a  mystery  ?  There  is  no 
stream  of  its  size  about  which  there  is  so  much  con- 
jecture." 

"  I  thought  the  maps  made  it  out  to  be  the  Sanpoo," 
said  Tom  Wilson  meekly, 

"  You  mustn't  pin  your  faith  to  all  you  find  in  maps," 
the  doctor  replied.  "  Some  of  the  wildest  and  most 
fanciful  romances  extant  are  to  be  found  in  these  lines 
of  mountain  ranges,  rivers,  and  deserts  which  the  geo- 
graphers trace  for  you.  In  this  case  they  have  heard 
of  a  stream  that  flows  through  the  highlands  of  Thibet, 
and  then  they  perceive  a  flood  of  waters  issuing  from 
the  hills  to  meet  the  Ganges.  The  river  of  the  cold, 
bare  highlands  above  is  no  more  like  the  tropical 
stream  below  there  than  the  hard-featured  Thibetan  is 
like  the  mild  Hindu  ;  and  they  run  in  opposite  directions. 
But  the  people  that  make  the  maps  don't  know  whither 
the  one  goes,  nor  from  whence  the  other  comes — " 

"  And  so,"  interrupted  Mr.  Marshall,  "  they  join  the 
fooo)  2 


18  "  MYSTERIES. 

head  of  the  first  to  the  tail  of  the  second,  and  construct 
a  monster  like  the  mermaid  that  the  Yankee  showman 
made  out  of  a  monkey  and  a  fish.  But  come  now, 
doctor,  what  better  splice  could  you  make  yourself  than 
these  yarning  map-makers  ?" 

"I  could  not  do  a  bit  better,"  said  our  sage,  shaking 
his  head.  "  I  daresay  they  are  right.  But  just  think 
what  might  happen  in  that  mysterious  gap.  Why,  the 
Sanpoo  must  fall  over  a  score  of  precipices,  cut  all  sorts 
of  strange  capers,  and  be  terribly  shaken  and  jumbled 
before  it  becomes  the  Bramaputra.  What  is  to  hinder 
it  from  diving  wholly  underground,  letting  this  river 
flow  over  the  top  of  it,  then  popping  up  on  the  other 
side  and  going  off  to  join  the  Irrawady  ? 

"  Come,  come,  my  friend,"  said  Mr.  Marshall,  laughing; 
"  this  beats  the  maps  hollow  as  a  fiction." 

"It  is  not  so  utterly  impossible  as  you  fancy,"  re- 
sponded Dr.  Roland  gravely.  "  All  sorts  of  queer  things 
happen  up  there  with  the  rivers.  They  have  a  trick  of 
disappearing  in  the  earth,  and  coming  to  the  surface 
again  miles  and  miles  away,  after  traversing  '  caverns 
measureless  to  man,'  like  Alph,  the  Sacred  River  that 
ran  by  the  palace  of  the  great  Kublai  Khan.  By  the 
way,  youngsters,"  he  went  on,  suddenly  turning  to  us, 
"  you  have  read  Marco  Polo's  travels  of  course  ? " 

"  No,"  I  answered  shamefacedly. 

Tom  plucked  up  a  little  courage  on  the  strength  of 


"  MYSTERIES."  19 

his  having  once  "  ground  up  "  the  history  of  the  medi- 
eval traveller  as  an  examination  subject,  and,  of  course, 
had  long  ago  forgotten  it;  so  he  was  beginning, — 
"  Wasn't  that  the  old  Venetian  bloke  that —  " 

"  Please  don't  call  Marco  Polo  a  '  bloke,' "  broke  in  the 
doctor  sternly ;  "  indeed,  I  am  not  sure  that  it  is  proper 
to  describe  any  one  by  that  title.  But  the  great  ones 
of  the  earth  at  least  must  be  spoken  of  with  respect; 
and  you  would  never  talk  of  Christopher  Columbus,  or 
Vasco  da  Gama,  or  David  Livingstone,  as  a  '  bloke.* 
Brave  old  Marco  is  one  of  the  same  glorious  band ;  and 
I  cannot  fancy  anything  more  entrancing  to  young 
fellows  like  you,  or  to  your  elders  either,  than  the  story 
of  his  marvellous  journey  across  Asia,  if  only  you  put 
your  head  into  what  you  read,  as,  of  course,  every  one 
should,  and  try  to  see  with  your  '  mind's  eye '  what  he 
describes  in  his  quaint  language.  What  wild,  unfre- 
quented regions  he  carries  you  into !  What  giddy 
heights  you  scale,  and  what  abysses  you  cross,  from  the 
time  that  you  land  with  the  needy  soldier  of  fortune  on 
the  shores  of  Asia  Minor  until  you  see  him  return,  loaded 
with  Tartar  wealth  and  honours,  to  his  native  city.  You 
are  brought  by  the  cities  of  Samarcand  and  Balkh,  over 
the  Pamir  steppe,  and  across  deserts  of  sand  and  stones 
and  salt  by  a  route  that  no  Western  traveller  has  since 
been  able  to  follow  ;  and  you  hear  strange  tidings  by  the 
way  of  the  Old  Man  of  the  Mountain,  of  Prester  John,  of 


20  "  MYSTERIES. 

Gog  and  Magog,  of  wild  camels  and  hairy  oxen,  of  mines 
of  sapphire,  jasper,  and  chalcedony,  and  of  the  mysterious 
voices  that  haunt  the  Wilderness  of  Lob.  Then  when  you 
reach  the  Court  of  the  Grand  Khan,  what  barbaric  riches 
and  splendour  you  witness  within  and  without  the  royal 
palace,  whose  walls  are  thirty-two  miles  in  circuit, — the 
great  hall  where  the  fierce  Tartar  warriors,  who  had 
perhaps  fought  their  way  across  the  world  from  Japan 
to  Germany,  drank  wine  out  of  flagons  of  gold;  the 
hunting  parties  that  set  out  in  chase  of  the  lion  and 
smaller  game,  with  falcons  and  leashes  of  leopards  and 
lynxes;  and  the  splendid  stud  of  milk-white  horses 
from  which  the  chargers  of  the  princes  were  chosen. 
After  that  you  pass  on  through  exceeding  rich,  powerful, 
and  magnificent  cities,  and  across  broad  and  noble 
rivers —  " 

"  Stop,  stop  ! "  cried  Mr.  Marshall.  "  See  how  you  are 
making  the  eyes  of  these  lads  sparkle  with  your  stories 
of  worthy  Signor  Polo's  travels  !  They  will  be  packing 
their  bundles  and  setting  out  in  quest  of  his  river  with 
sands  of  gold  dust,  and  perhaps  will  fall  into  the  jaws 
of  that  wonderful  serpent  of  his  with  claws  like  a  tiger 
and  glaring  eyes  '  bigger  than  a  f ourpenny  loaf.'  Tell 
us  rather  about  your  plan  for  your  own  trip  up  the 
moimtains  next  week." 

"  I  was  just  coming  to  that,"  said  the  doctor.  "  Marco's 
River  of  Gold  Sands  is  on  the  other  side  of  these  moun- 


"  MYSTERIES.  21 

tains.  If  we  could  '  interview  '  him,  I  daresay  he  could 
tell  us  more  of  the  country  beyond  than  any  one  knows 
to-day,  for  we  have  learned  very  little  in  the  six  hun- 
dred years  since  he  wandered  through  China.  I  intend, 
if  I  have  time,  to  go  as  far  up  through  the  hills  as  pos- 
sible, with  the  hope  of  seeing  a  little  into  the  heart  of 
the  mystery." 

Tom  and  I  exchanged  eager  glances.  We  had  been 
promised  two  or  three  weeks'  holidays,  and  it  was  our 
cherished  hope  that  we  would  be  allowed  to  spend  them 
with  Dr.  Eoland.  You  may  be  sure  that  when  we  heard 
what  his  route  was  to  be  we  became  more  than  ever 
ardent  in  our  wish  to  accompany  him. 

"  Where  does  the  road  lie  over  these  hills  ? "  began 
Tom. 

"  That  is  exactly  the  question,"  said  the  doctor,  knit- 
ting his  brows  musingly.  "  Nobody  can  say  that  there 
is  a  road  at  all.  Here  we  are  within  a  comparatively 
few  miles  of  the  confines  of  China,  and  we  might,  for  all 
we  see  or  hear  of  it,  be  as  many  thousand  leagues  away. 
There  must  be  somewhere  up  there  an  *iron  wall'  of 
division  between  India  and  China;  and  it  has  kept  apart 
five  or  six  hundred  millions  of  people — half  the  inhabi- 
tants of  the  earth — down  to  this  day.  When  they  have 
met  either  for  trade  or  war,  they  have  had  to  make  a 
vast  circuit  by  Cabul  and  Kashgar,  or  some  other  round- 
about road." 


22 

"  Is  it  impassable,  then,  sir  ?  " 

"  I  don't  much  believe  either  in  '  impassable  *  or  *  im- 
possible/ I  daresay  there  is  a  way  of  clambering  over 
the  obstacle  if  one  could  only  hit  it.  I  fancy  that  stork 
there  going  home  to  roost  knows  the  clue ;  or  if  he  is  not 
high-flier  enough,  some  of  the  hill  vultures  could  tell 
you." 

"  What  do  you  think  one  would  find  if  he  got  over, 
sir  ?"  I  asked. 

"  Well,  Bob,  that  lucky  man  would  probably  find  a 
deep  valley,  ending  in  a  chasm  with  precipitous  walls 
and  a  river  at  the  bottom — what  they  call  in  America 
a  canon;  and  if  he  managed  to  scramble  down  without 
breaking  his  neck,  and  embarked  on  the  stream,  he 
would  be  shot  down  cataracts  and  shot  at  by  wild  tribes 
for  many  weeks,  and  at  length  find  himself  sailing  down 
the  Irrawady,  past  the  Peacock  Palace  of  Mandalay,  the 
thousand  temples  of  Pagham,  and  the  Golden  Pagoda  of 
Rangoon,  to  the  sea." 

"  That  would  be  a  lucky  man  indeed,"  said  Mr.  Mar- 
shall, laucjhinof. 

"  But  if  he  despised  following  the  river,  and  scaled 
the  range  of  mountains  beyond,"  continued  the  doctor, 
"  he  would  come  upon  just  such  another  ravine  and 
stream,  and  this  would  carry  him  a  thousand  miles  and 
more  through  a  wild,  untraversed  back-country,  amid 
half-barbarous  Shans  and  wholly  savage  Karens, — per- 


23 

haps  past  the  mines  of  rubies  and  sapphires  of  the  king 
of  Ava, — until  he  would  find  himself  at  the  mouth  of 
the  Salwen,  in  the  British  harbour  of  Moulmein,  in  the 
Bay  of  Bengal." 

"  And  suppose  he  despised  the  Salwen  too,  and  skipped 
over  it — which  is  the  only  way  I  see  of  crossing  it  ? " 
asked  the  master  of  the  house. 

"Then  at  a  short  distance,  measured  by  space,  but 
terribly  long  in  time,  for  it  would  carry  him  high  up 
among  the  clouds,  he  would  find  a  third  and  still  greater 
river — the  Mekong.  And  if  he  built  for  himself  a  bark 
canoe,  and  his  luck  still  clung  to  him,  he  would  pass 
amid  scenes  of  incredible  grandeur  and  terror,  through 
the  very  heart  of  Indo-China,  emerging  at  last  among 
the  French  settlers  in  Saigon.  If  the  Mekong  itself 
were  not  good  enough  for  the  attention  of  this 
haughty  explorer,  he  would  only  have  to  go  a  stage  or 
two  further,  and  after  another  sojourn  in  the  mountains 
of  Thibet,  he  might  get  afloat  on  the  River  of  Golden 
Sand, — the  head-waters  of  the  mighty  Yang-tze-Kiang 
itself, — and  descend,  past  junks  and  joss-houses,  pagodas 
and  porcelain  towers,  exchanging  nods  with  mandarins 
and  bonzes,  to  the  Pacific  Ocean.  So,  instead  of  one 
*  iron  wall,'  there  are  four  lines  of  ramparts  at  least,  with 
a  deep  trench  between  each,  separating  us  from  the 
Flowery  Land." 

"  May  Tom  and  I  go  with  you  to  the  hills,  sir  ? "  said 


24 

I,  after  a  pause,  looking  appealingly  from  the  doctor  to 
Mr.  Marshall,  Tom  meanwhile  seconding  the  request  with 
his  eyes. 

It  was  now  the  turn  of  the  elders  to  exchange 
glances. 

"  You  would  be  of  great  use  to  me,  boys,  I  admit," 
said  the  doctor  gravely;  "but  the  journey  will  be  a 
rough  one  and  not  without  some  danger.  There  have 
been  stories,  you  know,  of  the  hill  tribes  being  rest- 
less. You  would  be  away  three  weeks  at  least,  and 
I  do  not  know  that  Mr.  Marshall  can  spare  you  for 
so  long." 

"  Let  us  go  inside  and  talk  the  matter  over,"  said  Mr. 
Marshall.  "  It  is  already  almost  dark,  and  the  dews  are 
beginning  to  fall." 

When  we  were  all  seated  round  the  table  in  the 
bungalow,  it  was  settled,  after  serious  consideration,  that 
Tom  and  I  should  accompany  Dr.  Koland ;  and  we  then 
proceeded — or  rather  our  elders  proceeded,  while  we 
listened  eagerly — to  discuss  the  arrangements  for  the 
journey.  It  was  long  ere  excitement  would  allow  me  to 
fall  asleep  that  night ;  and  when  at  length  I  dozed  off,  I 
dreamed  that  I  was  Marco  Polo,  and  that,  mounted  on  a 
shaggy  yak,  I  was  fleeing  from  a  hideous  dragon  with 
saucer  eyes  that  chased  me  up  steep  hills  and  across 
yawning  gulfs,  at  the  bottom  of  which  I  could  hear 
water  gurgling  and  roaring  through  caverns,  while  the 


"MYSTERIES.  25 

crashes  of  the  stones  as  they  bumped  from  rock  to  rock 
into  the  abyss  sounded  loudly  in  my  ears.  Awakening, 
I  found  that  my  neighbour  Tom,  also  suffering  from 
nightmare,  was  snorting  violently  in  his  sleep  and 
wildly  beating  the  wall  with  his  fists. 


CHAPTER  II 

THE  JOURNEY  INTO  THE  HILLS. 

RIGHT  and  early  one  morning,  a  week  after 
the  conversation  recorded  in  last  chapter,  we 
set  out  on  our  journey  to  the  mountains. 
So  early  was  it  that  some  of  the  stars  had  not  faded 
from  the  sky,  and  the  fog  had  not  yet  cleared  away 
from  the  banks  of  the  Bramaputra  when  we  turned  our 
backs  upon  it  and  our  faces  towards  the  sunrise,  begin- 
ning to  glimmer  over  these  hills  which  we  had  come  to 
associate  with  all  that  is  mystic  and  marvellous.  Our 
heavier  luggage  was  packed  upon  the  backs  of  two 
elephants.  One  carried  our  tent,  hammocks,  and  the 
warm  clothing  which  we  expected  to  require  on  the  cold 
mountain-tops  to  which  we  were  bound.  Hannibal — 
who  would,  I  believe,  have  undertaken  to  drive  a  giraffe 
or  a  hippopotamus  in  the  service  of  his  master — was  in 
charge  of  the  other  huge  beast  (Ghenghiz  by  name),  and 
from  his  elevated  seat  glanced  with  an  air  of  calm  pride 
at  the  cooking  apparatus,  the  doctor's  scientific  instru- 


THE  JOUKNEY  INTO  THE  HILLS.  27 

ments,  and  the  packages  containing  preserved  meat, 
cartridges,  and  spare  rifles  that  were  neatly  arranged 
behind  him.  Hannibal — or  Han,  as  we  were  accustomed 
to  call  him — would  have  made  a  capital  "  study  in  black 
and  white"  for  an  artist.  It  is  impossible  to  imagine 
anything  blacker  than  his  skin  or  whiter  than  his  newly- 
washed  cotton  uniform,  or  than  the  whites  of  his  eyes 
and  his  rows  of  shining  teeth,  as  he  grinned  delightedly 
in  acknowledgment  of  a  word  of  praise  which  the  doctor 
gave  him  for  his  arrangements.  The  only  neutral  tint 
about  him  was  his  hair  (his  wool  rather),  which  was 
becoming  grizzled  with  age ;  but  though  past  his  youth, 
Han  was  still  possessed  of  enormous  strength.  He  was 
a  faithful,  honest  fellow,  in  whom  we  were  not  long  in 
discovering  a  thousand  good  qualities  that  we  had  not 
expected.  He  was  kind  enough  to  take  a  patronizing 
interest  in  us  youngsters,  though  we  suspected  all  the 
time  that  he  would  have  little  hesitation  in  cooking 
either  of  us  for  his  master's  breakfast,  if  Dr.  Roland 
expressed  the  slightest  wish  in  that  direction.  The 
three  white  members  of  our  party  were  mounted  on 
stout  hill  ponies ;  and  behind  us,  in  Indian  file,  came 
about  a  dozen  Assamese  natives,  who  were  to  act  partly 
as  porters  and  partly  as  guides  and  beaters  of  game. 
Mr.  Marshall  accompanied  us  a  little  distance  on  our 
way,  and  we  parted  from  him  with  warm  hand-shakes, 
and   many   admonitions   on    his   side  to   be   wary   and 


28  THE  JOURNEY  INTO  THE  HILLS. 

careful    of    ourselves,   and    not    to    overstay    long    our 
time. 

I  am  not  going  to  narrate  in  detail  our  experiences  in 
the  earlier  part  of  the  journey,  having  perhaps  already 
spent  too  much  time  in  preliminary  description,  and 
having  much  more  exciting  events  to  tell  of  further  on. 
We  tried  to  cover  as  much  ground  as  possible  in  the 
day's  march.  We  were  only  "  provisioned "  for  three 
weeks  or  a  month ;  and  it  was  our  desire  to  get  as  far 
into  the  mountains  as  possible,  and  to  return  within  that 
time.  We  had  little  time,  therefore,  for  sport;  but 
occasionally  we  got  a  shot  at  a  deer,  and  twice  we 
thought  we  saw  the  striped  yellow  coat  of  a  tiger  slink- 
ing through  the  jungle.  On  one  occasion  we  suddenly 
came  upon  a  small  herd  of  wild  elephants  shampooing 
one  another  in  a  pool  in  the  river  ;  but  immediately  they 
caught  sight  of  us  they  trumpeted  loudly,  scrambled  up 
the  bank,  and  were  crashing  their  way  through  the 
bamboos  before  we  could  unsling  our  rifles  and  take  aim. 
When  we  pitched  our  tent  and  "  went  into  camp"  in  the 
evening,  some  of  us  generally  turned  out  with  rod  and 
line,  and  in  half  an  hour  would  bring  in  a  basket  of  fine 
trout,  which  under  Hannibal's  skilful  hands  made  a 
capital  addition  to  our  fare.  The  track  we  followed  for 
the  first  few  days  was  one  well  marked  by  the  feet  of 
elephants,  cattle,  and  natives,  generally  leading  through 
thick  scrub  and  forest,  and  keeping  near  to  the  banks  of 


THE  JOURNEY  INTO  THE  HILLS.  29 

the  stream  that  flowed  down  to  the  Bramaputra. 
Often  our  eyes  were  unable  to  penetrate  more  than  a 
few  yards  into  the  depths  of  the  forest,  so  dense  and 
matted  was  the  wall  of  trunks  and  branches  woven 
together  by  creepers  of  every  size  that  rose  on  either 
side ;  while  overhead  the  leaves  met  so  closely  as  almost 
to  shut  out  the  light  of  the  sun  even  at  mid-day.  Though 
the  air  in  these  leafy  tunnels  was  close  and  damp,  we 
were  glad  to  escape  the  hot  glare  of  the  sun  that  we 
encountered  as  soon  as  we  reached  the  open.  We  could 
then  see  steep  rocky  banks  hemming  in  the  stream  we 
were  ascending,  and  gradually  drawing  nearer  and  be- 
coming more  precipitous  as  we  advanced.  They  were 
still  covered  with  vegetation  to  the  summits;  but  ahead 
of  us  we  could  see  bare  and  jagged  peaks  coming  into 
sight,  and  at  night  a  breeze  swept  down  the  valley  that 
felt  as  if  it  had  blown  over  snow,  and  made  us  glad  of 
the  shelter  of  our  tent  and  blankets.  Every  mile  we 
advanced  the  mountains  seemed  to  wrap  us  more  closely 
in  their  folds,  to  take  more  strange  and  distorted  shapes, 
and  to  look  down  more  frowningly  on  us  as  trespassers 
in  their  domain. 

On  the  sixth  day  after  we  had  left  our  bungalow  at 
Poolongyan,  we  struck  off"  the  path  we  had  hitherto 
been  following,  and  took  a  more  direct  cut  into  the 
mountains,  by  a  side  valley  on  our  right.  Dr.  Roland, 
who  had  carefully  studied  the  lines  of  the  hills  and  the 


30  THE  JOURNEY  INTO  THE  HILLS. 

sketches  and  accounts  of  previous  travellers,  and  cross- 
questioned  the  native  guides,  had  come  to  the  conclusion 
that  it  was  in  this  direction,  if  anywhere,  that  a  depres- 
sion in  the  great  snowy  range  we  were  in  quest  of  would 
be  found.  It  was  now,  however,  that  the  real  difficulties 
of  the  march  began.  Regular  path  there  was  none, 
though  now  and  then  we  could  take  advantage  of  well- 
marked  lanes  ploughed  through  the  mass  of  juHgle  by 
the  heavy  bodies  of  elephants  and  rhinoceroses,  and  here 
and  there  could  trace  narrow  trails  that  had  apparently 
been  followed  by  the  wild  native  tribes  in  their  hunting 
or  marauding  excursions.  We  had  to  send  our  own 
elephants  to  the  front  to  beat  down  a  track  through  the 
undergrowth,  and  our  guides  had  to  ply  their  knives 
vigorously  upon  the  tough  bamboos,  lianas,  and  reeds 
before  we  could  penetrate  the  thickets.  Often  we  were 
compelled  to  take  to  the  bed  of  the  stream,  in  which, 
fortunately,  as  the  dry  season  had  now  fairly  set  in, 
there  was  comparatively  little  water ;  and  elephants, 
horses,  and  men  scrambled  and  stumbled  over  the 
slippery  boulders  and  ledges  in  the  most  uncomfortable 
way.  It  was  wonderful  to  see  the  care  and  surefooted- 
ness  of  our  sagacious  beasts  as  they  picked  their  way 
from  rock  to  rock ;  but  sometimes  they  would  slip  down 
into  the  stream,  and  the  riders  were  fortunate  if  they 
escaped  without  bruises,  in  addition  to  a  wetting. 
Hannibal  was  fain  to  descend  from  his  high  station  on 


THE  JOURNEY  INTO  THE  HILLS.  81 

his  elephant's  neck,  where  he  was  jolted  about  and  torn 
and  lashed  with  thorns  and  briers  more  than  he  liked, 
and  to  pursue  the  way  on  foot.  For  Dr.  Roland,  how- 
ever, this  part  of  the  journey  yielded  a  rich  harvest. 
His  geologist's  hammer  was  constantly  in  requisition, 
chipping  fragments  of  the  rock,  and  his  note-book,  in 
which  he  entered  the  results  of  his  researches,  seemed  to 
be  seldom  long  out  of  his  hands.  We,  of  course,  flung 
ourselves  with  extraordinary  ardour  into  the  task  of 
assisting  him  in  the  discovery  of  new  plants,  insects,  and 
birds.  We  were  so  successful,  and  gained  so  much  praise 
from  our  patron,  that  Hannibal,  who  appeared  to  see  his 
scientific  functions  invaded,  while  he  was  doomed  to  the 
vulgar  duty  of  looking  after  the  baggage,  began  to 
regard  us  with  disdain  and  perhaps  a  spice  of  jealousy. 
On  the  whole,  however,  we  were  all  in  high  spirits  and 
good-humour.  Everything  had  hitherto  gone  as  smoothly 
as  could  be  expected,  and  we  had  made  such  good  pro- 
gress that  we  were  already  beyond  the  limits  reached  by 
any  previous  explorer. 

The  little  valley  we  had  been  ascending  was  gradually 
changing  to  a  gorge.  Where  we  could  get  a  glimpse  of 
the  hills  above  us,  we  could  see  great  cliffs  towering  up 
to  meet  the  sky,  with  trees  and  shrubs  clinging  to  the 
crannies,  and  trailing  plants  hanging  over  the  edge  of 
the  cliffs  and  shadinor  them  as  with  a  g-reen  veil :  while 
overhead    huge   naked   boulders  were   piled   one  above 


32  THE  JOURNEY  INTO  THE  HILLS. 

another,  and  appeared  only  to  wait  the  first  breath  of 
wind  to  fall  crashing  into  the  valley.  In  front  we  could 
see  where  the  perpendicular  walls  closed  in,  leaving  only 
a  narrow  passage  between  them,  and  ahead  we  could 
hear  the  sound  of  falling  waters.  Before  reaching  the 
waterfall,  however,  we  had  to  traverse  a  sort  of  canal, 
where  the  stream  had  an  almost  imperceptible  flow 
between  marshy  banks  covered  with  dense  jungle  and 
forest  trees  that  interlaced  their  branches  and  formed  a 
leafy  arcade  overhead.  Under  this  gloomy  archway, 
through  which  the  sun  only  here  and  there  shot  down  a 
pencil  of  light,  we  waded  for  more  than  half  a  mile  with 
the  water  nearly  to  our  armpits.  The  doctor  led  the 
van,  holding  aloft  his  rifle  and  revolver  to  save  them 
from  the  wet,  and  cautiously  piloting  the  way,  which 
was  full  of  boulders,  deep  miry  holes,  trunks,  limbs,  and 
roots  of  trees,  and  other  obstacles.  Behind  him  came 
the  mahout  and  one  of  the  elephants  and  the  line  of 
porters,  bravely  struggling  with  their  loads  through  the 
mud ;  while  Tom  and  I,  leading  the  ponies,  brought  up 
the  rear,  along  with  Hannibal  and  his  big  charge,  both 
of  them  in  rather  cross  temper,  owing  to  a  difference  of 
opinion  as  to  the  rate  of  progress  which  it  was  proper 
for  an  elephant  to  make  in  the  circumstances.  The 
worthy  old  negro's  ill-humour  was  not  removed  by  the 
unmerciful  chaff"  to  which  we  subjected  him,  and  a  little 
incident  occurred  that  threatened  further  to  upset  him. 


THE  JOURNEY  INTO  THE  HILLS.  33 

A  resplendent  butterfly  of  a  new  species,  with  wings 
four  or  five  inches  across,  and  all  ablaze  with  glorious 
shades  of  blue,  purple,  and  crimson,  issued  from  the 
thicket,  and  after  fluttering  round  the  head  of  the 
doctor,  who  could  only  vainly  shake  his  revolver  at  it, 
it  passed  on  to  one  after  another  of  the  company,  finally 
concentrating  its  attention  on  Hannibal,  and  apparently 
taking  a  special  delight  in  parading  its  beauties  within 
a  foot  or  two  of  his  nose. 

"Aha!"  said  our  black  friend,  wagging  his  head 
savagely  and  showing  his  teeth  like  a  cat  that  sees  a 
sparrow  from  behind  a  pane  of  glass,  "  you  t'ink  you  can 
do  what  you  like,  do  you?  Hey!  You  jes'  come  a  little 
nearah,  will  you  ?" 

The  butterfly,  responding  to  the  sarcastic  invitation, 
at  that  moment  danced  a  few  inches  closer  to  Hannibal's 
face,  and  by  a  dexterous  sweep  of  his  hand  he  held  the 
prize  in  his  fingers.  Instantly  the  negro's  ill-humour, 
which  was  never  of  long  continuance,  was  appeased,  and 
for  the  rest  of  the  day  he  could  scarcely  conceal  the 
elation  he  felt.  He  got  his  share  of  the  too  marked 
attentions  of  other  tribes  of  insects — mosquitoes,  ants, 
sand-flies,  and  the  rest — that  stung  us  on  the  wing  or 
dropped  on  us  from  the  trees ;  but  he  seemed  scarcely 
to  mind  them.  There  was  not  one  of  us,  however,  who 
W£Ls  not  glad  enough  to  emerge  again  from  this  damp 
and  dark  tunnel  into  the  clear  light  of  day,  close  beneath 

(690)  3 


34  THE  JOUENEY  INTO  THE  HILLS. 

the  cascade  which  we  had  heard  gradually  sounding 
louder  in  our  ears. 

We  were  a  forlorn  company  when  at  length  we  came 
to  a  halt  at  the  foot  of  the  falls.  Our  hands  and  faces 
were  torn  with  thorns  and  swollen  with  the  stings  and 
bites  of  our  insect  tormentors,  and  our  clothes  had  gaping 
rents  here  and  there,  besides  being  soaked  with  water 
and  plastered  with  mud  from  the  waist  down.  Hanni- 
bal, particularly,  cut  a  bedraggled  figure,  in  melancholy 
contrast  to  the  spruce  and  dandified  air  he  assumed 
before  his  bright  plumage  had  been  drawn  through  the 
mire.  Tired  and  wet  as  we  were,  hunger  had  the  upper 
hand  of  fatigue,  and  we  set  to  work  with  a  will  in 
helping  our  cook  to  get  ready  our  meal — a  mess  of  rice, 
with  preserved  meat  sandwiches  and  some  excellent  cray- 
fish, or  "  fresh-water  lobsters,"  as  we  called  them,  that 
we  had  fished  up  from  the  stream,  added  to  a  smoking 
cup  of  tea. 

It  was  a  wild  scene  that  environed  us  as  we  sat 
around  a  great  slab  of  rock,  doing  ample  justice  to  our 
fare.  Towering  granite  cliffs  rose  almost  sheer  above 
us  to  a  height  of  six  or  seven  hundred  feet.  Piled-up 
fragments  of  rock  lay  around  their  base  and  encumbered 
the  bed  of  the  stream,  and  were  overgrown  with  an 
extraordinary  variety  of  forest  and  water  plants,  among 
which  beautiful  ferns  and  long  streaming  mosses  predom- 
inated.    On  the  summit  of  the  crags,  also,  broken  and 


THE  JOURNEY  INTO  THE  HILLS.  35 

splintered  masses  of  stone  were  confusedly  heaped,  and 
some  of  them  seemed  to  lean  over  in  the  act  of  plunging 
into  the  valley.  We  could  make  out  dwarf  shrubs  cling- 
ing to  the  clefts  high  up,  and  hiding  behind  the  boulders, 
plainly  seeking  shelter  from  the  cold  rude  blasts  that 
blew  on  the  plateau  above.  Just  before  us  the  walls  of 
the  gorge  approached  each  other  within  a  distance  of 
thirty  feet,  and  down  a  steep  incline  rushed  the  stream 
in  flying  leaps  and  bounds,  roaring  and  chafing  over  and 
under  the  rocks  in  a  line  of  foam,  and  falling  into  a  deep 
pool  below.  In  its  present  shrunken  condition  the  little 
river  did  not  nearly  fill  the  space  between  the  cliffs;  but 
in  time  of  flood,  as  we  could  plainly  see  by  the  markings 
of  water  high  up  the  rocks,  it  must  fill  the  whole  channel 
and  thunder  through  the  gap  in  a  resistless  torrent. 

"  What  are  we  to  do  now,  sir  ? "  inquired  Tom  of  the 
doctor.  "  We  will  not  be  able  to  get  the  elephants  up 
these  rocks,  will  we  ? " 

"  We  must  not  only  leave  the  elephants  behind  us,"  re- 
plied our  chief,  "  but  also  the  ponies,  if  we  are  to  go  any 
further.  I  am  not  disappointed  about  the  elephants,  as 
I  did  not  expect  to  be  able  to  bring  them  so  far. 
Besides,  another  day  with  the  care  of  Ghenghiz  weighing 
on  his  mind  would  be  the  death  of  Hannibal,"  glancing 
slyly  at  that  worthy,  who  shook  his  grizzled  poll,  but 
looked  much  relieved.  "  While  you  hungry  blades  have 
been  kindling  the  fire  and  boiling  the  kettle,  I  have  been 


36  THE  JOURNEY  INTO  THE  HILLS. 

clambering  up  the  rocks  at  the  fall.  There  is  '  no 
thoroughfare'  that  way  for  horses,  and  scarcely  for  foot- 
passengers.  But  we  have  had  some  experience  in 
climbing  trees,  and  there  is  a  root  there  by  which  I 
find  you  can  hoist  yourself  up  to  the  river-bed  above. 
I  am  not  quite  certain,"  said  the  doctor  after  a  pause, 
and  speaking  with  great  deliberation,  "but  I  think  I 
could  make  out  at  the  extreme  end  of  the  gorge,  and 
within  a  couple  of  days'  march,  the  great  '  divide '  of 
which  we  are  in  search." 

"  Then  shouldn't  we  push  on  at  once  ? "  I  broke  in. 

"  Not  quite  so  fast.  Bob,"  said  Dr.  Roland,  smiling  at 
my  eagerness.  "We  have  to  settle  first  whether  this 
is  not  to  be  our  turning-point.  We  can  still  spare  two 
or  three  days  and  be  back  at  the  bungalow  by  the  time 
appointed.  But  there  is  risk,  I  can  see  plainly,  in 
pushing  on.  What  if  one  of  the  thunderstorms  that 
occasionally  break  on  these  hills  at  this  season  were  to 
come  down  ?  We  might  be  imprisoned  in  the  mountain- 
gully  above  for  a  week  or  more.  It  might  take  that 
time  before  the  flood  would  subside  sufficiently  to  let  us 
escape  by  the  fall ;  and  the  sides  of  the  gorge,  so  far  as  I 
could  observe,  are  so  steep  that  you  might  as  well  think 
of  scaling  a  church  spire.  Then  there  are  the  hillmen. 
If  they  discovered  our  movements,  and  chose  to  bar  our 
way,  it  would  be  more  awkward  even  than  the  floods." 

"  But  we  have  seen  no  natives  since  we  crossed  the 


THE  JOURNEY  INTO  THE  HILLS.  37 

frontier,"  we  objected,  "and  those  we  met  within  the 
border  were  quite  quiet  and  peaceable." 

"That  sudden  disappearance  is  the  very  thing  that 
puzzles  and  troubles  me,"  replied  our  friend,  speaking 
gravely.  "  These  wily  rascals  may  have  been  watching 
every  step  we  have  taken,  though  they  have  never 
allowed  us  to  catch  a  glimpse  of  them.  Did  you  observe 
that  the  little  nat-houses  we  passed  on  our  way  had  fresh 
offerings  of  fruit  and  meat  laid  down  to  propitiate  the 
evil  genii  of  the  jungle  and  the  mountains  ?  The  hill- 
men  seldom  take  the  trouble  to  do  that  unless  some 
raiding  scheme  or  other  mischief  is  afoot.  Now  that 
we  are  so  near  the  mountains,  I  think  I  will  push  on, 
with  Hannibal  and  two  of  the  guides,  and  try  to  reach 
the  water-parting.  But  you,  boys,  must  remain  here ;  or 
better  still,  return  with  the  elephants  and  ponies  and  the 
rest  of  the  party  to  the  outlet  of  the  stream,  for  camping 
and  pasturage.     You  may  look  for  us  in  about  a  week." 

The  reader  may  fancy  how  terribly  disappointing  a 
prospect  this  was  for  us,  and  how  we  urged  the  doctor 
by  every  argument  in  our  power  to  take  us  with  him. 
At  length,  after  much  hesitation,  and  bearing  in  mind 
that  the  dangers  were,  after  all,  only  conjectural,  and 
that  we  might  be  safer  under  his  own  eye  than  left 
alone  with  the  native  attendants,  he  consented  that  we 
should  start  with  him  next  day  to  pursue  the  journey 
up  stream. 


38  THE  JOUENEY  INTO  THE  HILLS. 

"  I  wish  you  had  spent  your  time,  Tom,  in  teaching 
your  pony  to  climb  trees,  instead  of  standing  on  its  hind 
legs  and  begging  for  a  biscuit,"  said  the  doctor,  looking 
wistfully  at  our  clever  little  nags.  "  We  shall  have  to 
be  the  beasts  of  burden  ourselves  from  this  point.  I 
advise  you  to  put  on  as  much  clothes  as  you  can  bear, 
and  Hannibal  will  show  you  how  to  pack  your  knap- 
sacks to  the  best  purpose.  We  must  be  in  as  tight 
marching  order  as  possible,  but  must  have  enough  food 
to  keep  the  keen  mountain  hunger  at  bay  for  several 
days." 


CHAPTER   III. 

THE    CLEFTS    OF    THE    ROCK. 

lONG  before  the  sun  had  peeped  over  the  walls 
of  the  ravine  our  preparations  for  the  march 
were  complete.  In  spite  of  the  wetting  of 
the  previous  day,  we  felt  quite  fresh  and  fit 
for  travel,  thanks  partly  to  the  delicious  plunge  we  had 
enjoyed  in  the  pool  immediately  on  awakening.  The 
critical  eyes  of  the  doctor  and  the  "  darkey"  had  super- 
intended every  detail  of  toilet  and  packing.  Elephants, 
ponies,  and  attendants  stood  marshalled,  ready  for  depart- 
ure to  the  rear  when  we  had  ascended  the  rocks  at  the 
waterfall.  Picking  our  way  cautiously  over  the  boulders, 
wet  and  slippery  with  the  spray  from  the  cascade,  and 
clinging  now  to  a  tuft  of  grass  or  fern,  now  to  a  root, 
overhanging  branch,  or  knuckle  of  rock,  we  hoisted  our- 
selves up  rather  stiffly — for  we  had  donned  more  clothes 
than  was  as  yet  quite  comfortable,  and  had  each  besides  a 
wallet  and  a  gun  slung  to  his  shoulder — till  at  length  we 
stood  on  the  topmost  ledge.     We  raised  a  hearty  cheer, 


40  THE  CLEFTS  OF  THE  KOCK. 

which  was  responded  to  from  below ;  and  then  each  party 
stepped  out  briskly,  our  late  companions  towards  the 
rendezvous  down  stream,  and  we  into  the  unknown 
heart  of  the  hills. 

It  is  impossible  to  conceive  a  more  desolate  and  terrific 
scene  than  the  one  on  which  our  eyes  were  now  turned. 
A  great  chasm  seemed  to  have  been  rent  into  the  core  of 
the  mountains,  winding  and  zigzagging,  now  contracting 
till  it  was  less  than  a  stone-throw  across,  and  then  ex- 
panding a  little,  but  with  the  sheer  walls  everywhere 
throwing  deep  black  shadows  half-way  across  the  gulf. 
It  seemed  to  be  the  gloomy  portal  to  the  retreat  of  the 
Efreet  who  guarded  the  secret  of  these  hills ;  and  it  was 
not  strange  in  young  explorers  like  Tom  and  myself,  who 
were  introduced  for  the  first  time  into  the  scenery  of 
this  wild  land  of  precipices  and  abysses,  that  for  a  second 
or  two  our  hearts  sank  with  an  involuntary  feeling  of 
awe  and  terror.  Above  the  cliffs  that  hemmed  us  in, 
however,  and  far  back  behind  the  murky  recesses  of  the 
ravine,  a  high  mountain-ridge  could  be  plainly  discerned, 
running  north-east  and  south-west,  with  the  morning 
sun  gleaming  on  its  snow-covered  peaks,  and  throwing 
shadows  into  its  deep  notches  and  hollows.  We  had  no 
doubt  that  it  was  the  "Iron  Wall" — the  impassable 
prolongation  of  the  Patkoi  Chain ;  and  it  seemed  not 
more  than  fifteen  or  twenty  miles  distant. 

The  sight  infused  new  spirit  into  us,  and  we  tramped 


THE  CLEFTS  OF  THE  ROCK.  41 

on  stoutly  in  spite  of  obstacles  that  met  us  at  every 
step.  The  bed  of  the  stream  was  filled  with  huge  blocks 
of  stone,  worn  smooth  with  the  friction  of  water  passing 
over  them,  and  piled  one  above  another  as  if  the  giants 
of  the  hills  had  been  amusing  themselves  by  trying  to 
fill  up  the  chasm.  Our  progress  was  a  process  of  crawl- 
ing, leaping,  sliding,  and  wading.  Sometimes  we  would 
be  picking  our  way  cautiously  along  a  narrow  ledge  at 
a  dizzy  height  above  the  stream;  at  others  endeavouring 
to  follow  its  banks  by  scrambling  over  the  boulders,  and 
then  again  taking  to  the  stream  itself,  which  hurried 
downhill  in  a  continuous  series  of  rapids  and  cataracts. 
Great  fissures  seamed  the  sides  of  the  cliiFs  at  intervals, 
and  side  valleys  opened  up,  more  dark  and  forbidding 
than  the  main  gorge.  A  coarse  wiry  grass  covered  the 
less  steep  slopes,  and  at  a  few  spots  there  were  patches 
of  jungle  and  forest.  We  peered  anxiously  into  these 
thickets,  as  well  as  up  the  branch  glens,  in  search  of 
game  or  of  possible  enemies,  but  saw  scarcely  any  trace 
of  life,  human  or  otherwise.  Winged  game  had  dis- 
appeared, and  the  only  four-footed  creatures  we  saw 
were  two  or  three  Ovis  Ammon,  the  wild  mountain  sheep, 
splendid  fellows  with  prodigious  horns,  that  boimded 
up  the  nearly  perpendicular  crags,  and  disappeared  over 
the  sky-line  too  far  off"  for  us  to  get  a  shot  at  them. 
The  only  sport  the  ravine  afforded  was  angling ;  and  a 
dish  of  a  curious,  snouted,  whiting-like  fish  afforded  us 


42  THE  CLEFTS  OF  THE  ROCK. 

an  excellent  mid-day  meal.  We  could  no  longer  regale 
ourselves  with  tropical  fruits  ;  for  we  had  left  behind  us 
the  sago-palm  and  the  rubber-tree,  the  banyan  and  the 
plantain,  along  with  the  tiger  and  the  buffalo,  in  the  low 
valley  beneath  us,  and  the  plants  we  now  encountered 
were  those  of  more  temperate  regions,  and  chiefly  pine- 
trees  not  unlike  our  northern  firs. 

Still  we  held  onward  and  upward,  and  privations  and 
difficulties  were  made  amends  for  by  seeing  the  snowy 
range  before  us  grow  gradually  nearer  and  clearer.  When 
we  halted  for  the  day,  we  calculated  that  we  had 
reduced  its  distance  from  us  by  at  least  one-half.  A 
recess  in  the  rocky  wall,  with  a  platform  in  front  com- 
manding a  view  up  and  down  the  ravine,  offered  a 
suitable  camping-place  for  the  night,  and  we  turned  in, 
after  duly  setting  a  watch  and  kindling  a  huge  fire, 
satisfied  on  the  whole  with  what  we  had  done,  and  pre- 
pared to  enjoy  a  well-earned  night's  repose. 

I  think  the  fatigTies  of  the  day  must  have  been  too 
much  for  me,  or  the  cutting  breeze  that  blew  down  from 
the  snows,  and  made  me  shiver  within  my  blanket,  pre- 
vented me  from  dropping  off  to  sleep.  At  all  events, 
I  could  not  compose  myself  to  rest.  I  heard  Dr.  Roland 
and  one  of  the  Assamese  porters  turn  in,  after  having 
passed  the  first  watch,  and  Hannibal  and  our  other  native 
follower  take  their  places.  The  doctor  was  "  dead  beat" 
— for  he  had  been  geologizing  as  well  as  marching  all  day 


THE  CLEFTS  OF  THE  ROCK.  43 

— and  did  not  seem  to  notice  that  the  two  Assam  men, 
willing  but  superstitious  fellows,  lingered  together  for  a 
few  moments  and  exchanged  some  hurried  words.  I 
heard  old  Han  lecturing  his  companion,  with  the  air  of 
superiority  that  he  always  assumed  in  addressing  coloured 
men  of  other  types  than  his  own,  on  his  ignorance  and 
want  of  manners. 

"  You  remembah,"  he  said,  "  a  niggah  like  you  ought 
nevah  to  speak  b'hind  the  sahib's  back.  You  grumble 
b'cause  you  have  to  climb  ovah  big  stones,  and  carry 
other  big  stones  on  your  back,  do  you,  hey  ?  You  don't 
know  that  Doctah  Sahib  " — the  doctor's  name  with  the 
natives — "  make  dem  all  into  rupees  when  he  goes  back 
to  Poolongyan.  You  'fraid  of  the  '  nats,'  are  you  ? 
Why,  you  fool,  he  could  catch  your  biggest  nat,  and 
cork  him  up  in  him  small  bottle"  (this  weis  evidently 
a  blundering  allusion  to  the  doctor's  splendid  collection 
of  gnats  and  other  insects  of  the  same  class  which  he 
had  made  one  of  his  specialities).  "  You  jes'  keep  your 
eyes  well  skinned,  and  mind  your  own  business,  will 
you?" 

Much  more  to  the  same  eftect  the  worthy  negro 
delivered  himself  of.  The  Assam  man  made  no  response, 
and  Han's  own  voice  sounded  drowsily,  and  at  length 
ceased.  The  feverish,  uneasy  sensation  I  felt  was  in- 
creased by  a  fancy  that  I  saw  a  shadow  flit  past  my 
half-closed  eyes  towards  the  entrance  of  the  cave,  and 


44  THE  CLEFTS  OF  THE  EOCK. 

by  hearing  a  pebble  or  two  rattle  down  the  rocks  outside. 
I  could  lie  quiet  no  longer;  and  besides,  I  was  convinced 
that  the  hour  was  close  at  hand  when  Tom  and  I  were 
to  share  the  morning  watch.  I  got  up,  and  stepped  out 
upon  the  ledge  where  our  guard  was  set.  The  fire  had 
dwindled  down  until  only  two  or  three  half -extinct 
brands  remained.  The  moon  had  gone  down,  and  the 
sunrise  had  hardly  begun  to  tinge  the  sky.  It  was 
indeed  the  "black  hour"  that  precedes  the  dawn,  and 
my  eyes  could  only  penetrate  a  few  yards  into  the  murky 
darkness  that  seemed  to  surround  the  dying  fire  like  a 
wall.  There  was  light  enough,  however,  to  see  the 
prostrate  figure  of  Hannibal,  stretched  close  to  the 
embers,  and  a  prolonged  snore  gave  further  testimony  to 
the  way  in  which  he  was  keeping  watch.  It  was  as  I 
had  half  suspected.  The  toils  of  the  day  had  been  too 
much  for  the  honest  fellow,  and  for  once  his  sense  of 
duty  had  succumbed  to  exhaustion. 

But  where  was  his  companion  on  guard  ?  I  glanced 
my  eye  around  in  search  of  him,  but  in  vain.  Then  I 
stepped  aside  to  see  if  he  had  ensconced  himself  behind 
some  rock.  At  the  instant  I  moved,  an  arrow  whizzed 
past,  almost  brushing  my  neck,  and  rattled  against  a 
boulder  within  a  few  feet  of  me.  For  a  second  or  two 
I  felt  paralyzed.  Then  gathering  my  wits  about  me,  I 
fired  my  gun,  which  I  had  brought  loaded  in  my  hand, 
in  the  direction  from  whence  the  arrow  had  come.     In- 


THE  CLEFTS  OF  THE  ROCK.  45 

stantly  a  howl  of  pain  announced  that  I  had  done  some- 
thing more  than  check  the  hidden  foe  and  rouse  my 
companions.  The  doctor  and  Tom  Wilson  rushed  out 
from  the  grotto,  rifle  in  hand;  and  Hannibal  picked  him- 
self up,  and  began  violently  to  rub  his  eyes,  evidently 
completely  at  a  loss  to  understand  where  he  was.  In  a 
few  hurried  words  I  explained  what  had  happened,  and 
emphatic  point  was  given  to  them  by  two  or  three  other 
arrows  that  came  hurtling  about  us.  It  was  clearly  time 
to  withdraw  into  the  cave  ;  and  this  we  did,  after  hastily 
trampling  out  the  remains  of  the  fire. 

Here  we  lay  with  our  rifles  cocked,  anxiously  waiting 
until  daylight  would  break,  and  spending  the  interval 
in  eagerly  comparing  notes  as  to  the  meaning  of  the 
startling  event  that  had  occurred,  and  discussing  our 
future  plans.  It  was  plain  that  we  had  fallen  into  a 
trap  prepared  by  a  party  of  the  wild  hillmen,  who  may 
have  been  following  our  trail  for  days,  or  perhaps  had 
been  lying  in  ambuscade  in  one  of  the  thickets  we  had 
passed  on  the  previous  day's  march.  The  disappearance 
of  both  our  native  porters  puzzled  us  sorely.  At  first 
we  suspected  complicity  on  their  part  with  our  assailants; 
but  afterwards  we  came  to  the  conclusion  that  they  had 
been  seized  with  panic,  on  perceiving  the  dangers  and 
difficulties  of  the  enterprise,  and  had  probably  over- 
heard some  of  the  doctor's  remarks  about  the  likeli- 
hood of  the  dreaded  hill-tribes  being  out  upon  a  raid. 


46  THE  CLEFTS  OF  THE  ROCK. 

They  had  seized  the  first  chance  of  escaping ;  and  we 
trembled  to  think  of  the  fate  that  had  overtaken  the 
deserters,  and  which  in  a  few  hours  might  be  our  own. 

After  a  weary  time  of  waiting,  the  objects  outside  began 
slowly  to  loom  out  more  plainly  in  the  darkness,  and  by- 
and-by  the  morning  light  shone  into  our  place  of  retreat. 
The  enemy  had  kept  at  a  respectful  distance,  and  contented 
themselves  with  now  and  again  flinging  an  arrow  or  lance 
into  the  cave  from  below.  We  now  ventured  cautiously 
to  the  entrance,  and  reconnoitred  the  ground.  The 
besiegers  were  gathered  some  distance  off  in  two  groups, 
numbering  about  twenty  men  each,  one  party  holding 
a  narrow  passage  by  which  alone  we  could  retrace  our 
steps  down  stream,  while  the  design  of  the  others  seemed 
to  be  to  prevent  our  pushing  further  on.  They  raised 
an  excited  yell  when  they  perceived  us,  and  sent  a 
score  of  arrows  in  our  direction.  As  we  were  well 
sheltered  behind  the  rocks,  these  did  us  no  harm,  and  we 
could  survey  the  foe  at  comparatively  little  risk.  A 
more  wild,  truculent-looking  crew  surely  never  gathered 
together  for  a  deed  of  rapine  or  bloodshed.  They  were 
rather  under  the  middle  height,  but  with  enormously 
long  and  powerful  limbs.  Their  faces  were  of  the 
Mongol  type  that  more  or  less  prevails  throughout  these 
hill  regions ;  but  in  the  case  of  (5ur  assailants  all  the 
more  harsh  and  sinister  features  of  the  Tartar  counte- 
nance were  exaggerated  to  positive  hideousness.     Their 


THE  CLEFTS  OF  THE  EOCK.  47 

small,  oblique  eyes  were  set  underneath  a  forehead 
"  villanous  low  ; "  and  their  flattened  noses,  high  cheek 
bones,  and  wide  mouths  displaying  broken  rows  of 
yellow  teeth,  did  not  invite  the  confidence  and  sympathy 
of  the  stranger.  Their  skin&  appeared  to  have  once  been 
copper  coloured,  but  abstinence  •  from  earliest  childhood 
from  the  use  of  soap  and  water  had  plastered  them  with 
a  thick  coating  of  smoke  and  dirt.  Over  this  repulsive 
covering  they  wore  a  rough  garment  woven  of  yak's  hair 
or  some  other  coarse  material;  their  heads  were  defended 
by  caps  of  fur  or  bear-skin,  or  with  great  parasol-shaped 
hats  of  wickerwork,  adorned  with  yak's  tails ;  and  their 
great  splay-feet  were  bare.  For  weapons  they  carried 
a  bow  and  arrows  and  spears,  and  most  of  them  had 
long-bladed  knives  stuck  in  their  belts. 

Seeing  that  we  made  no  movement,  they  began  to 
shout  to  us  in  harsh,  guttural  tones,  and  indulged  in  an 
insulting  pantomime,  obviously  daring  us  to  come  forth 
and  meet  them.  One  rascal  held  aloft  a  tin  saucepan — 
one  of  Hannibal's  most  cherished  possessions — which  he 
had  pilfered  from  the  neighbourhood  of  the  fire,  and 
brandished  it  in  triumph.  This  was  too  much  for  the 
negro,  who  was  bringing  his  rifle  to  bear  on  the  thief, 
when  the  doctor  struck  up  the  barrel. 

"  Don't  fire  one  of  you  till  I  give  the  word,"  he  said, 
for  Tom  and  I  were  also  fingering  our  triggers.  "  Just 
think  what  a  terrible  thing  it  is  to  take  the  life  of  a 


48  THE  CLEFTS  OF  THE  ROCK. 

human  being,  however  degraded.  We  must  beware  of 
exasperating  them,  until  we  are  sure  that  there  is  no 
way  of  escape  except  by  fighting;  and,  remember,  in 
our  present  case  every  cartridge  is  worth  to  us  a  king's 
ransom." 

Again  the  trophy  was  flourished  in  the  air ;  and  the 
enemy,  who  had  evidently  no  idea  of  the  range  of  our 
weapons,  advanced  a  few  paces  nearer.  The  doctor,  a 
splendid  shot,  brought  his  rifle  to  his  shoulder,  took  a 
steady  aim,  and  fired.  The  saucepan,  from  which  Han- 
nibal had  in  his  time  produced  some  of  the  greatest 
triumphs  of  the  cooking  art,  dropped  from  the  hands  of 
the  astonished  savage,  a  hole  being  driven  clean  through 
the  bottom  of  it,  and  after  a  second  or  two  of  comical 
confusion,  he  and  his  companions  fled  in  dismay.  At 
the  pass  below,  however,  they  rallied,  ashamed  of  their 
panic.  Afraid  of  venturing  to  close  quarters,  they  now 
disposed  themselves  behind  rocks  and  shrubs,  so  as  to 
command  every  yard  of  our  path  of  retreat,  and  seemed 
to  have  adopted  the  tactics  of  starving  us  into  surrender. 

It  was  now  time  to  decide  on  a  plan  of  extricat- 
ing ourselves ;  and  the  circumstances  seemed  indeed 
desperate.  We  waited,  of  course,  for  our  chiefs  direc- 
tions. 

"  There  is  just  one  way  open  for  us,  boys,"  he  said,  in 
a  cheery,  hopeful  voice.  "  We  cannot  force  that  gateway 
with  so  many  yelling  savages  guarding  it ;  we  cannot 


THE  CLEFTS  OF  THE  ROCK.  49 

climb  up  these  sheer  walls  of  rock ;  and  it  is  plain  we 
cannot  remain  where  we  are,  with  only  a  couple  of  days' 
food  with  us.  The  path  ahead  is  not  obstructed;  we 
have  cleared  it  at  the  cost  of  Hannibal's  frying-pan." 

"  And  berry  dear  cost,  too,"  grumbled  that  personage, 
glancing  ruefully  at  the  ruined  cooking- vessel.  "  How 
am  I  to  cook  your  dinnah  when  you  go  knock  de 
bottom  out  dat  pan,  sar  ? " 

"  We'll  better  settle  how  we  are  to  get  any  dinner  to 
cook,"  answered  the  doctor  dryly.  "But  there  is  no 
time  to  lose.  Get  ready  everything  we  must  take  along 
with  us :  cartridges  and  food  first,  then  clothes ;  leave 
saucepans  and  luxuries  of  that  kind  to  their  fate,  and — 
quick  march  !  Somewhere  between  this  and  the  top  of 
the  gorge  we  shall  surely  find  some  spot  where  young, 
active  legs  can  scramble  up  to  the  plateau  above,  and  so 
back  to  the  friends  we  have  left  in  the  valley  behind, — 
especially  when  we  have  flights  of  poisoned  arrows  to 
hasten  our  steps. — Bob,  my  lad,"  he  added  more  gravely, 
looking  critically  at  one  of  the  arrows,  as  we  resumed 
our  march  up  stream,  "you  have  had  a  very  narrow 
escape.  A  slight  prick  from  this  would  have  left  you 
with  a  very  short  lease  of  life." 

As  we  proceeded,  our  persecutors  left  their  intrenched 
positions  and  cautiously  followed  in  our  wake,  taking 
care  to  keep  well  out  of  range  of  our  rifles.  There  was 
another  remarkable  change  in  our  surroundings,  for  the 

(090)  4 


50  THE  CLEFTS  OF  THE  EOCK. 

granite  rocks  gave  place  to  stupendous  cliffs  of  limestone 
formation,  and  the  scenery  seemed  to  grow  more  weird 
and  fantastic  every  minute.  The  river  had  worn  its 
bed  into  deep  ruts  and  basins,  hollowing  out  for  itself 
yawning  archways  and  caverns  in  the  rock,  or  leaving 
strangely-carved  blocks  standing  in  mid-stream.  The  face 
of  the  cliffs  was  honeycombed  with  caves.  White  stalac- 
tites hung  from  the  roofs  and  glimmered  in  the  obscurity 
with  a  ghostly  effect.  Above  towered  the  similitude  of 
feudal  castles,  with  ruined  turrets  and  tottering  walls, 
decaying  minsters  with  needle-pointed  spires  and  flying 
buttresses,  columns,  obelisks,  and  towers  of  every  strange 
outline,  all  standing  sharply  defined  against  the  sky. 
It  would  scarcely  have  surprised  us  if  a  train  of  hunch- 
backed manikins,  like  the  trolls,  gnomes,  and  kobolda 
we  had  been  reading  of  in  German  fairy  stories,  had 
issued  from  one  of  these  darkling  caves,  bending  under 
the  weight  of  the  great  sacks  of  gold  and  precious  stones 
that  they  carried  on  their  shoulders.  It  was  with  a 
kind  of  shudder  that  we  fancied  we  saw  movements  in 
the  depths  of  the  grottoes,  as  of  shadowy  things  flitting 
to  and  fro,^ — doubtless  some  of  the  large  vampire  bats, 
the  capture  of  which  had  been  one  of  the  main  objects 
that  had  lured  the  doctor  into  the  mountains. 

But  to-day  we  were  in  no  mood  either  for  geologizing 
or  making  notes  on  natural  history,  and  we  pushed  on 
with  all  the  speed  we  could  muster.     No  breach,  how- 


THE  CLEFTS  OF  THE  ROCK.  51 

ever,  opened  up  in  the  prison  walls  that  hemmed  us  in, 
offering  a  portal  to  liberty  and  safety.  There  was  no 
foothold  on  the  cliffs  which  even  a  goat  could  take 
advantage  of  as  a  ladder  of  escape.  Instead,  the  crags 
towered  above  us  on  either  hand  more  threateningly  and 
steeply  than  before,  and  in  front  also  vast  precipices, 
surmounted  by  seemingly  unscalable  heights,  barred  our 
way ;  for  we  had  now  arrived  close  to  the  base  of  the 
mountain-chain  we  had  come  so  far  to  see.  The  skies 
also  seemed  to  frown  on  our  enterprise,  for  great  clouds 
were  gathered  overhead,  and  the  air  in  the  confined 
gorge  was  close  and  suffocating.  Our  pursuers  seemed 
to  perceive  that  our  hour  had  come,  for  they  uttered  a 
shout  of  triumph  as  they  crept  nearer,  skilfully  taking 
advantage  of  the  enormous  masses  of  rock  that  had 
slipped  down  into  the  gorge  and  obstructed  our  way, 
but  which  their  bare  feet  easily  surmounted. 

Suddenly  we  saw  them  stop,  glance  at  the  sky,  and 
hastily  take  shelter  in  the  clefts  of  the  rock  near  them. 
At  the  same  moment  a  deep  shadow  appeared  to  fall  on 
us,  and  looking  up,  the  heavens  overhead  seemed  covered 
with  a  black,  sulphurous-looking  pall,  rolled  fold  within 
fold,  and  gradually  being  drawn  down  closer  upon  us. 

"  Run — run,  lads,  for  your  lives  ! "  said  Dr.  Roland, 
and  seizing  an  arm  apiece  of  Tom  and  me,  he  hurried  us 
at  the  top  of  our  speed  to  the  mouth  of  a  cave  which 
opened  a  friendly  refuge  close  at  hand. 


52  THE  CLEFTS  OF  THE  ROCK. 

Hannibal  followed  on  our  heels ;  and  hardly  had  we 
ensconced  ourselves  within  w^hen  the  skies  appeared  to 
open,  and  a  great  blaze  of  white  light  of  exceeding 
vividness  illuminated  the  gloomy  gorge  to  its  innermost 
recesses,  followed  instantaneously  by  a  terrific  crash  of 
thunder,  that  seemed  to  echo  and  re-echo  from  every 
cleft  and  cavern  in  the  mountains.  Flash  followed  flsish, 
and  peal  succeeded  peal  with  stunning  rapidity,  and 
great  hailstones,  or  rather  blocks  of  ice,  as  large,  or 
larger,  than  a  pigeon's  egg,  began  to  fall,  first  hopping 
and  dancing  fantastically  among  the  rocks,  whirling 
madly  round  in  an  eddying  wind  that  came  sweeping 
down  the  gullies,  and  then,  as  the  gusts  increased  in 
strength,  tearing  along  in  solid  battalions,  lashing  wildly 
the  sides  of  the  cliffs,  and  battering  us  even  in  the 
shelter  of  the  cave  with  the  hard  jagged  particles. 
After  the  hail  came  sleet ;  and  then  rain  descended  in 
great  sheets,  and  continued  for  an  hour  and  a  half,  amid 
the  almost  incessant  crashing  and  rumbling  of  the 
thunder. 

While  this  tremendous  concert  was  proceeding,  we 
looked  on  breathless  and  awe-stricken,  hardly  daring  to 
exchange  a  word  with  one  another.  Indeed,  it  would 
not  have  been  easy  to  have  made  ourselves  heard  amidst 
the  pealing  of  the  thunder,  the  howling  of  the  wind,  and 
the  roar  of  many  waters ;  for  the  stream,  which  a  little 
before  was  a  mere  brook,  had  become  a  powerful  torrent, 


THE  CLEFTS  OF  THE  EOCK.  63 

that  chafed  like  a  netted  lion  among  the  rocks,  and  was 
reinforced  every  few  yards  by  streams  that  tumbled 
down  the  gullies  in  lines  of  foam,  or  cascades  that  pre- 
cipitated themselves  over  the  edge  of  the  cliffs. 

Just  as  the  storm  seemed  to  be  expending  its  fury  in 
a  last  burst,  a  new  and  more  terrifying  sound  struck 
upon  our  ears.  The  solid  mountain  shook  and  trembled 
beneath  us,  and  a  loud  and  long-resounding  crash  seemed 
to  announce  that  the  world  was  falling  in  ruins.  Even 
the  doctor's  cheek  blanched,  I  fancied,  for  an  instant ; 
and  the  thought  that  occurred  to  all  our  minds  was 
that  we  had  experienced  one  of  the  shocks  of  earthquake 
not  uncommon  in  Assam. 

Almost  immediately  the  rain  ceased,  and  the  sun 
appeared  to  be  struggling  through  the  clouds ;  but  the 
air  was  obscured  by  thick  dust  that  filled  the  valley. 
When  this  had  cleared  away,  we  at  once  perceived  what 
had  happened.  An  extensive  landslip  had  occurred 
between  us  and  the  spot  where  we  had  seen  our  savage 
foes  seek  shelter.  A  huge  mass  of  the  mountain  had 
toppled  over  into  the  gorge,  completely  blocking  it,  with 
the  exception  of  a  narrow  gap  through  which  the  pent- 
up  waters  of  the  stream  were  rushing.  Passage  over 
this  obstacle  there  was  none.  At  length  we  were  safe 
from  pursuit — if,  indeed,  our  pursuers  had  not  been 
buried  under  the  falling  mountain. 

We  could  not  afford  to  wait  long  musing  over  the 


54  THE  CLEFTS  OF  THE  ROCK. 

singular  manner  in  which  we  had  been  released  from 
the  more  immediate  danger.  Other  perils  not  less  for- 
midable encompassed  us.  So  far  as  could  be  seen,  we 
were  shut  up  in  the  heart  of  a  mountain,  as  in  a  kind 
of  well,  surrounded  by  frightful  precipices  on  all  sides, 
and  a  hundred  miles  from  the  nearest  outpost  of  civiliza- 
tion. Our  first  care,  of  course,  was  to  search  for  some 
point  where  the  cliffs  would  be  found  accessible.  If  we 
failed  in  this,  nothing  less  than  death  from  starvation 
stared  us  in  the  face.  The  afternoon  was  already  ad- 
vanced, and  with  our  almost  exhausted  supplies  no  time 
was  to  be  lost.  At  first  it  seemed  as  if  we  were  to  be 
balked  in  every  attempt  to  escape  from  our  prison  in 
the  clefts  of  the  rock.  Many  fissures  branched  off  from 
the  head  of  the  gorge,  but  all  alike  ended  in  terrific 
precipices.  We  turned  back  from  the  last  of  them,  tired 
out  and  almost  despairing. 

"  What  have  you  got  there,  Hannibal  ? "  asked  Tom 
of  the  negro,  who  had  stooped  and  picked  up  an  object 
from  the  ground.      "  Something  to  eat,  I  hope." 

"Don't  know  I'm  sure,  Massa  Tom,"  was  the  reply. 
"  'Pears  to  be  a  bit  of  hoop,  but  might  once  have  been  a 
cutlass." 

The  doctor  took  the  rusty  piece  of  iron  from  Hanni- 
bal's hands,  and  examined  it  long  and  narrowly. 

"  This  is  important,  boys,"  he  said.  "  It  means  that 
other  travellers  have  been  here  before  us.     It  is  a  knife- 


THE  CLEFTS  OF  THE  ROCK.  55 

blade  of  Burmese  manufacture.  I  have  often  heard  that 
the  Shans  from  the  Upper  Irrawady  cross  the  mountains, 
and  barter  these  knives,  and  also  metal  ornaments  and 
cloth,  with  the  hill-tribes,  in  exchange  for  furs,  musk, 
medicinal  plants,  yak's  hair,  and  other  productions 
of  the  mountains.  It  is  plain  that  a  road  leads 
past  this  spot ;  and  if  barbarians  can  follow  it  merely 
for  trade,  I  think  Britons  need  not  shrink  from  it  in 
a  matter  of  life  and  death.  Let  us  go  back  and  look 
again." 

We  raised  a  hearty  cheer  at  this  good  news.  Fortune 
seemed  resolved  to  smile  on  us  in  our  extremity;  for  our 
shout  startled  an  antelope  that  had  taken  cover  behind 
a  rock  near  at  hand,  and  it  dashed  in  a  slanting  line 
up  the  cliffs.  The  doctor's  rifle  was  instantly  at  his 
shoulder,  but  to  our  surprise  he  did  not  fire,  contenting 
himself  with  covering  the  animal's  body  as  it  bounded 
along  the  precipitous  face  of  the  crags. 

"  Fire,  doctor  ! — fire,  or  it  will  be  gone  ! "  called  Tom 
with  his  accustomed  headlonsf  eaojerness. 

The  doctor,  however,  took  his  time  ;  but  at  last  the 
report  of  the  gun  awakened  the  echoes  of  the  hills,  and 
the  antelope,  after  a  desperate  effort  to  maintain  its 
foothold,  fell  from  a  great  height,  crashing  from  rock  to 
rock,  till  it  lay  motionless  at  the  bottom. 

"  I  wished  to  watch  the  track  it  took,"  explained  the 
doctor,  as  Hannibal  shouldered  the  body  and  we  turned 


66  THE  CLEFTS  OF  THE  ROCK. 

away.     "And  now  I  think  I  have  the  clue  that  will 
lead  us  out  of  this  trap." 

That  night  we  supped  cheerfully  on  roast  haunch  of 
venison,  and  I  think  that,  in  spite  of  the  lamented  loss 
of  our  cooking  apparatus,  the  whole  party  enjoyed  a  meal 
so  plentifully  sauced  with  hunger — except  myself. 


CHAPTER  IV. 


THE    IRON    WALL. 


OT  only  did  I  not  relish  supper,  but  I  passed 
another  night  of  feverish  restlessness,  and  in 
!aji|  the  morning  I  felt  quite  ill.  The  fact  was 
that  I  was  suffering  from  the  first  symptoms 
of  fever,  that  I  had  doubtless  caught  in  our  wade 
through  the  marshes  below.  I  knew,  however,  that  the 
lives  of  myself  and  my  companions  depended  on  our 
getting  out  of  our  present  position  with  all  speed ;  and 
I  saw  plainly  in  Dr.  Roland's  face,  in  spite  of  his 
cheerful  tone,  that  he  was  keenly  reproaching  himself 
for  having  been  the  means  of  bringing  us  into  such 
deadly  peril.  I  resolved,  therefore,  to  bear  up  to  the 
last  gasp,  rather  than  add  to  his  anxiety,  or  be  a  burden 
to  my  comrades. 

We  began  the  ascent  of  the  mountain,  following  as 
closely  as  possible  the  steps  of  the  antelope  we  had  shot, 
the  doctor  leading  the  way,  and  I  bringing  up  the  rear, 
where  my  companions  had  least  chance  of  noticing  my 


58  THE  IRON  WALL. 

distress.  I  have  a  very  confused  and  vague  remem- 
brance of  the  events  of  this  notable  day.  I  cannot 
describe  the  features  of  the  Iron  Wall,  and  I  could  not 
lead  a  party  over  it.  This,  however,  is  of  small  con- 
sequence, as  its  wonders,  with  the  particulars  regarding 
the  nature  of  its  rocks  and  its  plant  and  animal  life,  will 
be  fully  dealt  with  in  Dr.  Roland's  great  work  of  travel 
and  discovery.  I  only  know  that,  slowly  and  painfully, 
we  scrambled  our  way  upwards  to  the  region  of  cloud 
and  snow.  We  crawled  like  flies  along  the  flank  of  the 
mountain,  treading  narrow  ledges  where  a  single  false 
step  would  have  been  destruction,  clinging  desperately 
to  rock  and  root,  and  stepping  across  yawning  fissures 
that  made  the  head  swim  as  we  peered  fearfully  into 
their  depths.  Grass  and  shrubs  gave  place  to  Alpine 
mosses  and  lichens  or  naked  rocks,  and  patches  of  snow 
lay  in  the  sheltered  spots.  There  was  urgent  need  that 
we  should  cross  the  "  divide"  before  nightfall;  for  if  we 
slept  out  on  the  bare  mountain-side  we  ran  the  risk  of 
being  frozen  to  death,  or  if  a  storm  like  that  of  the 
previous  day  overtook  us  we  should  be  blown  into  space ' 
like  straws.  It  was  impossible  to  move  a  yard  aside 
from  our  path,  girded  in  as  it  was  by  precipices ;  and 
we  noticed  many  signs — notches  and  steps  cut  in  the 
rock,  and  occasionally  the  trunk  of  a  tree  laid  across  a 
crevasse — that  proved  that  the  way  had  been  traversed 
by  others  before  us.      It  led  to  a  deep  "  saddle,"  which 


THE  IRON  WALL.  69 

we  now  saw  in  the  ridge  above  us,  some  fifteen  hundred 
feet,  as  near  as  we  could  judge,  below  the  snowy  peaks 
on  either  side. 

For  myself,  I  despaired  of  ever  reaching  this  goal  of 
our  desires.  My  fingers  trembled  and  my  knees  knocked 
together  as  I  crept  along  the  dizzy  ledges,  and  a  film 
gathered  before  my  eyes  as  I  strove  to  keep  pace  with 
my  companions.  An  ague  fit  made  my  teeth  chatter  as 
I  tried  to  set  them  and  keep  in  a  cry  for  help,  and  the 
wind  from  the  frozen  heights  above  pierced  me  like  an 
icicle.  Latterly  I  think  I  must  have  fallen  into  a  half- 
insensible  state,  and  struggled  on  mechanically  with  the 
strength  of  delirium.  We  had  climbed  high  above  the 
level  of  the  lower  hills,  and  a  majestic  panorama  of 
mountain  and  valley  was  spread  below  us.  It  seemed  as 
if  in  a  dream  I  were  being  carried,  by  no  will  of  my  own, 
up  the  steep  slope  of  a  colossal  wave,  with  a  tempestuous 
sea  of  white-crested  billows  heaving  and  falling  around 
me,  and  unfathomable  black  gulfs  opening  up  between. 

At  last  nature  gave  way,  and  I  sank  down  helpless 
on  the  track.  My  comrades  moved  on  some  paces  before 
they  observed  what  had  befallen  me,  and  then  in  an 
instant  they  were  all  about  me.  I  remember  feebly 
urging  them  to  leave  me  to  my  fate,  and  to  hurry  for- 
ward for  their  own  safety.  The  doctor  felt  my  pulse, 
and  prepared  a  draught  from  the  little  medicine-box 
that  he  always  carried  about  with  him,  speaking  cheer- 


60  THE  IRON  WALL. 

fully  and  affectionately  as  I  endeavoured  to  swallow  it ; 
and  my  dear  friend  Tom  grasped  my  other  hand,  while 
tears  gathered  in  his  eyes.  Then  Hannibal  hoisted  me 
tenderly  upon  his  brawny  shoulders — fortunately  I  was 
a  light  weight,  and  sturdy  Tom  would  have  been  a 
much  more  serious  burden — and  the  up-hill  march  was 
resumed  as  I  lapsed  into  unconsciousness. 

For  a  second  or  two  I  "  came  round,"  and  opening  my 
eyes  found  myself  supported  by  my  companions,  and 
surrounded  by  deep  snow,  with  icy  peaks  rising  on 
either  hand.  The  sun  was  going  down  behind  us,  and 
threw  gigantic  shadows  on  the  mists  that  were  gathering 
below ;  and  the  snowy  ridges  that  I  had  fancied  were 
white-crested  waves  now  looked  like  icebergs  floating  in 
a  lake  of  purple.  In  front  of  us,  however,  there  was  an 
opening  in  the  clouds,  and  a  glimpse  was  caught  of  a 
deep  defile  like  that  which  we  had  left  behind  us, 
opening  in  the  distance  into  a  larger  valley,  where  there 
was  the  far-off  gleam  of  rushing  waters. 

The  doctor  was  finishing  some  remark,  and  I  caught 
the  word  "  Irrawady."  I  had  my  wits  sufficiently  about 
me  to  understand  that  we  had  reached  the  crisis  of  vic- 
tory— that  we  had  surmounted  the  great  barrier,  and  dis- 
covered the  hidden  upper  course  of  the  great  river  of  Bur- 
mah.      I  waved  my  hand,  and  uttered  a  feeble  "  Hurrah." 

"  Hurrah  !"  echoed  Tom  in  a  voice  that  struggled  to  be 
firm,  and  then  the  whole  "  expedition  "  cheered  in  chorus. 


CHAPTER  V. 

UPS    AND    DOWNS. 

HEN  I  came  again  to  my  senses  I  was  lying 
in  a  cave,  on  a  comfortable  couch  of  fir 
branches,  covered  with  skins  of  deer  and 
bear.  For  a  moment  or  two  I  imagined 
that  I  had  never  left  the  grotto  where  we  had  slept  on 
the  night  after  we  had  parted  from  the  bulk  of  our  fol- 
lowers at  the  falls,  and  that  all  that  had  happened  since 
— the  desertion  of  our  guides,  the  attack  and  pursuit  of  the 
savages,  the  thunderstorm,  and  the  perilous  journey  over 
the  mountain — was  a  nightmare  dream.  The  cliffs  that  I 
caught  glimpses  of  through  the  entrance  of  the  cave  had 
the  same  fantastic  shapes  that  had  become  familiar  to  us 
on  the  other  side  of  the  Iron  Wall,  and  rose  into  slender 
spires  and  pinnacles,  flanked  with  turrets  and  over- 
hanging eaves  that  seemed  to  put  the  laws  of  gravity  at 
defiance.  But  as  I  propped  myself  upon  my  elbow  and 
noted  this,  I  perceived  that  there  was  an  important 
change  from  the  scenes  I  had  left.      The  valley  was 


62  ^  UPS  AND  DOWNS. 

wider,  its  walls  were  higher,  and  the  whole  features  of  the 
landscape  were  on  a  grander  scale.  That  we  were  in  a 
warmer  climate,  too,  was  evident  from  the  half -tropical 
plants  that  draped  the  entrance  to  the  cave,  and  clung 
to  the  nooks  and  crannies  of  the  rocks;  while  above, 
great  pine  forests  began,  and  stretched  almost  to  the 
summit  of  the  hills.  I  tried  to  sit  up,  in  order  to  get 
a  better  view,  but  was  glad  to  fall  back  again  upon 
the  fur  pillows,  and  bear  with  wdiat  patience  I  could  the 
affliction  of  waiting  for  an  explanation. 

I  had  not  long  to  wait.  In  a  few  minutes  the  honest 
black  face  of  Hannibal  appeared  at  the  mouth  of  the 
cave.  He  stepped  in  upon  tiptoe ;  but  when  he  saw 
my  eyes  wide  open  and  staring  inquiringly  at  him,  he 
gave  a  start,  half  of  fright  and  half  of  joy,  as  if  he  were 
about  to  jump  out  of  his  skin,  and  hurried  up  to  me. 

"  Oh,  golly,  Massa  Bob !"  he  said,  seizing  my  hand, 
while  two  big  tears  rolled  down  the  sides  of  his  nose, 
as  if  racing  each  other  to  reach  the  tip — "  you  have  got 
frewit?" 

"  Through  what,  Han  ? "  I  replied,  for  my  ideas  were 
still  somewhat  confused.  "  Have  we  come  right  through 
below  the  mountain  ? " 

Before  Han  could  reply  the  doctor  and  Tom  entered, 
and  were,  of  course,  not  less  overjoyed  to  see  that  the 
fever  had  left  me.  From  the  three  I  gradually  got 
explanations  of   what  had  happened  since   I  lost  con- 


UPS  AND  DO\VNS.  63 

sciousness  on  the  mountain-top.  To  my  surprise  I  heard 
that  a  whole  fortnight  had  elapsed  since  then,  during 
which  time  my  companions  more  than  once  feared  that 
they  would  lose  me.  The  descent  of  the  mountain,  they 
assured  me,  had  been  comparatively  easy.  A  glacier 
ran  a  long  way  down  into  the  valley,  and  taking  advan- 
tage of  the  hard-pressed  snow  that  lay  upon  it,  they 
had  constructed  a  kind  of  sleigh,  with  a  brake  contriv- 
ance to  regulate  the  speed,  such  as  the  doctor  had  seen 
in  operation  in  Canada  and  Russia,  and  slid  rapidly  and 
easily  down  to  the  region  of  pine  forests.  The  passage 
was  a  dangerous  one,  for  any  moment  a  crevasse  might 
have  opened  and  swallowed  us ;  but  there  was  no  other 
way  of  descent,  and  we  arrived  safely  at  the  bottom. 
From  thence  my  comrades  had  carried  me  by  easy  stages 
to  the  spot  where  I  now  lay,  within  hearing  of  the 
rushing  flood  of  the  Irrawady.  They  made  light  of  the 
toils  that  I  had  caused  them  by  so  inopportunely 
breaking  down ;  but  I  knew  what  unspeakable  cause 
for  thankfulness  I  had  to  them  for  so  bravely  sticking 
by  me,  and  so  tenderly  nursing  me  in  my  delirium  and 
weakness.  Afterwards  I  had  chances  of  paying  a  small 
part  of  my  debt  of  gratitude ;  for  before  our  journey 
ended  we  had  all  had  our  share  of  fever,  and  had  each 
our  turns  of  being  nurse  and  patient. 

During    my   fever   fit,  and   while   I   was   recovering 
strength,  my  comrades  were  not  idle.     The  doctor  was 


64  UPS  AND  DOWNS. 

out  on  the  hills  every  day,  accompanied  either  by  Tom 
or  Hannibal,  surveying  the  ground,  hunting,  or  collecting 
scientific  information ;  while  one  of  the  party  was  left 
"  at  home,"  as  we  learned  to  call  our  cave,  to  attend  to 
the  sick  and  to  the  cooking.  Fortunately  game  was  not 
scarce,  and  many  a  fragrant  stew  Hannibal  prepared, 
by  the  aid  of  our  last  preserved-meat  tin,  with  the 
pheasants,  wild  duck,  quail,  and  deer  that  made  up  the 
daily  bag ;  while  the  river  yielded  a  welcome  change  of 
fare,  especially  when  we  were  lucky  enough  to  hook  the 
lordly  mahseer,  a  fish  as  large  and  as  fine-flavoured — at 
least  such  was  the  opinion  of  one  hungry  convalescent — 
as  the  salmon.  Pot  vegetables,  edible  mushrooms,  salads, 
and  other  garnishing  were  not  wanting — for  here  the 
doctor's  botanical  knowledge  came  very  usefully  to  our 
aid ;  and  we  soon  learned  to  like  the  wild  rhubarb  which 
grew  plentifully  on  the  higher  groimd.  For  dessert  we 
laid  under  contribution  the  fine  walnut,  chestnut,  apricot, 
peach,  and  cherry  trees  that  covered  the  slopes  of  the 
gorges,  as  well  as  the  brambles,  wild  gooseberries,  straw- 
berries, and  rasps  that  throve  in  the  covers  below ;  so 
that  altogether  we  were,  in  respect  to  food,  not  greatly 
to  be  pitied,  in  spite  of  the  doses  of  tete  and  other 
indigenous  drugs  which  the  doctor  made  us  swallow 
daily  as  a  precaution  against  fever. 

We  could  not,  however,  live  for  ever  in  this  secluded 
valley,  and  our  main  subject  of  anxiety  was  our  future 


UPS  AND  DOWNS.  65 

route.  A  careful  survey  of  the  ground  had  shown  that 
there  was  no  escape  by  the  river,  either  up  or  down 
stream.  About  two  miles  above  us  the  Irrawady 
narrowed  to  little  more  than  a  dozen  yards,  and  tore 
with  a  sound  like  thunder  down  a  series  of  cataracts, 
between  sheer  walls  of  rocks  rising  to  a  height  of  many 
hundreds  of  feet.  At  a  distance  of  a  few  hundred 
yards  below  us  the  stream  entered  another  gorge, 
scarcely  so  steep  and  narrow — for  fine  larch  and  fir  trees 
partly  clothed  the  face  of  the  cliffs,  and  rose  tier  above 
tier  till  they  seemed  dwindled  to  shrubs — but  equally 
impassable  either  by  land  or  water.  Nearly  opposite 
us  was  a  reach  of  comparatively  calm  water ;  and  at  no 
great  distance  ofiT,  on  the  other  bank,  the  entrance  to  a 
side  valley,  similar  to  the  one  we  had  descended, 
promised  us  the  only  loophole  of  escape.  Plenty  of  logs 
and  brushwood  was  scattered  along  the  shore,  left  there 
by  the  summer  floods,  which  we  noticed  marked  a  rise 
of  forty  or  fifty  feet  in  the  river-level  in  the  confined 
channels  above  and  below.  Out  of  this  material  it  was 
easy  to  construct  a  raft ;  and  as  another  fortnight's  rest 
had  made  me  feel  strong  enough  to  resume  the  march, 
we  embarked  one  fine  morning  on  this  cumbrous  craft ; 
and  after  half-an-hour's  hard  toil,  and  several  narrow 
escapes  from  going  to  pieces  on  the  rocks,  or  being 
swept  down  by  the  current  and  eddies,  we  managed  to 
reach  safely  the  opposite  bank. 

(690)  5 


66  UPS  AND  DOWNS. 

Landing,  and  shouldering  our  knapsacks,  which  we 
had  taken  care  to  store  with  what  was  needful  for 
several  days'  march  through  a  sterile  and  probably 
uninhabited  country,  we  allowed  our  raft  to  drift  away 
down  stream,  where  it  was  soon  tossing  and  whirling 
among  the  rapids. 

Then  the  doctor  made  us  a  little  speech. 

"  It  is  six  weeks,  as  you  know,  boys,"  he  said,  "  since 
we  left  our  friends  at  Poolongyan.  We  were  due  to  re- 
turn there  a  fortnight  ago ;  but  instead,  we  have  been 
drifting,  like  that  raft  there,  further  and  further  away, 
into  wilder  and  more  troubled  scenes,  with  no  possibility 
of  return  by  the  way  we  have  come.  We  must  now 
make  up  our  minds  about  what  we  are  to  do ;  and  I  say 
that  we  must  turn  our  backs  upon  India  and  make 
China  our  aim.  We  have  made  one  great  discovery — 
though  chance,  rather  than  design,  has  led  us  to  it. 
Others  as  wonderful  lie  ahead ;  and  it  will  be  a  noble 
ambition  to  make  thfem  ours.  In  the  first  place,  we 
have  to  climb  these  hills  ;  and  I  hope  that  we  shall  shortly 
reach  the  valley  of  the  Salwen  river,  where  we  shall  be 
able  to  purchase  mules  at  some  of  the  tribal  villages  or 
at  a  Buddhist  monastery ;  for,  you  know,  we  are  going 
up  into  Thibet,  and  there  the  priests  are  the  kings. 
You  must  be  prepared  to  meet  dangers  and  hardships — 
more  than  I  would  ever  have  dreamed  of  exposing  you 
to,  if  I  had  known  where  our  trip  would  have  led  us. 


UPS  AND  DOWNS.  67 

We  shall  probably  have  to  face  wild  beasts  and  robbers, 
precipices  and  torrents,  cold  and  hunger ;  but  I  do  not 
see  why,  with  stout  hearts  and  limbs,  and  clear  heads 
and  consciences,  and  with  weapons  to  fill  our  larder,  and 
in  a  last  extremity  to  defend  our  lives,  we  should  not 
come  through  them  all.  We  choose  to  consider  ourselves 
as  explorers,  not  as  fugitives,  and  cheery  endeavour  will 
be  our  watchword." 

"  *  Be  not  like  dumb,  driven  cattle, 
Be  a  hero  in  the  strife,'  " 

chimed  in  Tom,  swinging  a  tough  oak  cudgel  he  had  cut 
to  assist  his  steps.  So  it  was  to  the  words  of  Long- 
fellow's beautiful  "  Psalm  of  Life "  that  we  began  the 
toilsome  ascent  of  the  Thibetan  mountains ;  and  I  think 
if  you  could  have  watched  us  as  we  stepped  out,  you 
would  have  said  that  there  was  some  of  its  fire  in  our 
eyes  and  our  hearts. 

It  was  not  long  before  we  had  to  make  large  demands 
on  our  stock  both  of  courage  and  of  patience.  I  fear  it 
might  weary  my  readers  to  have  a  daily  record  of  our 
arduous  journey  among  the  bare  and  savage  mountains 
through  which  our  route  now  led  us  for  many  days.  I 
can  assure  them  that  in  actual  fact  it  was  much  more 
wearisome  than  it  could  possibly  be  made  in  description. 
They  may  get  some  small  idea  of  the  mere  fatigue 
that  had  to  be  undergone,  if  they  can  find  a  staircase  six 
thousand  feet  high  or  more,  and  climb  to  the  top  of  it 


68  UPS  AND  DOWNS. 

every  morning  and  down  again  every  night.  But  even 
this  would  not  take  account  of  the  terrors  and  the  perils 
of  the  way.  The  slippery  ledges  along  which  we  had  to 
pick  our  steps,  and  where  a  crumbling  fragment  of  the 
rock  disturbed  by  the  foot  would  bound  down  for  hun- 
dreds of  feet  into  the  gloomy  ravine,  its  distant  splash 
lost  in  the  boom  of  rushing  waters,  brought  us  to  snowy 
ridges,  on  which,  after  all  our  toilsome  climbing,  we 
dared  not  rest,  so  piercing  was  the  cold,  and  so  rarefied 
the  air  in  which  we  sought  in  vain  to  fetch  back  our 
spent  breath.  Then  we  had  to  scramble  down  steep 
slopes,  torn  into  deep  ruts  and  covered  with  splinters  of 
slaty  rock,  as  if  some  huge  harrows  had  been  dragged 
athwart  the  hills,  until  we  found  ourselves  in  the  gloomy 
depths  of  a  ravine,  where  only  a  thin  slip  of  blue  sky 
was  to  be  seen  overhead.  At  mid-day  our  faces  would 
be  cracked  and  blistered  by  the  frosty  winds  that  blew 
on  the  mountains ;  and  ere  nightfall  the  close,  sultry  air 
of  the  confined  valleys  almost  stifled  us.  With  all  our 
exertions  we  seemed  to  make  no  progress.  The  gorge 
where,  for  the  sake  of  warmth  and  shelter,  we  would 
halt  for  the  evening  was  an  exact  model  of  the  one 
we  had  left  in  the  morning.  When  the  new  barrier  of 
precipitous  mountain  had  been  painfully  climbed,  the 
top  disclosed  more  heights,  snowy,  bare,  or  pine-covered, 
rising  in  front  of  us. 

It  must  not  be  thought,  however,  that  there  was  no 


UPS  AND  DOWNS.  69 

beauty  or  grace  in  these  savage  scenes.  Often  the  route 
carried  us  over  grassy  hills  and  hollows,  where,  in  spots 
sheltered  from  the  powerful  sun,  the  sward  was  thickly 
sown  with  daisies,  buttercups,  and  less  familiar  flowers, 
whose  names  and  properties  the  doctor  took  care  to  ex- 
plain to  us.  We  were  sure  to  meet  with  slopes  covered 
with  rhododendrons,  camellias,  azaleas,  and  other  plants 
with  glossy  green  leaves  and  bright  blossoms,  and  to 
pass  through  forests  of  tall  firs,  cedars,  and  larches, 
before  coming  to  the  cold,  bare  heights  above. 

But  gradually,  as  we  advanced,  the  features  of  the 
scenery  grew  more  harsh  and  abrupt ;  the  gaunt  bones 
of  the  mountains  pushed  themselves  further  through 
their  turfy  covering,  until  only  thin  patches  of  green 
checkered  the  sterile  rocks.  Game,  too,  failed  us.  The 
daily  "  bag "  dwindled  down  until  it  no  longer  yielded 
us  a  satisfying  meal  at  the  close  of  the  march.  Hunger 
began  to  vex  us.  We  were  constantly  coming  upon  signs 
of  the  wandering  tribes  of  savages  that  haunt  these  hills, 
in  the  shape  of  embers  of  camp-fires  and  remains  of 
temporary  huts.  The  track  we  were  following  was 
evidently  often  used  by  them,  and  some  of  their  hunting 
parties  had  passed  over  it  only  a  little  time  before.  At 
first  we  had  congratulated  ourselves  at  not  falling  in 
with  such  dangerous  wayfarers ;  but  we  now  began 
to  wish  that  we  would  light  upon  a  living  creature 
of    any    sort,     were    it    man    or    beast.       Were  it  the 


70  UPS  AND  DOWNS. 

latter,  it  might  serve  us  for  a  meal :  if  the  former, 
we  might  be  served  in  our  turn ;  but  any  risk  seemed 
better  than  the  certainty  of  starvation  from  cold  and 
hunger. 

On  the  fifth  evening  after  we  had  crossed  the  Irra- 
wady,  we  halted  for  the  night  in  a  small  grove  of  forest 
trees.  In  truth,  so  "  dead  beat "  were  we  that  we  could 
not  have  dragged  our  tired  limbs  many  yards  further, 
and  we  were  glad  to  take  advantage  of  the  shelter  the 
trees  afforded.  To  add  to  our  misery,  our  last  scrap  of 
food  had  been  eaten,  and  to-night,  for  the  first  time,  we 
must  go  supperless  to  bed. 

"  Hallo ! "  said  Tom,  stretching  himself  below  one  of 
the  trees,  "  if  this  isn't  a  holly !  Doesn't  it  remind  one 
of  Christmas-time  at  home — roast-beef,  plum-pudding, 
and  all  the  rest  ? " 

"  Please  don't  speak  of  roast-beef  and  plum-puddin', 
Massa  Tom,"  said  poor  Hannibal,  the  cook,  pleadingly. 
"  It  hurts  my  feelin's." 

"  And  please  don't  speak  of  hollies.  Master  Tom,  when 
you  should  say  oaks,"  put  in  the  doctor. 

"  Why,  this  is  a  holly,  is  it  not,  sir  ? "  Tom  rejoined. 
"  Look  at  these  leaves — and  the  prickles,"  he  added, 
hastily  withdrawing  his  hand,  for  he  had  allowed  one  of 
the  sharp  spines  to  run  into  his  finger. 

"  But  look  at  the  height,  and  the  bark,  and  more  par- 
ticularly the  acorns,"  retorted  Dr.  Roland.     "  It  is  the 


UPS  AND  DOWNS.  71 

holly-leaved  oak  of  Thibet,  Tom,  and  wiser  men  than 
you  have  been  deceived  by  it." 

"  Let  us  camp  under  one  of  them,"  I  suggested.  "  It 
will  be  a  double  reminder  of  England  and  good  cheer." 

"  Both  dearer  for  their  absence,"  murmured  Tom. 

So  we  selected  one  of  these  strange,  bushy  oak  trees, 
that  promised  to  give  us  effectual  shelter,  and  soon  were 
seated  around  a  crackling  fire  of  dry  fir  branches. 

"  Is  there  nothing  left  in  the  pantry  at  all,  Hannibal  ? " 
asked  the  doctor ;  "  not  even  twice-used  tea  leaves,  to 
make  a  brew  of  ? " 

"  No,  sar,"  replied  Han  sadly,  at  the  same  time  produc- 
ing from  his  pockets  and  laying  before  the  embers  some 
ripe  chestnuts  that  he  had  knocked  down  from  the 
trees  with  stones  while  we  had  been  discussing  the  holly 
versus  oak  question. 

There  was  little  opportunity  to-night  for  rehewing 
the  loving  squabble  that  we  had  every  meal-hour 
over  the  division  of  the  food,  in  which  each  man- 
oeuvred to  get  the  largest  shares  for  his  neighbours. 
I  am  afraid  Hannibal  told  terrible  fibs  about  the  quan- 
tities he  consumed  while  cooking,  in  order  to  excuse  his 
small  appetite  when  his  dishes  were  produced.  The 
doctor  was  deaf  to  the  arguments  of  Tom  and  myself, 
that  being  a  big  full-grown  man,  he  ought  to  have 
double  the  share  of  us  lads.  It  was  the  same  at  bed- 
time :  the  members  of  the  party  were  continually  quar- 


72  UPS  AND  DOWNS. 

relling  for  the  most  uncomfortable  post,  or  heaping 
clothes  about  those  who  were  "  caught  napping."  Then, 
on  the  march,  I  hardly  knew  whether  to  cry  for  vexa- 
tion or  for  gratitude  at  the  way  my  companions  per- 
sisted in  treating  me  as  still  an  invalid,  who  ought  to  be 
relieved  of  hard  work  as  much  as  possible.  It  is  incred- 
ible the  dodges  by  which  that  rascal  Tom — generally 
the  most  frank,  straightforward  fellow  breathing — would 
try  to  get  possession  of  my  gun,  and  insist  on  carrying 
it  for  me.  As  was  only  our  duty,  every  one  tried  now 
and  throughout  the  journey  to  keep  up  as  contented, 
manly,  and  .even  "jolly"  a  demeanour  as  he  could,  for 
the  sake  of  his  comrades ;  but  each  must  have  felt  that 
the  situation  was  becoming  desperate.  So  we  cheered 
the  appearance  of  the  handful  of  chestnuts,  though,  for 
myself,  I  felt  so  hungry  that  I  could  have  sat  down 
prepared  to  do  justice  to  a  leg  of  elephant. 

"  What  will  happen  to  us  to-morrow,  sir  ? "  asked 
some  of  us  of  the  doctor. 

"I  would  not  like  to  prophesy,"  he  replied,  "but  I 
think  that  we  must  be  near  the  crisis  of  our  troubles. 
From  the  distance  we  have  marched,  we  must  be  quite 
close  to  the  basin  of  the  Salwen.  For  the  first  time, 
we  have  found  no  gorge  between  the  ranges,  only  a 
hollow.  I  shouldn't  wonder  if,  when  we  crest  the  hill 
in  front  of  us,  we  should  see  both  the  river  and  the 
savages.     They   have   apparently  hunted  all  the  game 


UPS  AND  DOWNS.  73 

from  this  side  of  the  watershed,  and  have  followed  to 
the  banks  of  the  Salwen.  Or,  perhaps,  they  have  been 
northward  on  a  raid,  and  are  now  seeking  shelter  from 
the  Thibetan  troops  in  their  remotest  gorges." 

From  Thibet  and  its  snows  and  savages  our  discourse 
gradually  turned,  as  it  was  always  sure  to  do,  to  the 
little  island  in  the  northern  seas  which  we  so  proudly 
claimed  as  our  country;  and  we  talked  long  of  our 
friends  at  home,  and  how  small  idea  they  could  have  of 
our  strange  surroundings.  The  night  had  fallen,  and 
the  keen  frosty  air  made  us  shiver ;  for  our  camping- 
ground  was  higher  than  any  we  had  yet  reached,  and 
our  clothes,  ill-suited  in  any  case  for  such  an  arctic 
climate,  were  torn  by  thorns  and  rocks.  So  we  crept 
up  close  to  the  fire,  and  heaped  on  more  fuel,  till  the 
smoke  curled  in  great  clouds  through  the  branches 
above  us. 

All  at  once  we  were  astounded  by  a  violent  shaking 
of  the  boughs  overhead  and  a  monstrous  black  appari- 
tion gradually  descending  almost  into  our  midst.  First 
appeared  a  shapeless  mass,  covered  with  long  shaggy 
black  hair,  hangino:  from  a  lower  limb  of  the  tree :  and 
then  shoulders  and  fore  paws,  and  lastly  a  snouted  head 
emerged  into  sight,  as  with  angry  gruntings  the  creature 
leisurely  descended  the  trunk.  So  surprised  were  we 
that  it  was  a  few  seconds  before  we  could  realize  that 
we   were   about   to  be   "  interviewed "   by   a  mountain 


74  UPS  AND  DOWNS. 

bear,  who  had  probably  climbed  the  tree  to  feast  on  the 
acorns,  and  had  remained  hidden  in  the  thick  foliage 
and  failing  light,  until  we  had  "  smoked "  him  off  his 
perch.  Our  guns  were  piled  behind  the  tree,  and  the 
doctor  had  barely  time  to  slip  round  and  seize  his  rifle, 
when  his  bearship  was  among  us.  He  seemed  in  a 
shockingly  bad  humour,  for  he  growled  angrily  and 
champed  his  great  jaws  together,  as,  still  half -blinded  with 
the  smoke,  he  blundered  forward  into  the  fire,  scattering 
the  lighted  brands  in  all  directions,  and,  I  hm  bound  to 
admit,  putting  us  ignominiously  to  flight.  By  this  time 
the  doctor  had  got  his  gun  ready,  and  fired ;  but  a 
branch  catching  his  sleeve,  the  bullet  only  grazed  Bruin's 
cheek,  and  enraged  him  the  more.  He  turned  and 
made  again  towards  the  tree,  but  a  smart  blow  over  the 
nose  from  Hannibal  with  a  burning  fagot  made  him 
change  his  mind ;  and  after  a  struggle  between  wrath 
and  prudence,  he  shuffled  off*  into  the  darkness. 

It  did  not,  however,  suit  hungry  travellers  to  see  a 
possible  supper  disappear  in  this  manner;  so,  taking 
our  guns,  we  started  in  search.  It  is  not  altogether 
pleasant  to  hunt  for  an  angry  bear  in  a  dark  wood ;  and 
I  own  that  my  heart  jumped  to  my  mouth  when,  coming 
roimd  the  trunk  of  a  tree,  I  felt  a  hot  breath  in  my 
face,  and  saw  a  shadowy  shape,  that  seemed  of  gigantic 
dimensions,  within  a  yard  or  two  of  me.  For  the 
second  time  that  night,  I  fled  with  the  bear  close  at  my 


UPS  AND  DOWNS.  75 

heels ;  but  luckily  the  doctor  was  close  at  hand,  and  a 
shot  through  the  brain  bowled  over  my  slouching 
pursuer.  By-and-by  we  were  feasting  joyously  on 
bear-steaks ;  and  I  am  in  a  position  to  say  that  for 
desperately  hungry  men,  and  when  there  is  nothing 
better  to  be  had,  they  are  not  to  be  despised. 


CHAPTER  VI. 

THE  VALLEY  OF  THE  SHADOW. 

EXT  morning  we  breakfasted  on  Bruin,  and 
resumed  the  march.  Bearing  in  mind  the 
likelihood  of  the  savages  being  near  at  hand, 
we  thought  it  proper  to  move  with  circumspection ; 
so,  instead  of  following  the  track  that  would  have 
carried  us  directly  over  the  ridge  in  front,  we  pro- 
ceeded southward  some  distance  down  the  valley  that 
ran  parallel  to  it,  and  then  climbed  cautiously  to  the 
top,  and  peered  over,  under  the  shelter  of  a  great  rock. 
What  we  saw  entirely  satisfied  us  of  the  correctness  of 
the  doctor's  views  as  to  our  whereabouts,  and  of  the 
wisdom  of  the  precautions  we  had  taken  not  to  exposQ 
ourselves.  Before  us  were  short  ranges  of  hills,  sepa- 
rated by  narrow  valleys,  and  all  running  in  the  same 
general  direction — north  and  south — as  those  we  had 
already  crossed,  but  so  much  lower  than  that  on  which 
we  stood,  that  we  could  make  out  beyond  them  what 
appeared  to  be  a  long  deep  furrow  ploughed  through 


THE  VALLEY  OF  THE  SHADOW.  77 

the  mountains.  This  could  hardly  be  other  than  the 
long-looked-f or  gorge  o£  the  Salwen  river.  On  the  other 
side  were  more  lines  of  hills,  rising  step  behind  step  to 
a  snowy  range,  with  the  sun  glistening  on  its  peaks. 

But  what  chiefly  attracted  our  notice  was  the  scene 
that  lay  directly  at  our  feet.  A  kind  of  natural  amphi- 
theatre was  hollowed  in  the  hill,  and  completely  enclosed 
by  two  spurs  thrown  off  from  the  range.  The  only 
openings  from  it  were  a  pass  at  the  upper  end,  that  we 
should  have  traversed  if  we  had  pursued  the  direct 
route,  and  a  narrow  rocky  gorge  below,  by  which  a 
small  stream  escaped  to  the  Salwen.  The  rocks  where 
we  stood  descended  almost  perpendicularly,  and  you  could 
fancy  that  you  could  drop  a  stone  upon  a  grassy  flat 
extending  on  each  bank  of  the  rivulet  below,  though  it 
must  have  been  almost  a  quarter  of  a  mile  away.  On 
this  piece  of  turf  a  singular-looking  group  was  gathered. 
We  almost  fancied  that  we  recognized  our  acquaintances 
who  had  hunted  us  so  persistently  a  few  weeks  ago. 
The  features,  the  gestures,  the  costume,  and  the  weapons 
— so  far  as  we  could  make  them  out  from  our  lofty 
station — generally  resembled  those  of  the  Assam  hill- 
men  ;  but  these  people  seemed  to  have  come  less  into 
contact  with  civilized  ways  than  even  their  brethren  on 
the  western  side  of  the  Iron  Wall.  Some  of  them  were 
clad  in  the  fells  of  wild  beasts,  and  wore  for  ornament 
what  appeared  to  be  strings  of  coral  beads  round  their 


78  THE  VALLEY  OF  THE  SHADOW. 

necks,  and  large  earrings  dangling  on  their  shoulders ; 
but  others  had  no  covering  from  the  cold  beyond  a 
waistcloth  and  their  long  black  hair.  We  fancied  we 
could  make  out  tattoo-marks  on  their  limbs  and  chests. 
Groups  of  sheep,  goats,  and  small,  shaggy-coated  horses 
and  mules  were  pasturing  on  the  grass,  and  the  deep 
baying  of  several  huge  yellow  dogs  came  up  to  us. 
But  the  most  curious-looking  objects  were  a  score  or  so 
of  immense  hairy  beasts,  like  enormous  goats,  yet  with 
something  about  them  reminding  one  of  domestic  cattle, 
that  quietly  fed  among  the  other  animals.  They  had 
down-looking  heads,  short  muzzles,  and  humps  like 
bisons ;  a  long  fell  of  hair  descended  from  their  dew- 
laps and  flanks  almost  to  the  ground,  and  their  tails 
were  huge  bunches  of  white  or  brown  hair.  A  little 
reflection,  of  course,  told  Tom  and  me  that  this  must 
be  the  famous  yak,  the  domestic  ox  of  Thibet ;  but 
Hannibal  was  sorely  puzzled,  and  one  could  see,  from 
his  nervous  glances  in  their  direction,  that  rather  than 
face  one  of  these  mysterious-looking  creatures,  he  would 
encounter  a  dozen  of  savages. 

Smoke  curled  up  from  the  valley,  and  preparations 
were  going  on  for  a  feast  as  we  stood  discussing  in  low 
tones  what  steps  we  should  take.  One  of  the  yaks  was 
led  out  into  an  open  space,  and,  apparently  at  a  given 
signal,  one  of  the  men  sprang  upon  it  with  the  bound  of 
a  panther,  and  plunged   a   long  knife  into  its   throat. 


THE  VALLEY  OF  THE  SHADOW.  79 

Instantly  the  whole  savage  crew  flung  themselves  on 
the  struggling  beast,  and  cut  and  slashed  and  hacked 
ofl*  great  pieces  of  flesh  with  sickening  ferocity.  The 
sight  was  not  one  to  inspire  us  with  confidence ;  but 
feeling  it  necessary  to  be  doing  something,  and  fearing 
that  we  would  be  caught  sight  of  by  the  group  below, 
we  began  to  move  towards  the  pass,  carefully  keeping 
ourselves  concealed  behind  the  brow  of  the  hill.  We 
had  not  e^one  far  when  we  noticed  an  unusual  move- 
ment  in  the  camp  of  the  savages.  They  seemed  to  have 
suspended  their  meal,  and  to  be  hastily  preparing  for 
flight.  Looking  back  into  the  valley  we  had  left,  we  at 
once  saw  the  cause  of  the  commotion.  A  cavalcade  had 
emerged  from  the  hills,  and  was  already  crossing  the 
shallow  stream  we  had  waded  on  the  previous  night. 
The  hillmen  had  evidently  scouts  posted  on  the  pass, 
who  had  given  them  notice  of  the  approach  of  danger. 

The  new-comers  drew  nearer,  and  it  would  be  difficult 
to  imagine  a  more  motley  group.  Some  of  the  party 
were  on  foot,  but  the  majority  were  mounted  on  horses 
or  on  yaks,  while  a  train  of  pack-mules  and  donkeys 
brought  up  the  rear.  The  objects  of  the  company 
seemed  to  be  partly  military  and  partly  trading ;  for 
while  most  of  them  carried  long  spears,  and  here  and 
there  the  stock  of  an  old  flintlock  showed  itself,  others 
were  attired  like  peaceable  merchants.  There  was  the 
same  variety  in  features  and  dress  as  in  martial  equip- 


80  THE  VALLEY  OF  THE  SHADOW. 

ment.  Bold,  harsh,  Tartar  traits  and  rough  sheep-skin 
garments  predominated,  but  there  were  several  members 
of  the  party  whose  regular  features,  full,  flowing  beards, 
and  ample  robes  and  turbans  recalled  the  Mohammedan 
races  of  Western  Asia. 

We  had  not  long  time  for  deliberation,  and  Dr. 
Roland  at  once  decided  that  we  should  show  ourselves. 
The  appearance  of  four  men — three  of  them  white  and 
one  intensely  black — suddenly  starting  up  from  among 
the  rocks,  caused  unbounded  surprise  and  not  a  little 
consternation.  Seeing,  however,  how  small  our  party 
was,  the  strangers  quickly  recovered  from  their  panic, 
and  several  barrels  were  levelled  at  us.  The  doctor 
at  once  made  signs  of  amity,  and  shouted  something 
in  Chinese  to  the  leader  of  the  band,  who  evidently 
understood  him,  for  after  a  short  parley  we  were  sig- 
nalled to  approach.  Our  new  acquaintances,  we  found, 
were  a  party  of  horse  who  had  been  sent  out  to  punish 
a  raid  which  the  Lu-tzes,  a  notorious  tribe  of  robbers, 
had  made  into  Thibetan  territory,  and,  if  possible,  to 
recover  ihe  plunder.  Along  with  them  were  several 
traders  from  Kashgar,  who,  we  learned,  had  travelled 
across  the  breadth  of  Thibet  with  their  wares,  and  had 
seized  this  chance  of  getting  an  escort  across  the  wild, 
unsettled  country  between  them  and  the  Chinese  mart 
of  Tali-fu,  to  which  they  were  bound. 

The  captain  of   the   Thibetans  was  a   tall,  stalwart 


THE  VALLEY  OF  THE  SHADOW.  81 

fellow,  with  a  fierce  black  eye,  and  restless,  energetic 
movements,  who  was  only  distinguished  from  his  fol- 
lowers by  the  greater  profusion  of  coral  and  turquoise 
ornaments  about  him,  and  by  the  jade-hilted  sword  stuck 
in  his  belt.  He  seemed  greatly  puzzled  to  know  what  to 
do  with  us  ;  for  the  lamas — the  priestly  rulers  of  Thibet 
— have  an  inveterate  objection  to  strangers,  and  especi- 
ally Englishmen,  entering  their  sacred  country.  The 
doctor,  however,  rightly  judged  of  the  kind  of  arguments 
that  the  Kashgaree  merchants  must  have  used  to  over- 
come this  prejudice ;  and  after  a  short  chat  with  the 
leader,  in  which  we  distinctly  heard  the  clink  of  some 
of  the  Indian  rupees  which  pass  freely  current  in 
Thibet,  we  were  allowed  to  join  the  band. 

Our  new  friends  were  astonished  when  they  heard 
from  us  that  the  marauders  of  whom  they  were  in 
pursuit  were  so  close  at  hand,  and  hastened  forward 
with  all  speed  to  overtake  them ;  but  when  we  came  in 
sight  of  the  green  basin  in  the  mountain,  where  a  few 
minutes  before  we  had  seen  so  animated  a  sight,  it 
was  quite  empty.  Savages,  yaks,  mules,  horses,  sheep, 
and  dogs  had  disappeared,  as  if  the  hill  had  opened  and 
swallowed  them  up.  I  rubbed  my  eyes,  and  felt  like 
one  of  those  belated  travellers  who  have  watched  a  fairy- 
pageant  until  the  whole  of  the  little  green-jerkined  com- 
pany have  vanished  at  cockcrow;  or  like  Fitz- James  when 
"  Clanalpine's  warriors  "  sank  from  sight  at  the  beck  of 

(690)  Q 


82  THE  VALLEY  OF  THE  SHADOW. 

Roderick  Dhu.  Our  Thibetan  guard  probably  did  not 
trouble  their  minds  with  such  fancies ;  for  they  instantly 
set  spurs  to  their  horses,  and  went  clattering  down  the 
glen,  over  rock  and  hillock,  at  a  great  rate,  leaving  us 
foot-passengers  far  behind. 

By-and-by  from  the  gorge  below  came  sounds  of 
battle — shots  that  echoed  and  echoed  again  among  the 
hills,  hoarse  shouts  and  words  of  command,  the  deep 
lowing  of  yaks,  the  neighing  of  horses,  and  the  barking  of 
dogs.  When  we  reached  the  spot  the  fight  was  already 
over.  The  robbers  had  managed  to  escape  with  part  of 
their  prey  into  their  inaccessible  retreats  in  the  moun- 
tains, but  the  greater  portion  of  the  booty  had  been 
recaptured.  A  group  of  dismounted  men  was  gathered 
about  a  form  lying  prostrate  on  a  ledge  of  rock.  It 
was  Tzang,  the  leader  of  the  troop.  Eager,  as  usual,  to 
be  first  in  the  fray,  he  had  spurred  on  in  front,  and  had 
been  struck  on  the  chest  with  a  poisoned  arrow  by  one 
of  the  retreating  freebooters.  Dr.  Roland  drew  near, 
and  so  skilfully  did  he  dress  and  cauterize  the  wound, 
that  after  an  hour  or  two's  rest  the  patient  was  able  to 
resume  his  seat  in  the  saddle. 

During  this  halt  we  made  amends  for  our  long  fast 
by  doing  justice  to  the  strange  fare  spread  before  us, — 
roast  yak  beef,  a  huge  bowl  of  tsamba,  and  "  buttered 
tea."  The  last  dish  caused  us  a  wry  face  or  two,  for  it 
was  against  all  our  prejudices  to  see  boiling  tea  beaten 


THE  VALLEY  OF  THE  SHADOW.  83 

up  in  a  churn,  with  rancid  butter  instead  of  cream,  and 
salt  in  place  of  sugar.  The  tsamba  is  oat  or  barley  meal 
porridge  with  great  lumps  of  butter  in  it ;  and  we  soon 
learned  to  relish  this  strong  dish,  which  was  our  main 
article  of  diet  during  our  stay  in  Thibet.  When  the 
march  was  continued  we  were  mounted  on  hardy  mules, 
selected  from  the  herd  recovered  from  the  Lu-tze  free- 
booters ;  and  what  was  to  us  of  nearly  as  much  im- 
portance, we  were  clad  in  the  rude  but  warm  sheep-skin 
garments  in  which  the  natives  can  face  the  rigorous  cold 
of  this  high  region. 

Nothing  of  unusual  interest  occurred  until,  in  the 
evening,  we  reached  the  banks  of  the  Salwen  river.  We 
had  to  pass  over  some  dangerous  bits  of  road ;  but 
precipices  and  abysses  are  as  familiar  things  in  this 
country  as  hedgerows  are  in  England,  and  we  left  the 
matter  to  our  mules,  who  chose  their  footing  with 
unerring  instinct.  It  was,  nevertheless,  a  welcome  sight 
to  us  when  the  deep,  green  river- valley  opened  its  arms, 
as  if  inviting  us  to  rest  and  shelter  after  so  long  a 
sojourn  amid  inhospitable  rocks.  The  banks  at  this 
point  sank  down  to  the  level  of  the  stream  with  a  slope 
that  seemed  gentle  after  what  we  had  lately  been 
accustomed  to,  and  they  were  covered  with  fine  trees, 
the  vivid  greenness  of  whose  leaves  was  in  delicious 
contrast  to  the  black  cliffs  around.  Below,  a  beautiful 
sward,  scattered  over  with  clumps  of  wood,  spread  on 


84  THE  VALLEY  OF  THE  SHADOW. 

each  side  of  a  smooth  current  flowing  between  rocky- 
islets.  Everything  spoke  of  smiling  peace  and  kindly- 
warmth,  and  a  thin  yellowish  vapour  that  floated  over 
the  water  gave  a  softer  charm  to  the  scene. 

To  our  surprise,  instead  of  descending  to  the  bottom 
of  the  valley,  we  halted  on  the  bleak  mountain-side,  and 
preparations  were  made  for  camping. 

"  What  do  these  stupid  fellows  mean  by  staying  up 
here  in  the  cold,  when  we  might  be  so  snug  down  in 
that  delightful  valley  ?"  asked  downright  Tom  of  the 
doctor.  "  I  see  plainly  apples  and  peaches  hanging  in 
the  trees,  waiting  to  be  plucked ;  and  there  must  be 
trout  lurking  in  these  deep  pools,  which  Han  could  make 
into  a  stew  fit  for  a  king,  and  beat  their  tea-gruel  and 
buttered  porridge  all  to  sticks." 

"  Content  yourself  with  porridge  for  to-night,  Tom, 
and  be  thankful,"  replied  our  chief.  "  You  would  have 
been  very  glad  of  it  last  night,  when  you  were  looking  on 
with  such  hungry  looks  while  the  bear-steaks  were  getting 
brown.  I  would  not  advise  you  to  pluck  the  apples  in 
that  paradise;  and  you  may  be  sure  that  our  guides  know 
quite  well  what  they  are  about.  That  deceitful,  smiling 
valley  of  the  Salwen  has  been  of  evil  omen,  since  long 
before  Marco  Polo  wrote  that  '  any  stranger  would  die 
for  certain '  who  attempted  to  cross  it." 

"How  is  that,  sir?"  asked  1,  while  Hannibal  looked 
from  the  doctor  to  the  river  and  back  in  dumb  horror. 


THE  VALLEY  OF  THE  SHADOW.  85 

"  Malaria  is  the  name  of  the  demon  that  haunts  it," 
was  the  reply.  "  You  can  see  the  sickly  mist  hanging 
over  it  just  now.  If  you  went  down  there,  and  waited 
long  enough  to  cast  a  line,  you  would  be  more  certain 
to  bring  away  with  you  fever  and  ague  than  trout. 
Come  away,  boys ;  there  will  be  no  fry  to-night.  Both 
fish  and  frying-pan  are  beyond  your  reach,  and  here  is  a 
smoking  dish  of  tsamba  coming." 

"  And  does  nobody  live  on  the  river  ? "  we  asked,  for 
the  mysterious  stream  excited  our  curiosity. 

"  I  believe  that  some  of  the  tribes  sow  rice  in  the 
valley,"  said  Dr.  Roland.  "  They  fling  in  the  seed  with 
fearful  haste,  and  snatch  their  harvest  at  the  risk  of 
their  lives.  Gold-seekers  have  also  gone  down  the 
stream,  in  search  of  the  yellow  metal.  There  is  gold  in 
the  sands  of  all  these  rivers,  and  it  is  regularly  worked 
on  the  Yangtze  and  the  Mekong ;  but  it  is  said  to  be 
peculiarly  plentiful  on  the  Salwen.  The  treasure-hunters 
have  never  returned  to  tell  whether  the  story  was  true 
or  not.  They  have  died  of  the  fever,  or  have  been 
swept  down  by  the  wild  waves  of  the  Lu-kiang,  as  the 
Salwen  is  named  up  here.  Some  of  the  tribes  call  it 
the  'Valley  of  the  Shadow,'  because  it  mostly  runs 
through  gloomy  chasms,  with  the  cliffs  nearly  knocking 
their  brows  together  overhead ;  and  you  see  that  it  has 
two  claims  to  the  title." 

"  And  is  it  the  same  all  the  way  down  ? " 


86  THE  VALLEY  OF  THE  SHADOW. 

"  Not  exactly  all  the  way ;  for  at  its  mouth — some 
eight  hundred  miles  from  this — you  would  find  your- 
selves among  British  shipping  and  the  comfortable 
bungalows  of  our  countrymen  at  Moulmein  and  Martaban. 
But  I  daresay  there  is  no  stream  in  the  world  that  has 
so  confined  a  basin,  considering  its  great  length." 

"  It  must  be  like  old  Euclid's  definition  of  a  line — 
length  without  breadth,"  said  Tom. 

"  But  how  is  dat  ribber  to  be  got  ober,  sar  ?"  was  the 
more  practical  remark  of  Hannibal.  "  Did  Massa  Polo 
tell  you  how  him  get  'cross,  and  come  back  again  all 
'live  ?" 

"  We  will  see  to-morrow  morning,"  replied  the  doctor, 
and  we  could  get  no  further  explanation  from  him  that 
evening. 

At  daybreak  we  followed  the  range  bordering  the  river, 
and  soon  came  upon  the  water  boiling  and  roaring  far 
beneath  us  between  steep  walls  scarcely  a  stone-throw 
apart.  Gradually  the  opposing  clifis  approached  nearer,  and 
we  came  to  a  stop  at  a  spot  where  it  seemed  impossible  to 
advance  a  hundred  yards  further.  Our  Thibetan  guards 
now  prepared  to  leave  us  and  return  home.  Their  fierce 
looks  and  rough  boisterous  manners  had  alarmed  us  at 
first,  but  we  had  found  them  not  unkindly.  Their 
captain,  Tzang,  took  a  quite  affectionate  farewell  of  the 
doctor,  whom  he  credited,  and  I  daresay  rightly,  with 
having  saved   his   life.      He   insisted,  in   token   of  his 


THE  VALLEY  OF  THE  SHADOW.  87 

gratitude,  on  pressing  upon  us,  as  a  present,  the  animals 
on  which  we  were  riding.     Our  chief  would  not  hear  of 
this,  but  at  last   the   matter   was   adjusted   by   Tzang 
accepting  in  turn   a  handsome   gold   chain   which   the 
doctor  removed    from    his    watch.       A  few    rupees — 
"  wandering  rajahs,"  as  they  are  called  up  here — were 
distributed  among  the  followers,  and  were  received  with 
noisy  shouts  of  delight.    Tom  and  I  could  not  help  think- 
ing, while  all  this  was  going  on,  that  it  was  scarcely  an  act 
of  friendship  to  abandon  us  on  the  edge  of  a  precipice, 
and  that  unless  the  mules  could  jump  across  the  gulf 
that  lay  in  our  path,  they  could  hardly  be  of  service  to 
us.     We  said  nothing,  however,  as  the  doctor  seemed 
quite  satisfied,  and  advanced  confidently  towards  two 
slim  lines  that  we  now  for  the  first  time  noticed  span- 
ning the  abyss,  like  spiders'  threads.     One  of  these  lines, 
which  we  found,  on  approaching,  to  be  of  wire  chain, 
started  from  an  elevated  point  on  the  opposite  bank, 
and  sloped  down  towards  our  side,  while  the  other  rope 
was  higher  on  the  hither  bank.     To  a  platform  at  the 
extremity    of    this    latter    chain  the    doctor   ascended, 
seated  himself  on  a  sort  of  leathern  sling  that  moved 
along  the  rope  on  a  skid,  cast  himself  loose,  and  in  an 
instant  he  had  skimmed  across  to  the  opposite  cliff  like 
a  bird.     Then  unfastening  the  sling,  and  adjusting  it  on 
the  other  chain,  he  slipped  back  to  us  with  equal  ease. 
After  this  illustration  of  the  method  of  usinir  this 


88  THE  VALLEY  OF  THE  SHADOW. 

curious  bridge,  we  could  have  no  hesitation,  and  the 
mules  and  baggage  of  our  party,  which  still  included 
the  Kashgaree  traders,  were  slung  one  by  one  upon  the 
rope,  and  launched  safely  across  the  chasm.  I  own 
that  when  my  turn  came  to  take  my  seat  on  the  strap 
of  rough  hide  on  which  the  precarious  passage  had  to 
be  made,  I  did  not  feel  comfortable.  Suspended,  as 
by  a  thread,  over  the  gulf  of  darkness,  with  the  plash 
and  boom  of  the  torrent  rising  from  below,  I  felt 
awe-stricken  and  almost  terrified.  For  a  moment  I 
became  giddy  and  faint,  but  in  the  next  I  was  standing 
securely  on  firm  soil.  I  think  we  were  all  relieved 
when,  waving  farewell  to  our  Thibetan  friends  on  the 
other  side,  we  turned  our  backs  on  that  Valley  of 
Shadows  and  Eiver  of  Death. 


CHAPTER  VII. 

YAKS    AND    LAMAS. 

OR  the  next  few  stages  of  the  route  nothing 
very  wonderful  befell  us.  The  track  was 
more  frequented,  and  more  care  had  been 
taken  in  its  construction.  In  some  places  a  narrow  cause- 
way had  been  hewn  for  a  considerable  distance  along  the 
face  of  the  cliffs,  and  occasionally  the  road  was  carried 
over  strong  timber  beams  driven  into  the  rock,  and 
paved  with  rough  boards  or  slabs.  The  track  still  zig- 
zagged as  before  from  the  clouds  into  the  bowels  of  the 
earth,  and  back  again  into  the  clouds ;  but  its  direction, 
as  we  were  now  on  the  highway  to  the  famous  city 
of  Tali,  led  us  more  to  the  southward  instead  of  due 
east.  There  were  plenty  of  signs  that  we  were 
approaching  civilization.  The  tribesmen  whom  we  met 
glared  at  us  with  greedy  eyes,  as  if  they  would  have 
liked  the  excitement  of  rifling  our  packs  and  perhaps 
cutting  our  throats  ;  but  our  resolute  bearing  and  our 
arms  probably  prevented  attack.     They  were  dressed  no 


90  YAKS  AND  LAMAS. 

longer  in  skins,  but  in  blue  and  white  cotton  cloths, 
which  had  probably  been  woven  in  Manchester.  Herds 
of  goats,  sheep,  and  yaks  pastured  about  their  huts,  and 
the  patches  of  level  ground  were  waving  with  ripe 
barley,  oats,  and  buckwheat,  showing  that  more  peace- 
able pursuits  than  robbery  and  kidnapping  filled  up 
part  at  least  of  their  time. 

Then  as  we  approached  the  "divide"  between  the 
Salwen  and  the  Mekong,  we  came  at  long  intervals  on 
Thibetan  grazing-farms  and  hamlets,  and  were  able  to 
study  how  this  secluded  folk  behave  themselves  at  home. 
The  great  two  or  three  story  houses,  built  of  rough 
stones,  without  mortar,  looked  like  "  border  keeps " 
— as  they  really  are.  The  tall  stature,  strongly-marked 
features,  and  abrupt  gestures  of  the  people ;  the  coarse 
garments  of  sheep-skin,  drawn  in  at  the  waist  by  a 
belt  in  which  at  least  one  formidable  knife  was  always 
stuck;  the  strange  nick-nacks  of  glass,  turquoise,  and 
coral  which  they  wore  els  charms  or  ornaments ;  and  the 
big,  fierce-looking  dogs  that  slouched  at  their  heels,  were 
all  in  thorough  keeping  with  the  houses.  Within  the 
dwellings  there  were  perhaps  more  dirt,  and  confusion, 
and  rude  curiosity  than  we  liked ;  but  the  hearty  good- 
will and  hospitality  of  the  people  made  amends  -for  alL 
We  were  regaled  with  milk,  butter,  cheese,  eggs,  and 
tsamba  unlimited  ;  and  we  could  hardly  prevail  on  these 
mountain  shepherds  to  take  anything  in  payment.     A 


YAKS  AND  LAMAS.  91 

sight  of  Hannibal's  bare  arm  of  ebony  placed  alongside 
of  our  white  skins  was  thought  sufficient  recompense, 
and  would  make  a  whole  company  roar  with  laughter 
for  an  hour. 

We  were  warned,  however,  that  it  was  all  very  plea- 
sant so  long  as  we  were  among  the  common  people,  but 
that  when  we  came  across  the  lamas,  who  cherish  a 
fanatical  hatred  of  our  race  and  creed,  we  might  "  look 
out  for  squalls."  These  lamas,  as  the  reader  may  know, 
dwell  together,  sometimes  in  communities  of  many  thou- 
sands, under  a  vow  of.  celibacy  and  in  perpetual  contem- 
plation of  the  virtues  of  their  great  master,  Buddha. 
By  all  accounts,  however,  they  are  a  sad  set  of  rascals, 
who  live  in  ease  and  idleness  on  the  toils  of  men  more 
ignorant  but  more  honest  than  themselves,  and  who  have 
managed  by  degrees  to  gather  all  the  power  and  wealth 
of  the  country  into  their  hands.  The  cunning  knaves 
fear  that  if  foreign  commerce  found  its  way  into  the 
country  their  day  would  be  done,  and  hence  their  deter- 
mination to  turn  back  every  stranger  from  their  fron- 
tiers. 

We  had  some  doubts  as  to  our  welcome  when  we 
learned  that  another  day's  march  would  bring  us  to  a 
lamissary  highly  reputed  for  the  sanctity  and  learning 
of  its  inmates.  By  rare  good  fortune,  however,  we  were 
able  to  possess  ourselves  of  the  means  of  getting 
into    the  good    graces   of    the   suspicious   monks.     We 


92  YAKS  AND  LAMAS. 

were  informed  at  a  Thibetan  hamlet  that  a  party  of 
wild  yaks,  led  by  a  bull  of  extraordinary  size,  had  been 
seen  lately  roving  on  the  slopes  of  the  neighbouring 
snowy  mountain.  The  doctor  resolved  to  set  out  in 
chase,  as  he  had  a  special  wish  to  study  the  peculiarities 
of  the  wild  breed. 

Scouts  brought  in  news  that  the  yaks  were  feeding 
in  a  grassy  valley  in  a  mass  of  mountains  three  or  four 
miles  oiF,  and  partly  in  the  direction  in  which  we  were 
moving.  We  learned  that  at  the  head  of  the  glen  there 
was  a  pass  over  the  mountain  at  some  distance  above  the 
snow-line ;  and  our  plan  of  action  was  to  send  a  party 
of  our  Thibetan  friends,  who  were  easily  tempted  by  the 
prospect  of  fresh  meat  to  join  the  enterprise,  to  disturb 
the  animals  and  head  them  up  the  valley.  They  would 
be  almost  sure  to  endeavour  to  escape  over  the  pass ;  and 
here,  it  was  arranged,  we  should  lie  in  wait  to  intercept 
them. 

We  started  at  an  unearthly  hour  in  the  morning,  and 
after  a  most  fatiguing  climb  reached  our  posts  before  the 
day  was  far  advanced.  Here  we  watched  long  without 
any  sign  of  a  reward  for  our  trouble.  There  was  no 
shelter,  and  in  spite  of  our  warm  fur  coverings  we  found 
it  terribly  chilly  work  waiting  among  the  snow,  more 
especially  as  the  thick  clouds  of  vapour  that  rolled  about 
us  shut  out  our  view  of  the  world  below. 

"  This  is  the  coldest  job  we  have  had  yet,  and  I  can't 


YAKS  AND  LAMAS.  93 

wonder  that  even  yaks  don't  like  to  come  up  so  high," 
Tom  said,  rubbing  his  numbed  hands  and  stamping  his 
feet,  while  the  rest  of  us  also  hopped  about  as  if  we 
were  executing  a  new  figure  in  a  country  dance. 

"  Hush  ! "  said  Hannibal,  who  had  an  extremely  quick 
sense  of  hearing ;  "  t'ink  I  heah  dat  big  fellow  grunt. 
Ha !  ha !  you  jes'  come  up  heah,  will  you,  and  get  some- 
fing  to  grunt  for." 

We  listened,  and  after  a  little  heard  an  angry  snort 
like  that  of  a  steam-engine,  followed  by  a  deep,  hoarse, 
lowing  note  that  might  have  been  mistaken  for  distant 
thunder,  and  by  the  faint  shouts  of  the  beaters.  After 
a  brief  interval,  which,  however,  seemed  to  us  eager 
stalkers  an  age,  an  immense  shaggy  head  and  shoulders 
rose  over  the  crest  of  the  hill,  and  a  pair  of  fiery  eyes 
glared  around.  It  was  the  big  bull  himself,  and  a 
splendid  fellow  he  looked  indeed,  as  he  stood  for  a  few 
seconds  petrified  with  rage  and  astonishment  at  the  sight 
of  us.  The  doctor  might  have  got  a  long  shot  at  him  at 
that  moment,  but  he  waited  in  expectation  of  the  bull 
coming  nearer.  My  three  companions  were  posted  in 
front  of  the  low  pass  ;  while  I  had  taken  my  station  a 
little  to  the  left,  in  case  the  herd  should  head  ofi"  in  that 
direction.  I  had  brought  with  me  an  old-fashioned  rest, 
borrowed  from  our  Kashgaree  fellow-travellers,  and  on 
this  I  now  placed  the  barrel  of  my  rifle,  and  with  a 
heart  thumping  with  excitement  dropped  down  on  one 


94  YAKS  AND  LAMAS. 

knee  behind  it.  This  curious  movement  seemed  to  de- 
cide the  bull.  With  a  furious  roar  he  charged  straight 
towards  me ;  while  his  companions,  following  his  lead, 
crested  the  brow  of  the  hill,  and  bore  down  upon  us  like 
a  wave  of  tossing  horns,  tails,  and  manes.  Our  chief 
had  always  strictly  charged  us  against  the  barbarous 
sport  of  wantonly  destroying  the  wild  game  for  killing's 
sake,  and  in  the  present  CEise  he  had  only  wished  to 
secure  the  big  male.  We  were  now,  however,  left  with 
no  choice,  and  shot  after  shot  resounded  in  the  hills. 

As  for  myself,  my  whole  attention  was  taken  up  with 
the  monster  bull,  who  seemed  in  a  desperate  hurry  to 
make  my  acquaintance.  When  he  was  within  fifty 
yards  I  fired.  The  shot  struck  him  on  the  shoulder,  but 
rather  low,  and  he  fell  bellowing  loudly  among  the  snow. 
With  all  the  haste  I  was  capable  of,  I  pushed  another 
cartridge  into  the  breach,  and  stopped  just  in  time,  with 
a  bullet  through  the  heart,  one  of  the  consorts  of  the 
mighty  bull  as  she  came  pounding  down  upon  me.  Mean- 
while, the  lord  of  the  herd  had  struggled  to  his  feet,  stag- 
gered forward  some  yards,  and  stood  the  picture  of  bafiled 
rage — his  grand  front  and  spreading  horns  thrown  high 
in  the  air,  and  his  eyes  blazing  with  wrath,  lashing  with 
his  tail  his  shaggy  sides,  and  pawing  with  his  hoofs  the 
snow  that  was  stained  with  his  blood.  I  drew  the 
trigger  of  the  second  barrel,  and  with  hardly  a  groan  he 
fell  dead  "  in  his  tracks." 


YAKS  AND  LAMAS.  9t 

My  companions  had  been  equally  successful  in  stop- 
ping the  charge  of  the  younger  bull  and  his  mates,  who, 
after  each  receiving  a  shot  in  a  vital  place,  had  turned 
and  attempted  to  escape  before  getting  their  final  coup. 

Hardly  was  this  brisk  incident  over  when  the  beaters 
appeared  at  the  head  of  the  pass,  and  great  was  their 
rejoicing  over  our  achievement ;  but  for  ourselves,  I 
think  a  feeling  of  regret  at  having  deprived  so  many 
splendid,  vigorous  creatures  of  life  was  almost  above  our 
sportsman's  triumph. 

Having  possessed  ourselves  of  the  big  bull's  head,  and 
with  as  much  yak's  flesh  as  we  cared  to  bring  away 
with  us,  we  presented  two  of  the  carcasses  to  our  assist- 
ants as  a  recompense  for  their  help,  reserving  the  others 
as  a  timely  present  for  the  inmates  of  the  lamissary, 
which  could  be  reached  in  three  hours'  ride  from  the 
spot  where  our  adventure  occurred.  On  the  route  we 
were  rejoined  by  our  travelling  companions,  the  Kash- 
garee  merchants,  who  listened  to  the  details  of  our  hunt 
with  no  other  response  than  a  solemn  "  Allah  be  praised!" 
at  the  close.  They  did  not  appear  to  have  a  large  share 
of  the  sportsman  feeling  themselves,  and  indeed  we  be- 
gan to  suspect  that  they  were  not  much  of  traders 
either,  and  to  wonder  what  were  really  the  contents  of 
the  strange  packages  and  bales  that  they  carried  with 
them.  If  I  have  said  little  about  them  hitherto,  it  has 
been  because  I  had  little  to  tell.     They  coldly  repelled 


96  YAKS  AND  LAMAS. 

our  attempts  to  "  fraternize  "  with  them,  and  though 
they  were  pleased  enough  with  our  companionship  so 
long  as  we  were  exposed  to  attack  from  the  robber  tribes, 
they  seemed  to  feel  our  presence  become  more  em- 
barrassing with  every  mile  that  brought  us  nearer  to 
the  frontier  of  China.  There  was  certainly  something 
mysterious  about  their  journey  and  the  excellent 
understanding  that  existed  between  them  and  the 
Thibetans.  But  Khodja  Akbar  Khan,  the  chief  of  the 
party,  a  grave  personage  with  deeply-marked,  sinister- 
looking  features,  and  a  flowing  black  beard  edged  with 
gray,  looked  the  last  person  in  the  world  to  let  a  secret 
slip  from  him,  and,  judging  by  a  fanatical  gleam  that 
now  and  then  shone  in  his  eyes,  he  would  probably  have 
felt  more  at  his  ease  cutting  oflT  the  heads  of  "  infidels  " 
like  ourselves  than  in  travelling  quietly  in  their  com- 
pany. His  two  chief  associates  appeared  to  be  com- 
pletely under  subjection  to  him,  and  their  half-dozen 
attendants  were  as  silent  as  mutes. 

Meanwhile  it  was  plain  that  we  were  approaching  the 
precincts  of  the  lamissary.  We  had  already  seen  many 
signs  of  the  Buddhist  faith  and  worship  since  we  had  come 
into  this  country.  Every  other  person  we  met  carried 
a  little  cylinder,  which  he  kept  twirling  round,  muttering 
at  the  same  time  something  half  below  his  breath.  At 
the  door  of  each  dwelling  stood  one  and  often  several 
larger  cylinders  of  the  same  type,  and  every  one  that 


THIBETAN      WITH      HIS      PR  A  Y  I  NQ- M  I  LL. 


Page  g6. 


YAKS  AND  LAMAS.  97 

passed  out  or  in  gave  the  wheel  a  turn  for  the  benefit  of 
the  household.  On  the  summits  of  the  rocks  we  observed 
other  specimens  of  these  prayer-mills — for  such  they  were 
— driven  by  the  wind ;  while  at  the  crossings  of  streams 
we  invariably  found  a  little  water-wheel  revolving  with 
the  current,  and  enclosing  a  cylinder  written  over  with  the 
strange  characters  that  met  our  eyes  wherever  we  went. 
At  every  pass  over  the  mountains  we  came  upon  what 
in  our  own  Highlands  at  home  would  be  called  a  cairn, 
made  up  of  stones  left  there  by  faithful  devotees  of  the 
Yellow  Religion  in  gratitude  for  having  escaped  thus  far 
the  perils  of  the  way,  and  to  propitiate  the  favour  of  the 
evil  spirits  of  the  hills ;  and  on  each  stone  the  mystic 
letters  were  inscribed.  From  the  trees  by  the  wayside, 
and  at  the  end  of  long  wands  hung  like  fishing-rods 
over  the  streams,  fluttered  scraps  of  paper  or  cloth  with 
the  pious  formula  repeated  upon  them,  so  that  a  breath 
of  wind  could  not  blow  without  wafting  to  heaven 
thousands  of  prayers  from  the  wayfarers  that  had  passed 
over  this  road.  The  great  sanctity  of  the  monastery 
we  were  about  to  visit  was  shown  by  the  lines  that 
stretched  across  the  ravine  which  led  up  to  its  gates, 
and  from  which  dangled  innumerable  rags  of  silk  or 
oiled  paper,  scribbled  over  with  prayers ;  and  the  rocks 
on  both  sides  were  carved  wjth  the  never-ending 
petition. 

We   began   to   meet   the   inmates   of  the   monastery 

(080)  7 


98  YAKS  AND  LAMAS. 

walking  singly  or  in  twos  and  threes — tall,  strange- 
looking  figures,  generally  dressed  in  long  gowns  of  red 
or  green  serge,  with  a  yellow  scarf  across  the  shoulders, 
and  red  boots.  Their  heads  were  shaven ;  and  under- 
neath their  black  eyebrows  they  cast  disdainful  and 
suspicious  glances  at  us  as  we  passed.  Around  their 
necks  they  wore  strings  of  coral  beads  like  rosaries,  and 
each  carried  in  his  hand  a  little  prayer- wheel,  which  he 
assiduously  twirled  while  he  mumbled  his  litany.  They 
may  have  been  learned  and  pious  men,  but  there  could 
be  no  question  that  they  were  deplorably  dirty. 

"  What  do  these  fellows  mean  by  continually  mut- 
tering, 'Niminy-piminy,  niminy-piminy,'  sir?"  asked 
Tom  the  querist,  turning  to  our  usual  source  for  infor- 
mation, as  we  rode  up  towards  the  gate  of  a  great  pile 
of  blind-looking  buildings  that  now  came  in  sight,  and  that 
might  have  been  mistaken  for  an  old  feudal  "  strength  " 
but  for  the  gilded  roof  rising  in  the  centre,  with  gables 
turned  up  at  the  corners,  like  those  we  had  seen  in 
pictures  of  Chinese  pagodas. 

"  I  daresay  it  sounds  more  like  *  niminy-piminy*  than 
anything  else,"  said  Dr.  Roland,  smiling,  "  and  has  about 
as  much  meaning  to  them.  They  intend  to  say,  '  Om 
mani  pemi  hom.' " 

"And  what  does  '  Om  mani  pemi  hom'  mean,  then?" 

"  It  means,  '  Oh,  the  jewel  in  the  lotus.' " 

"  But,"  said  Tom,  looking  more  puzzled  than  before, 


YAKS  AND  LAMAS.  99 

"  I  don't  see  that  that  makes  it  much  plainer.  What  is 
*  the  jewel  in  the  lotus '  ?  " 

"Nay,  you  have  cornered  me  now,  Tom,"  said  our 
friend ;  "  whole  Ubraries  of  books  have  been  written 
about  it,  and  instead  of  making  it  plainer  they  have 
only  made  the  mystery  more  profound.  Every  syllable 
has  been  taken  to  pieces,  and  every  letter  dissected,  and 
the  strangest  and  most  contradictory  meanings  discovered 
hidden  in  them.  I  have  no  doubt  our  friends  there," 
pointing  to  a  group  that  were  busily  twirling  their 
wheels,  "have  the  whole  controversy  at  their  finger- 
ends,  like  the  prayer  itself.  It  is  the  universal  petition 
of  the  votaries  of  Buddha,  and  is  supposed  to  be  a 
prayer  for  that  perfection  of  life  which  will  admit  them, 
after  passing  through  millions  of  changes,  into  Nirvana 
— the  state  of  total  unconsciousness  which  is  their  sad 
notion  of  heaven  and  future  bliss.  You  may  be  sure 
that  at  any  given  moment  this  mystic  prayer  is  being 
repeated  by  hundreds  of  thousands  of  lips  in  Buddhist 
lands." 

I  am  not  sure  whether  the  doctor's  explanation  made 
us  much  the  wiser,  and  we  were  still  struggling  to  com- 
prehend it  when  we  halted  at  the  gate  of  the  lamissary. 
Notice  had  been  sent  of  our  coming,  and  the  chief  lama, 
with  his  principal  officers,  was  in  waiting  for  us,  most 
gorgeously  dressed  in  robes  of  red  and  yellow,  and  his 
head  crowned  with  an  immense  gilded  hat.     He  was  a 


100  YAKS  AND  LAMAS. 

weazened-faced  old  man,  whose  expression  of  features 
spoke  more  of  cunning  and  meanness  than  of  benevo- 
lence. I  thought  I  caught  a  look  of  intelligence  ex- 
changed between  him  and  Khodja  Akbar,  whose  arrival 
did  not  seem  to  surprise  him,  and  then  he  turned 
towards  us  with  an  air  that  did  not  bode  any  good- 
will. On  Dr.  Roland  coming  forward,  however,  and 
explaining,  as  we  gathered  from  his  gestures, — for  he 
spoke  in  Chinese, — the  handsome  addition  we  had  pro- 
vided for  the  larder  of  the  monastery,  the  old  bonze's 
mien  underwent  a  wonderful  change,  and  his  features 
puckered  up  into  a  smile  that  was  meant  to  be  affable. 
It  is  against  the  strict  rules  of  the  order  to  partake  of 
the  flesh  of  any  animal,  for  according  to  the  Buddhist 
belief  it  may  have  harboured  the  soul  of  some  of  their  dead 
ancestors ;  but  in  these  remote  mountains  the  monks  do 
not  keep  their  vows  very  strictly.  So  our  present  was 
graciously  accepted,  and  a  party  of  men  and  mules  was 
hastily  despatched  to  the  pass  to  bring  away  the  car- 
casses of  the  yaks  before  they  would  be  discovered  by 
the  gaunt  Thibetan  wolves,  while  we  were  ushered  into 
the  interior  of  the  lamissary. 

We  found  ourselves  in  a  spacious  courtyard,  sur- 
rounded on  three  sides  by  the  living-rooms  of  the  lamas, 
with  a  great  temple,  highly  decorated  and  gilt,  facing 
us.  After  being  shown  the  lodging  which  we  were  to 
occupy  for  the  night,  we  were  taken  into  the  temple, 


YAKS  AND  LAMAS.  101 

where  a  huge  brazen  statue  of  Buddha  was  the  chief 
object,  and  was  surrounded  by  altars  of  offering,  barbar- 
ous musical  instruments,  and  carved  dragons  and  other 
fantastic  figures.  The  walls  were  painted  with  strange 
pictures  and  devices  in  glaring  colours,  while  in  recesses 
were  rows  of  small  figures  of  Buddha  in  solid  gold,  rolls 
of  manuscript,  and  other  treasures.  Here,  by  direction, 
we  deposited  our  principal  valuables  under  the  care  of 
the  presiding  deity.  We  noticed  that  even  here  great 
deference  was  paid  by  the  Buddhist  priests  to  our 
Mussulman  companions,  though  what  could  be  the  bond 
of  union  between  people  so  widely  separated  by  race 
and  creed  we  could  not  imagine.  It  could  not  be  love, 
for  I  noticed  that  on  leaving  the  temple  Khodja  Akbar 
spat  on  the  ground  in  token  of  his  abhorrence  of  the 
idolaters — though  the  Buddhists  deny  that  they  are  idol- 
worshippers,  and  say  that  the  figures  in  their  temples 
are  only  memorials  in  honour  of  their  great  teacher. 
The  insult  was  noticed  by  one  of  our  lama  guides,  and  I 
shall  not  easily  forget  the  look  of  concentrated  hate  that 
he  darted  at  the  offender. 

We  were  afterwards  served  with  an  ample  meal,  in 
which  the  unfailing  tsamba  and  buttered  tea  formed  the 
principal  dishes ;  but  there  was  also  a  variety  of  small 
cakes  and  confections,  in  the  making  of  which  the  monks 
showed  not  a  little  skill  and  taste.  Our  Mussulman 
fellow-travellers,  as  usual,  ate  apart.     They  retired  early 


102  YAKS  AND  LAMAS. 

from  the  guest-chamber ;  and  as  it  was  slow  work  ex- 
changing ideas  with  the  monks  by  means  of  signs,  we 
were  not  long  in  following  their  example. 

The  sun  was  shining  brightly  in  the  courtyard  when 
we  awakened  next  morning,  the  early  hour  at  which  we 
had  been  up  the  previous  day,  and  the  toils  and  excite- 
ment of  the  yak  hunt,  having  caused  all  of  us  to  over- 
sleep our  usual  hour  of  rising.  To  our  surprise  we  found, 
on  making  inquiry  of  the  monks,  that  Khodja  Akbar  and 
his  company  had  left  before  we  were  up,  without  taking 
the  trouble  of  saying  good-bye.  More  than  that,  the 
gate  of  the  lamissary  was  not  only  closed,  but  a  goodly 
number  of  the  inmates  were  gathered  about  it,  as  if  to 
bar  any  attempt  to  pass  through.  We  could  see  from 
the  doctor's  looks  that  he  was  very  uneasy  and  anxious 
to  get  off.  A  plot  of  some  kind  was  being  woven,  and 
we  had  got  entangled  in  the  meshes  against  our  will. 
Luckily  we  had  resisted  the  pressing  offers  of  the  lamas 
to  take  charge  of  our  weapons  for  us,  so  that  at  the 
worst  we  were  well  armed.  Dr.  Roland  asked  to  see 
the  chief  lama,  and  he  came  to  us  with  a  face  that  had 
lost  all  the  forced  amiability  that  it  wore  yesterday.  In 
fact,  without  understanding  the  words  he  addressed  to 
our  chief,  we  could  notice  distinctly  a  tone  of  insolence 
in  his  voice,  which  grew  gradually  more  marked  as  the 
conversation  proceeded.  We  waited  anxiously  for  the 
upshot,  feeling  that  some  dangerous  crisis  was  approach- 


YAKS  AND  LAMAS.  103 

ing.  The  doctor  seemed  to  begin  by  offering  thanks 
for  the  hospitality  we  had  received,  and  a  cahn  request 
that  we  should  now  be  allowed  to  bid  good-bye  to  our 
hosts.  The  lama  replied  in  mocking  accents,  and  as  the 
doctor  proceeded  to  repeat  his  request  more  firmly,  the 
high  priest  appeared  to  give  an  emphatic  refusal ;  while 
the  men  with  whom  the  courtyard  was  filled  drew 
nearer  in  a  threatening  manner  as  they  heard  words 
rising  high.  We,  also,  while  hiding  our  anxiety  as  much 
as  we  could,  began  to  get  our  weapons  ready ;  for  we 
suspected  that  though  the  shedding  of  blood  was  for- 
bidden to  the  brotherhood,  they  were  capable  of  finding 
means  of  making  away  with  troublesome  visitors  that 
would  satisfy  their  consciences  on  that  score. 

Dr.  Roland  appeared  to  make  up  his  mind  that  it 
was  time  to  act  with  energy.  Drawing  his  revolver — 
a  six-chambered  one — from  his  belt,  he  glanced  round 
the  enclosure  until  his  eye  fell  on  an  immense  gong  that 
hung  near  the  convent  gate.  The  sight  of  it  probably 
reminded  him  of  the  capital  practice  that  he  had  made 
at  Hannibal's  saucepan,  and  taking  aim  at  it  as  at  a 
target,  he  fired  G.yQ  shots  in  quick  succession,  drilling  as 
many  holes  through  the  sounding  brass  in  a  way  that 
must  have  sadly  marred  its  after  performances.  Then, 
while  we  brought  our  rifles  to  our  shoulders,  he  turned 
on  the  mob  of  lamas  that  had  been  hurrying  up  from 
all  sides,  but  who  now  fled  helter-skelter,  tripping  over 


104  YAKS  AND  LAMAS. 

each  other  and  on  the  hems  of  their  long  gowns  in  their 
haste  to  get  out  of  the  way  of  the  terrible  little  weapon. 
The  chief  lama  alone  held  his  ground,  but  his  yellow, 
wrinkled  face  was  so  convulsed  with  fear  and  surprise 
that  it  was  quite  comical  to  see.  He  had  some  notion 
of  the  power  of  the  gun, — indeed,  an  old-fashioned 
flintlock  is  one  of  the  regular  arms  of  the  Thibetan 
soldier, — but  this  marvellous  article,  with  the  magical 
property  of  firing  without  needing  to  be  loaded, 
was  new  to  him,  and  he  evidently  believed  that  the 
doctor  held  in  his  hand  the  lives  of  himself  and  all  his 
convent.  When,  therefore,  he  heard  the  request  to  bring 
out  our  mules  and  to  throw  open  the  gate  repeated  in 
stern  tones,  with  the  revolver  pointed  at  his  head,  he 
sulkily  gave  the  necessary  command  to  his  underlings, 
who  hastened  to  obey  the  order,  plainly  more  anxious 
now  to  see  us  beyond  their  walls  than  they  had  been  a 
little  before  to  retain  us. 

In  a  minute  or  two  we  were  again  mounted  on  our 
long-eared  but  sagacious  steeds,  retreating  in  triumph 
with  our  baggage,  which  had  not  escaped  some  pillaging, 
though  we  did  not  care  just  then  to  examine  narrowly 
the  extent,  and  pursued  at  a  safe  distance  by  yells, 
curses,  and  stones  from  our  hospitable  entertainers  of 
the  previous  evening. 


CHAPTER  VIII. 

ASTRAY  IN  THE  MOUNTAINS. 

OR  several  hours  we  rode  on  with  scarcely  any- 
other  purpose  in  view  than  to  put  as  wide  a 
distance  as  possible  between  us  and  our  late 
hosts.  Several  roads,  or  rather  bridle-tracks,  led  away 
in  different  directions  from  the  lamissary.  We  chose  the 
one  that  the  doctor's  pocket-compass  told  us  agreed  the 
most  closely  with  the  line  we  wished  to  follow — namely, 
towards  the  south-east.  I  cannot,  of  course,  tell  whether 
the  others  were  as  rough  and  steep,  but  if  they  were,  I 
do  not  believe  that  the  lamas  can  much  enjoy  riding 
exercise.  A  path  more  bare,  desolate,  and  savage  as  to 
surroundings,  or  more  narrow,  slippery,  and  rugged  under 
foot,' we  had  not  yet  traversed.  The  sun  glared  strongly 
upon  us  as  we  crossed  a  patch  of  open  country,  or 
scrambled  and  slipped  along  a  broken  mountain-side  ; 
while  down  in  the  deep  gorges  into  which  we  plunged 
ever  and  anon,  we  had  difliculty  in  making  out  the 
path.     Still,  we  hastened  on  with  all  the  speed  our  nags 


106  ASTRAY  IN  THE  MOUNTAINS. 

were  capable  of,  occasionally  discussing  eagerly  the  ex- 
citing scene  in  which  we  had  just  taken  part,  and  the 
motives  that  could  have  prompted  the  lamas  to  keep  us 
prisoners,  but  more  often  silent ;  for  the  roughness  of 
the  track  generally  compelled  us  to  ride  in  Indian  file, 
and  to  keep  all  our  wits  about  us.  Soon  after  losing 
sight  of  the  lamissary  the  signs  of  cultivation  and  in- 
habitants disappeared,  and  for  some  time  we  had  been 
wandering  through  a  region  that  seemed  utterly  deserted 
by  man  and  beast. 

As  the  sun  got  low  in  the  heavens  the  doctor  drew 
rein  in  a  little  green  valley,  where  our  hungry  animals 
at  once  began  to  nibble  the  clover  and  grass.  We  were 
glad  to  fling  ourselves  down  on  the  sward,  thoroughly 
exhausted  with  the  toils  of  the  day. 

"  I  don't  know  if  we  will  find  any  place  more  snug 
than  where  we  are,"  remarked  our  leader,  "  though  by 
my  reckoning  we  cannot  be  far  from  the  great  Mekong 
river.  Our  friends  the  lamas  will  hardly  care  to  come 
so  far  to  fetch  us  back,  and  I  think  we  may  camp  here 
pretty  safe  from  pursuit." 

"Is.  the  country  uninhabited,  sir,  that  we  have  seen 
neither  men  nor  houses  for  the  last  few  hours  ? "  I  in- 
quired. 

"  My  notion  is  that  we  are  in  the  border-land  between 
Thibetan  and  Chinese  territory,"  said  the  doctor ;  "  and 
like  other  border-lands  in  barbarous  countries,  it  is  not 


ASTRAY  IN  THE  MOUNTAINS.  107 

a  quarter  to  choose  for  leading  a  quiet  life.  I  would 
not  have  thought  you  would  be  so  anxious,  Bob,  to  meet 
with  your  fellow-men  after  the  little  experience  you  had 
with  the  Mishmis  and  the  Lu-tze,  not  to  mention  our 
entertainers  of  this  morning.  I  am  surprised,  though, 
that  we  have  met  with  no  roving  banditti,  for  in  this 
country  a  troop  of  these  rascals  is  usually  to  be  found 
between  the  settled  districts.  We  must  keep  our  eyes 
"  well  skinned  "  to-night,  and  not  let  sleep  get  the  better 
of  us,  as  it  did  this  morning  when  we  allowed  Khodja 
Akbar  and  his  company  to  slip  away  unperceived." 

"  Have  you  any  idea  where  he  has  gone  ? " 

"  I  should  not  like  to  venture  a  guess  about  a  per- 
sonage so  mysterious ;  but  it  is  plain  that  he  has  not 
travelled  by  this  road,  otherwise,  at  the  speed  we  have 
travelled,  we  would  have  overtaken  him  and  his  com- 
pany. Between  ourselves,  I  should  not  be  sorry  if  we 
have  seen  the  last  of  them." 

"  You  needn't  cook  anything  for  me  to-night,  Hanni- 
bal," said  Tom,  trying  to  put  the  best  face  on  it;  "I  feel 
too  tired  to  eat." 

"  Berry  lucky  dat  is,  Massa  Tom,"  replied  the  negro 
dryly :  "  couldn't  gib  you  anyt'ing  if  you  asked  for  it." 

"  It  was  a  pity  we  let  those  fellows  have  all  these 
juicy  yak-steaks,  wasn't  it  ? "  pursued  Tom,  with  a  mis- 
chievous twinkle  in  his  eye. 

The  question  was  too  much  for  Hannibal's  composure. 


108  ASTRAY  IN  THE  MOUNTAINS. 

Visions  of  the  whole  unwashed  crowd  of  lamas  feasting 
on  the  "  roast  and  boiled  "  which  we  had  provided  for 
them,  while  his  dear  master  had  not  a  morsel  to  eat, 
rose  before  him,  and  he  shook  his  fist  fiercely  in  the 
direction  from  whence  we  had  come. 

"  Don't  see  any  more  bears  hidin'  around,  Massa  Bob?" 
he  asked,  after  recovering  his  good  humour. 

Involuntarily  I  glanced  along  the  slope  of  the  hill 
above,  and  fancied  I  caught  a  glimpse  of  some  dark- 
looking  object  suddenly  withdrawing  from  sight  behind 
a  mass  of  rock.  I  called  the  attention  of  my  companions 
to  the  spot,  and  we  prepared  cautiously  to  examine  it 
more  closely.  This  could  hardly  be  a  bear,  and  the  idea 
that  occurred  to  us  was  that  it  was  some  spy  watching 
our  movements,  whether  in  the  interests  of  robbers, 
lamas,  or  Mussulman  traders  remained  to  be  seen.  As 
we  ascended  the  hill,  the  figure  of  a  man  rose  from  be- 
hind the  rock  and  drew  near  to  us,  with  a  singular  mix- 
ture of  eager  curiosity  and  of  hesitation  in  his  manner. 
From  his  features  and  other  signs,  including  tattoo-marks 
on  his  cheeks,  we  judged  him  to  belong  to  the  same  race 
of  savages  whom  we  had  seen  scattered  by  the  Thibetans 
on  the  other  side  of  the  Salwen.  But  in  the  new-comer 
all  the  harsh  traits  were  subdued  and  refined.  He  was 
decently  and  cleanly  clad  also,  in  blue  cotton  jacket  and 
wide  trousers ;  and  altogether  there  was  a  certain  air  of 
civilization  about  him  which  we  hardly  expected  to  meet 


ASTRAY  IN  THE  MOUNTAINS.  109 

with  in  such  a  spot.  You  may  judge  if  our  surprise 
was  diminished  when,  having  approached  within  a  few 
paces  of  us,  he  looked  anxiously  from  face  to  face,  and 
then  rapidly  made  the  sign  of  the  cross,  such  as  is  prac- 
tised in  Roman  Catholic  countries. 

The  doctor,  however,  appeared  to  have  a  clue  to  the 
mystery  that  puzzled  us  so  greatly,  and  entered  into  a 
conversation  with  the  native,  who,  by  means  of  signs 
and  a  few  words  of  Chinese  and  French,  led  our  con- 
ductor to  understand  that  his  dwelling  was  close  at 
hand,  and  that  he  would  be  glad  to  conduct  us  thither. 
The  offer  was  made  with  a  friendly  cordiality  that  con- 
vinced the  doctor  that  it  was  made  in  good  faith ;  and 
in  a  few  minutes  we  had  draorored  our  stiff  limbs  into  the 
saddle,  and,  with  the  stranger  as  our  guide,  were  again 
climbing  rocky  hills  and  threading  stony  passes.  In 
about  a  quarter  of  an  hour  we  came  upon  the  upper  end 
of  a  pretty,  winding  valley,  that,  with  fine  trees  shad- 
ing the  small  stream  flowing  through  the  centre,  and  a 
few  sheep  and  goats  pasturing  on  the  slopes  that  rose 
gently  on  either  side,  had  a  charmingly  peaceful  and 
inviting  aspect  after  the  rugged  and  toilsome  ways  by 
which  we  had  reached  this  haven  of  rest.  A  neat 
cottage,  surrounded  by  a  few  fruit  trees,  with  a  little 
garden  in  front  containing  vegetables  and  even  a  few 
flowers,  occupied  a  sheltered  nook  in  the  valley.  To 
this  the  guide  led  us,  and  motioned  us  to  dismount ;  and 


110  ASTKAY  IN  THE  MOUNTAINS. 

while  our  mules  began  to  crop  the  grass,  we  seated  our- 
selves under  the  shady  porch  of  the  hut. 

Our  host  disappeared  inside,  and  presently  came  forth 
with  a  huge  wooden  bowl  filled  with  rich  goat's  milk, 
and  a  pile  of  crisp  barley  cakes,  which,  with  a  gesture 
of  welcome,  he  laid  before  us.  Then  with  a  natural 
feeling  of  good  breeding  he  withdrew  into  the  back- 
ground beside  his  wife,  whose  shyness  would  not  allow 
her  to  come  forward,  though  we  could  see  that  in  dress 
and  looks  she  was  as  unlike  her  wild  unkempt  kindred  as 
her  husband.  It  made  me  almost  ashamed,  after  listen- 
ing to  his  declaration  a  few  minutes  before  that  he  had 
no  appetite,  to  see  the  way  in  which  Tom  Wilson 
"  tucked  into  "  the  milk  and  cakes.  But  the  rest  of  us 
were  not  a  whit  behind  him ;  and  the  bowl,  which  had 
seemed  bottomless,  was  emptied  at  last.  Then  after  we 
had  rested  a  little,  the  master  of  the  hut,  whose  name, 
it  turned  out,  was  Nga-te,  signed  to  us  that  it  was  time 
to  resume  the  march ;  and  rather  wonderingly — for  we 
had  counted  on  passing  the  night  in  this  pleasant  spot — 
we  prepared  to  follow  him  down  the  valley. 

On  the  way  he  explained  to  us  that  a  wise  and  good 
man  of  our  nation  had  come  among  the  wild  robber 
tribes  of  this  district,  and  after  years  of  labour  and  dis- 
appointment, had  persuaded  them  to  lay  aside  their 
savage  habits  and  their  wandering  life,  and  to  settle  down 
around  him  in  this  valley,  where  they  now  dwelt  peace- 


ASTRAY  IN  THE  MOUNTAINS.  Ill 

ably  and  pleasantly,  tilling  the  ground  and  tending  their 
flocks,  instead  of  fighting  and  plundering.  He  had 
taught  them  beautiful  lessons  of  mutual  love  and  for- 
bearance out  of  a  book ;  but  it  was  chiefly  by  his  ex- 
ample of  self-denying  kindness,  patience,  and  gentleness, 
that  they  had  become  devoted  to  him,  as  our  guide 
appeared  to  be,  heart  and  soul.  Nga  had  been  searching 
on  the  hills  for  a  stray  goat  when  he  first  noticed  us. 
Something  about  our  appearance  gave  him  the  notion 
that  we  were  of  the  same  race  as  his  pastor,  and  the 
longer  he  watched  us  he  grew  the  more  convinced  of  the 
fact,  and  he  was  about  to  steal  away  and  warn  the 
settlement  of  our  coming  when  we  observed  him. 

Thus  discoursing,  chiefly  by  signs,  we  passed  several 
other  cottages,  embowered  in  leaves  and  with  little 
patches  of  cultivated  ground  about  them,  the  occupants  of 
which  came  to  their  doors  and  saluted  us  with  respectful 
interest,  no  doubt  wondering  what  manner  of  people  we 
were  and  whence  we  had  come. 

At  a  sudden  turn  in  the  bed  of  the  valley  a  lovely 
scene  broke  upon  us.  At  our  feet  was  a  steep 
descent,  down  which  the  brook  at  our  side  bickered 
in  a  series  of  cascades,  overhung  with  masses  of  beauti- 
ful ferns,  and  by  fine  trees  that  were  beginning  to  put 
on  their  autumn  dress.  Below,  the  hills  receded  on 
either  side,  and  the  vale  opened  up  to  meet  a  mighty 
stream,  whose  turbid  current  ran  like  a  broad  yellow 


112  ASTRAY  IN  THE  MOUNTAINS. 

band  across  the  landscape.  This  could  be  none  other 
than  the  famous  Mekong,  the  great  river  of  Cambodia, 
whose  course,  from  its  unvisited  source  in  the  northern 
deserts  of  Thibet  to  its  mouth  in  the  Chinese  Sea,  pro- 
bably rivals  that  of  some  of  the  longest  rivers  on  earth. 
On  this  rolling  flood,  overshadowed  on  the  opposite 
shore  by  lofty  pine-clad  peaks  that  dipped  their  feet  in 
the  water,  we  gazed  for  some  seconds  in  awe,  though  as 
yet  we  little  dreamed  of  the  perils  and  sufferings  that 
we  were  to  encounter  on  its  bosom.  Then  we  turned 
our  eyes  on  the  scene  immediately  below  us.  A  score 
of  houses,  mere  cabins  in  size,  but  neatly  thatched  and 
arranged  with  some  sense  of  order  and  taste,  were 
grouped  about  a  building  of  rather  larger  dimensions, 
near  which  was  a  little  chapel  surmounted  by  a  cross. 
Fruit  trees,  most  of  them  of  kinds  which  you  are  familiar 
with  in  the  temperate  zone,  grew  thickly  about  the 
dwellings,  and  trailing  plants  covered  their  walls.  So 
close  were  we  to  them  that  we  could  make  out  the  ripe 
apples,  peaches,  and  apricots  shining  among  the  foliage. 
Around  the  village  were  fields  of  ripe  or  ripening  barley, 
wheat,  and  maize ;  and  down  near  the  river  were  dark 
and  light  tinted  plots,  which  our  Assam  experience  told 
us  must  be  "  paddy  "  or  rice-fields.  The  desolate  moun- 
tains that  surrounded  the  scene,  like  the  frame  of  a 
picture,  only  made  this  green  and  peaceful  little  Eden 
look  more  refreshing  and  inviting  to  us  weary  travellers. 


CHAPTER  IX. 


A    HAVEN    OF    REST. 


EAVING  our  mules  in  charge  of  the  villagers, 
who  testified  as  much  delight  as  astonish- 
ment at  our  arrival,  we  hastened  to  the 
house  of  the  missionary,  wishing,  if  possible,  to  take  him 
by  surprise.  We  were  not  disappointed  in  this ;  for  on 
looking  over  the  trim  beech  hedge  that  surrounded  his 
garden,  we  found  him  absorbed  in  the  care  of  his  plants, 
and  all  unconscious  that  such  guests  were  at  hand.  The 
carefully-propped  fruit-trees  and  the  alleys  of  rhododen- 
dron and  tall  box  cast  a  shade  most  tempting  for  people 
who  had  been  so  long  exposed  to  scorching  sun  and  cut- 
ting winds.  The  rustic  seat  under  the  veranda,  over- 
hung with  broad  vine  leaves  and  clusters  of  purple 
grapes,  seemed  made  for  jaded  limbs  to  repose  upon. 
The  flowers  and  ferns,  the  cool-looking  little  spring  of 
water  in  the  centre  ornamented  with  pebbles  and  aquatic 
plants,  the  glimpse  we  got  through  the  open  window  of 
books  and  writing  materials,  all  spoke  of  a  cultivated 

(690)  8 


114  A  HAVEN  OF  REST. 

taste.  But  most  attractive  of  all  was  the  worthy  pastor 
himself,  as,  ignorant  of  our  scrutiny,  he  bent  earnestly 
over  his  task  of  weeding  his  plants.  His  rather  tall  and 
dignified  figure  was  clad  in  flowing  cotton  garments, 
which  in  cut  were  a  compromise  between  the  Chinese 
and  European  fashions.  He  was  considerably  past  the 
middle  age ;  and  time  and  care  had  ploughed  some 
wrinkles  on  the  broad  forehead  and  smoothly-shaven 
cheeks.  The  general  expression  of  the  face  was  one  of 
winning  goodness ;  but  the  full  dark  eyes  seemed 
capable  of  giving  a  stern  glance,  and  the  kind-looking 
lips  of  being  compressed  with  a  look  of  energy  and 
decision. 

"  Bonjour,  M.  I'Abb^"  said  the  doctor,  in  his  heartiest 
tones. 

The  Abb^  Ducrot — for  such  we  learned  was  the  name 
and  ecclesiastical  rank  of  the  excellent  French  missionary 
— started  at  hearing  so  unexpectedly  the  accents  of  his 
native  tongue.  He  looked  up  quickly,  and  his  eyes 
meeting  the  black  grinning  features  of  Hannibal,  who 
happened  to  be  directly  in  his  "  line  of  vision,"  the  Dutch 
hoe  which  he  was  using  dropped  from  his  hands  in  his 
amazement.  I  am  not  sure  whether  the  good  man's  first 
idea  was  not  that  he  was  about  to  be  assailed  by  the 
Evil  One ;  and  if  this  notion  was  dispelled  on  glancing 
at  the  other  members  of  the  party,  the  youthful  faces 
of  Tom  and  myself,  and  the  bronzed  features  and  the 


A  HAVEN  OF  REST.  115 

ample  beard  of  Dr.  Roland,  appearing  as  if  by  magic  just 
above  the  level  of  his  garden  hedge,  were  in  themselves 
bewildering  enough.  A  few  words  from  our  leader, 
however,  explained  how  matters  stood,  and  M.  Ducrot 
hastened  to  us,  welcoming  us  with  the  warmth  of  an  old 
friend,  and  with  a  charming  courtesy  of  manner,  as  if  we 
were  honoured  and  long-expected  guests. 

As  the  sun  had  now  set,  and  the  nights  are  cold  at 
this  season,  we  did  not  linger  long  outside ;  and  for  the 
«ame  reason,  when  we  had  been  ushered  into  the  good 
priest's  dwelling,  we  were  glad  to  gather  round  the  stove, 
while  our  host  lighted  his  lamp,  and  bustled  about,  with 
the  aid  of  a  native  pupil  and  Hannibal,  to  lay  the  re- 
sources of  his  bachelor  establishment  at  our  disposal. 
After  our  performances  at  Nga's,  we  were  not  able  to  do 
so  much  justice  to  the  good  father's  fare  as  it  deserved 
or  as  he  would  have  liked.  We  preferred  to  revel  in 
the  luxury  of  being  again  surrounded  by  all  the  signs 
of  civilized  life.  Everything  looked  so  home-like  that 
we  might  almost  have  been  seated  in  a  snug  English 
study.  The  light  shone  on  well -filled  book -shelves 
ranged  round  the  walls,  and  a  white  table-cloth,  with 
knives,  forks,  and  glasses,  actually  graced  the  board. 
Still  more  surprising  was  it,  perhaps,  to  see  the  abb^ 
bring  forth  a  box  of  prime  havannahs,  which  he  smilingly 
tendered  to  the  doctor.  Our  host  did  not  smoke  him- 
self, but  some  of  his  friends  at  Shanghai  had  forwarded 


116  A  HAVEN  OF  REST. 

to  him  this  present,  which  he  would  be  delighted  if  his 
guest  could  find  use  for. 

This  led  them  on  to  speak  of  the  European  society 
at  Shanghai,  which  Dr.  Koland  had  visited,  and  where 
he  had  picked  up  the  smattering  of  Chinese  he  possessed. 
Our  host,  in  order  to  give  us  lads  the  benefit  of  the  con- 
versation, good-naturedly  spoke  in  English,  which  he 
talked  with  much  fluency.  But  it  did  not  need  this  to 
make  us  feel  as  if  we  were  in  the  presence  of  a  country- 
man— though,  of  course,  M.  Ducrot  was  not  only  of  dif- 
ferent race  but  of  another  creed  than  ours.  But  away 
in  this  remote  region,  surrounded  by  savage  and  hostile 
peoples,  the  distinction  between  Frenchman  and  English- 
man, stanch  Protestant  and  zealous  Romanist,  so  great 
as  that  seemed  in  Europe,  was  of  comparatively  little 
account.  Last  evening  we  were  in  an  atmosphere  that 
was  loaded  with  danger  and  suspicion.  Hate  and  preju- 
dice were  barely  covered  by  a  thin  show  of  hospitality, 
and  everything  was  petty,  false,  and  base.  To-night  we 
breathed  again  freely.  All  was  frank,  manly,  kindly, 
and  honest,  and  we  understood  the  difference  between 
Christian  Europe  and  benighted  Asia. 

To  our  host  we  were  like  messengers  from  another 
planet,  and  he  eagerly  questioned  us  as  to  the  great 
public  events,  the  discoveries  in  science,  and  the  move- 
ments in  literature  and  art,  since  he  last  had  tidings 
from   the  outer  world ;  and   on   all   these   matters   Dr. 


A  HAVEN  OF  REST.  117 

Roland  was  able  fully  to  satisfy  him.  We  recounted 
our  adventures,  and  presented  him  with  some  scraps  of 
old  "home"  newspapers  which  we  found  among  our 
packages.  The  news  in  them  was  three  months  old,  but 
a  year  had  passed  since  he  had  heard  from  Europe, 
and  he  accepted  them  more  eagerly  than  if  they  had 
been  crisp  bank-notes.  In  return  he  told  us  something 
of  his  own  experiences  in  fouMiing  this  flourishing  little 
colony.  It  was  a  history  of  heroism  and  devotion,  better 
worth  recording  than  that  of  our  own  aimless  wander- 
ings, but  too  long  to  be  inserted  here.  Even  now,  when 
success  had  so  far  crowned  his  efforts,  he  could  not  tell 
when  misfortune  might  come,  "  like  a  bolt  from  the 
blue,"  through  the  hatred  of  the  lamas,  the  jealousy  of 
the  Chinese  officials,  or  the  outbreak  of  civil  war,  and 
ruin  all  his  labours. 

This  led  the  abb^  and  our  chief  to  discuss  at  great 
length  the  circumstances  of  the  land  and  the  times ;  and 
though  the  rest  of  the  party  did  not  understand  half  of 
what  these  seniors  talked  about,  we  knew  that  they  had 
found  a  clue  to  the  mysterious  conduct  of  Khodja  Akbar 
and  the  people  of  the  monastery.  They  spoke  of  China 
as  decrepit  and  feeble,  like  some  huge  giant  whom  age 
and  disease  had  made  almost  helpless.  The  outbreak 
of  Mohammedan  and  other  rebellions  in  different  parts 
of  the  empire  had,  a  few  years  before,  threatened  to  break 
up  the  Flowery  Land  into  discordant  fragments,  and  it  had 


118  A  HAVEN  OF  REST. 

only  recovered  its  unity  after  a  terrible  effort.  In  the 
province  in  which  we  had  now  arrived — Yunnan — civil 
war  had  raged  for  nearly  a  generation;  a  Mussulman 
kingdom  had  been  founded  and  destroyed  amid  incredible 
bloodshed.  Flourishing  cities  had  been  razed  to  the 
ground,  and  by  battle,  massacre,  famine,  and  pestilence 
six-sevenths  of  the  population  had  been  swept  away. 
The  province,  M.  Ducrot  told  us,  had  no  sooner  begun  to 
recover  from  its  exhaustion  than  disturbances  were  ready 
to  break  out  again.  Reports  had  come  to  him  of  new 
risings  of  the  Panthays — as  the  Mussulman  rebels  were 
called — in  the  country  beyond  the  river.  The  lamas 
were  eager  to  throw  off  the  yoke  of  Pekin,  and  would 
gladly  encourage  the  insurgents. 

Our  seniors  had  no  doubt  that  Khodja  Akbar,  instead 
of  being  a  "  trader,"  was  none  other  than  a  Mohammedan 
"  mullah,"  or  priest,  charged  with  the  task  of  stirring  up 
the  smouldering  zeal  of  the  followers  of  the  prophet,  and 
probably  the  bearer  of  important  tidings  from  some  other 
disaffected  portion  of  the  wide  dominions  of  the  "Brother 
of  the  Sun  and  Father  of  the  Moon."  They  were  also  of 
opinion  that  we  could  not  safely  carry  out  our  intention 
of  proceeding  through  China,  with  the  certainty  of  fall- 
ing into  the  clutches  of  the  "  white  flags "  or  the  "  red 
flags," — the  Imperialists  or  the  Panthays, — or  into  those  of 
the  brigands.  Then  the  question  arose,  What  other  route 
was  open  to  us  ?     The  most  feasible  seemed  to  be  one 


A  HAVEN  OF  REST.  119 

that  led  to  Bhamo,  on  the  Upper  Irrawady,  in  the  territory 
of  His  Majesty  of  the  Golden  Foot.  But  even  in  making 
for  Biirmah  we  would  meet  "  lions  on  the  way,"  in  the 
shape  of  robbers,  rebels,  and  savages,  not  to  mention 
lofty  mountains  and  deep  rivers. 

The  doctor  suggested  the  great  river,  whose  hoarse 
roar  we  could  hear  without,  as  a  means  of  escape  from 
our  predicament.     The  abb^  shook  his  head. 

"Frenchmen  have  found  it  impossible  to  follow  up 
that  most  intractable  stream  further  than  the  Chinese 
frontier,"  he  said,  with  a  touch  of  national  pride.  "  I 
acknowledge  the  great  qualities  of  your  countrymen,  M. 
le  Docteur — their  courage,  their  perseverance,  and  their 
energy — but  I  cannot  admit  that  they  will  succeed  where 
my  own  compatriots  have  failed." 

"But  though  Frenchmen  were  unable  to  ascend  the 
river  in  the  rainy  season,  might  not  Frenchmen  have 
succeeded  in  descending  it  in  the  season  favourable 
for  travel  ?  And  may  not  Englishmen  ? "  replied  the 
doctor,  a  little  amused. 

"  That  is  true,"  said  the  excellent  missionary,  smiling ; 
"  but,"  he  added,  "  you  are  a  weak  party,  and  will  be 
almost  at  the  mercy  of  the  turbulent  and  barbarous 
tribes  that  dwell  on  the  river." 

"Yes;  but  we  are  humble  travellers,  and  not  im- 
portant personages,  with  grand  schemes  in  their  heads 
of  opening  up  an  unwilling  empire  to  trade,  and  so  we 


120  A  HAVEN  OF  REST. 

may  escape  some  of  the  troublesome  notice  that  greater 
folks  have  met  with.  At  any  rate,  it  will  be  well  to 
have  the  river  to  fall  back  upon." 

"  True,  also,"  said  the  abbe ;  and  thus  closed  the  first 
of  many  conversations  we  had  on  this  and  kindred  sub- 
jects, for  we  had  already  talked  far  into  the  night. 

We  spent  a  delightful  week  at  Ping-wan-chin,  and 
ourselves  and  our  beasts  rapidly  recruited  from  our 
fatigues.  Nothing  could  exceed  the  kindness  of  the 
abbe,  or  the  goodwill  and  helpfulness  of  the  villagers. 
We  were  not  idle  either.  The  doctor's  notion  of  rest 
included  several  hours  a  day  of  botanizing  and  geologiz- 
ing, surveying  the  hills,  gauging  the  volume  of  the  river, 
and  similar  work.  We  had  even  a  few  mild  adventures 
in  climbing  the  beetling  cliffs  on  the  margin  of  the 
Mekong,  and  exploring  the  woods ;  and  one  day  we  had 
quite  a  dangerous  "  sensation."  It  happened  in  this  way. 
We  had  been  busy  all  day  scrambling  over  rocks,  and 
collecting  mineral,  plant,  and  animal  specimens ;  and  in 
the  quiet  of  the  afternoon,  previous  to  starting  for  home, 
we  rested  for  half  an  hour.  Dr.  Roland  had  perched 
himself  on  a  ledge  of  rock  that  overlooked  a  wide  extent 
of  country ;  and  after  having  made  an  outline  sketch  of 
the  hills  and  valleys  that  the  view  commanded,  was  now 
thoughtfully  smoking  one  of  M.  Ducrot's  cigars,  while 
Mandarin,  a  young  Thibetan  dog  belonging  to  the  abbe, 
had  fallen  asleep  at  his  feet,  tired  with  several  hours  of 


A  HAVEN  OF  KEST.  121 

racing  and  chasing.  Not  far  off  I  was  stretched  at  full 
length  on  a  juniper  bush,  enjoying  its  fragrant  odour, 
so  suggestive  of  "  my  native  heath,"  and  watching  the 
frantic  efforts  of  a  beetle  with  a  burnished-copper  back 
to  climb  up  a  slippery  piece  of  rock.  In  fact,  I  fear  I 
was  letting  my  thoughts  bear  me  away  into  a  kind  of 
day-dream,  when  I  fancied  I  heard  a  pebble  fall. 
Looking  down  into  the  little  gully  that  separated  me 
from  the  doctor,  to  my  horror  I  saw  a  great  mountain 
leopard,  which  had  stolen  up  to  within  a  few  yards  of 
him,  and  seemed  in  the  act  of  contracting  its  muscles  to 
make  a  spring.  My  tongue  seemed  to  be  paralyzed  with 
fear,  and  before  I  could  utter  a  word,  a  little  puff  of 
smoke  rose  within  a  few  yards  of  me,  accompanied  with 
the  report  of  a  rifle,  and  the  leopard  rolled  over  in  the 
convulsions  of  death.  It  was  Tom,  who,  more  careful 
than  myself,  had  kept  his  gun  loaded  near  his  hand, 
and  who  had  managed  just  in  time  to  send  a  bullet 
crashing  through  the  great  cat's  skull. 

You  should  have  seen  how  the  doctor  and  Mandarin 
started  up,  the  one  from  reverie  and  the  other  from 
sleep,  and  how  the  latter  barked  and  growled  over  the 
body,  as  if  he  had  the  whole  credit  of  the  performance, 
while  our  chief  came  up  and  shook  Tom  warmly  by  the 
hand.  I  also  grasped  the  dear  fellow's  fist  hard,  with 
feelings  of  deep  thankfulness  for  what  he  had  done,  and 
with  reproachful  regret  that  I  also  had  not  been  found 


122  A  HAVEN  OF  REST. 

on  guard  and  ready  for  the  emergency.  Hannibal  said 
little,  but  he  looked  at  Tom  in  a  way  that  said  as  plainly 
as  words  that  he  owed  him  a  good  turn,  which  he  would 
take  the  earliest  possible  chance  of  repaying.  The 
animal  Tom  had  shot  was  a  female,  and  a  search  of  the 
neighbourhood  threw  light  on  the  extreme  boldness  she 
had  shown;  for  in  a  recess  in  the  rocks,  not  many  paces 
off,  we  came  upon  three  very  young  leopard  cubs,  whose 
lives  the  mother  had  evidently  believed  to  be  in  jeo- 
pardy. We  brought  home  the  cubs,  which  were  about 
the  size  of  half -grown  kittens,  and  prettily  marked  ;  and 
M.  Ducrot  was  to  try  the  experiment  of  rearing  them. 
We  have  not  heard  since  what  was  their  fate. 

The  day  had  now  come  when  we  had  to  bid  farewell 
to  our  kind  host  and  the  many  friends  we  had  made  in 
the  village.  A  longer  stay  with  them  was  not  unlikely  to 
bring  the  settlement  into  trouble ;  and  we  had  not  any 
time  to  spare,  if  we  were  to  make  use  of  the  most  suit- 
able season  for  travelling.  The  doctor  left  his  scientific 
gleanings  in  charge  of  the  abb^  who  in  turn  loaded  us 
with  everything  he  imagined  would  be  useful,  while  his 
flock  also  brought  their  goodwill  oflferings.  They  gathered 
together  to  assist  in  packing  our  mules,  and  to  see  us 
depart ;  and,  as  they  had  learned  from  their  pastor,  they 
shouted  "  Bon  voyage ! "  after  us  as  we  rode  slowly 
away.  Our  rest  in  this  happy  valley  among  these 
simple,  kindly  folks  had  been  very  grateful  to  us.     It 


A  HAVEN  OF  REST.  123 

was  like  a  half-way  house  where  we  had  found  shelter 
and  a  welcome  in  a  tempest,  and  we  felt  sad  at  heart  as 
we  prepared  to  plunge  again  into  the  storm.  The  excel- 
lent priest  seemed  at  least  as  sorry  to  part  with  us.  He 
accompanied  us  some  distance  beyond  the  village ;  and 
when  at  last  he  shook  our  hands  at  leaving,  I  think  I 
saw  moisture  in  his  eyes.  I  am  not  sure,  however,  as 
my  own  were  not  very  clear  at  the  time. 


CHAPTER  X. 

AMONG   THE    PIGTAILS. 

F  I  were  to  mention  the  outlandish  names  of 
half  the  places  that  we  passed  or  where  we 
halted  during  the  next  few  stages  of  our 
journey,  or  to  describe  the  hills  we  climbed,  the  defiles 
we  threaded,  the  streams  we  crossed,  and  the  strange 
customs  and  dresses  of  the  people  we  came  in  contact 
with,  the  patience  of  the  most  gentle  of  readers  might 
be  worn  out.  At  first  we  followed  as  closely  as  we 
could  down  the  banks  of  the  great  Mekong,  and  the 
roar  of  its  turbulent  waters  was  never  long  out  of  our 
ears.  The  road  was  still  an  endless  succession  of  ascents 
and  descents ;  but  we  began  to  think — perhaps  it  was 
that  our  eyes  were  getting  accustomed  to  heights 
and  depths — that  the  mountains  were  not  so  lofty  nor 
the  valleys  between  them  quite  so  profound  as  those  we 
had  left  behind  us.  There  seemed  to  be  more  level 
ground,  and  there  certainly  were  more  people  and  cul- 
tivation.    The  hill-tops  grew  more  rounded  and  grassy. 


AMONG  THE  PIGTAILS.  125 

and  the  slopes  of  the  valleys  were  less  steep,  and  were 
covered  with  beautiful  woods  of  pine,  oak,  chestnut,  and 
other  trees. 

Sometimes  the  trees  were  scattered  over  a  rolling 
sward,  singly  or  in  clumps,  looking  like  an  ornamental 
English  park,  and  there  were  not  wanting  troops  of 
deer  and  coveys  of  partridges  and  pheasants  to  complete 
the  resemblance.  At  the  bottom  of  these  green  and 
wooded  glens,  along  the  banks  of  the  little  tributary 
streams,  wooden  cottages  with  vegetable  gardens,  orchards, 
and  tilled  fields  became  not  uncommon. 

The  doctor  pointed  out  to  us  how  the  shaggy  yaks 
and  coarse-wooled  sheep  that  we  had  seen  feeding  on 
the  hills,  guarded  by  rough-coated  and  loud-tongued 
Thibetan  shepherds,  had  disappeared.  Their  place  was 
taken  by  more  domesticated-looking  animals  ;  and  the 
people  at  work  in  the  fields  were  dressed  in  light  and 
loose  cotton  garments,  instead  of  sheep-skins  and  furs. 
As  we  advanced  southward,  gradually  descending,  rice 
and  Indian  corn  superseded  the  thin  barley,  oats,  and 
rye,  and  plantations  of  sugar,  cotton,  and  tobacco  told 
of  a  warmer  climate.  The  white  flowers  of  the  poppy 
plant,  from  which  opium  is  manufactured,  blazed  in  the 
plains  below  us,  and  mulberry  and  tea  trees  showed 
where  silk  or  tea  culture  occupied  a  busy  people.  At 
length  a  thicket  of  bamboos  by  the  side  of  the  river 
warned  us  to  keep  on  the  alert  for  the  "  big  game  "  of 


126  AMONG  THE  PIGTAILS. 

the  jungle — the  tiger,  the  alligator,  and  the  buffalo — as 
we  had  fairly  returned  into  tropical  climes,  after  a 
sojourn  in  the  arctic  regions. 

The  change  in  the  faces  and  in  the  manners  of  the 
people  was  even  more  wonderful.  At  first,  at  long  inter- 
vals, we  came  on  little  villages  composed  of  a  few  huts  of 
stone,  huddled  together  as  if  to  keep  each  other  warm, 
and  not  unlike  the  Thibetan  hamlets  we  had  visited. 
But  the  natives  spoke  neither  Thibetan  nor  Chinese,  nor 
any  other  language  that  the  doctor  was  acquainted  with ; 
and  they  lived  under  chiefs  who  appeared  to  care 
nothing  for  either  grand  lama  or  emperor.  They  were 
very  kindly  and  hospitable  to  us,  however ;  and  pro- 
bably it  was  their  picturesque  costume, — jaunty  little 
hats  perched  on  their  heads,  gaily-coloured  jackets  and 
embroidered  belts,  and  legs  swathed  in  long  rolls  of 
cloth,  like  Piedmontese  peasants, — together  with  their 
light  shade  of  complexion  and  high,  well-cut  features  of 
almost  a  European  cast,  that  made  us  feel  more  at  home 
among  these  half-barbarous  tribes  than  we  afterwards 
did  among  people  much  more  civilized. 

When  we  left  these  villages,  generally  loaded  with 
presents  from  chiefs  and  people  in  exchange  for  the 
small  trinkets  we  were  able  to  offer  them,  we  found 
we  had  bidden  farewell  to  simplicity  and  homeliness. 
The  paths  we  now  struck  upon  were  still  rough  and 
dangerous,  but   they  were  more  frequented,  and  great 


AMONG  THE  PIGTAILS.  127 

labour  and  cost  had  been  expended  upon  them.  Tunnels 
were  scooped  along  the  sides  of  the  gorges,  and  the  road, 
laid  with  great  blocks  of  stone,  was  supported  for  many- 
hundreds  of  yards  over  the  abysses  by  great  beams. 
Bridges  of  stone  arched  the  torrents ;  and  by-and-by  we 
came  to  a  really  important  work  of  engineering, — a 
suspension  bridge,  hung  on  heavy  iron  chains,  and 
crossing,  in  one  span  of  two  hundred  feet,  the  chasm  of 
the  Mekong.  As  there  was  no  longer  a  track  for  us 
along  the  right  bank  of  the  river,  we  crossed  this 
structure,  leading  our  mules  by  the  bridles,  and  holding 
on  firmly  by  the  handrails;  for  the  gusts  that  blew 
down  the  gorge  made  the  bridge  swing  most  ominously, 
and  threatened  to  hurl  us  over  into  the  muddy  current 
that  boiled  a  hundred  feet  below  us. 

Leaving  the  river,  our  road  then  carried  us  into 
districts  that  became  gradually  more  civilized,  and  yet, 
to  Tom  and  me  at  least,  more  unfamiliar.  There  could 
no  longer  be  a  doubt  that  we  were  fairly  within  the 
strange  world  of  China.  If  we  had  been  suddenly 
whisked  away  into  another  planet,  or  if  a  magician 
had,  by  a  wave  of  his  wand,  transported  us  into  some 
enchanted  region,  we  could  not  have  been  more  confused 
and  puzzled  by  the  sights  that  met  us.  The  people 
were  so  yellow,  smooth,  and  smirking,  so  shaven  and 
shorn,  their  little  beads  of  eyes  leered  at  us  so  cunningly, 
and  their  pigtails   hung  so   funnily  from   under   their 


128  AMONG  THE  PIGTAILS. 

wide-brimmed  hats,  that  we  had  some  ado  to  keep  from 
laughing  in  their  faces.  The  babies  had  a  look  of  pre- 
ternatural age  and  wisdom,  and  the  old  men  looked 
like  overgrown  and  wrinkled  babies,  in  petticoats  and 
slippers.  Instead  of  the  bold,  free  stride  and  rude 
manners  ot  the  mountaineers,  our  new  acquaintances 
were  soft-footed  and  insinuating.  The  corners  of  their 
eyes  were  always  wrinkling  with  a  joyless  grin ;  and,  to 
tell  the  truth,  they  struck  us  as  more  amusing  than 
attractive.  Most  of  them  seemed  miserably  poor,  but 
we  occasionally  met  with  a  high  dame,  dressed  in  richly- 
flowered  silk  and  glittering  with  precious  stones,  seated 
in  a  sedan-chair,  such  as  our  great-great-grandmothers 
used,  and  borne  along  at  a  swinging  trot  on  the  shoulders 
of  four  almost  naked  coolies.  We  were  privileged,  once 
or  twice,  to  see  these  ladies  dismount,  and  I  do  not  think 
that  the  humblest  village  lass  at  home  would  have 
envied  these  poor  creatures  their  silks  and  jewels,  if  they 
had  seen  them  hobble  painfully  for  a  few  yards  on  the 
mutilated  stumps  which  were  all  that  fashion  had  left 
them  for  feet. 

The  ladies  and  the  common  people  stared  at  us 
strangers  with  undisguised  curiosity,  and  often  openly 
burst  into  shouts  of  laughter  at  the  comical  figures  we  cut 
in  their  eyes.  They  were  good-natured  enough,  however, 
and  I  daresay  a  British  country  crowd  would  not  have 
behaved   better   if   a  party  of   Celestials  had  suddenly 


AMONG  THE  PIGTAILS.  129 

dropped  among  them  from  the  clouds.  But  occasionally 
we  would  meet  with  an  official  dignitary  in  his  palan- 
quin, or  mounted  on  a  mule,  and  attended  by  a  score  of 
bearers  and  attendants ;  and  then  we  never  failed  to 
have  a  glance  of  extreme  ill-will  and  suspicion  directed 
at  us,  and  we  were  stopped  till  we  could  explain  what 
we  were  and  whither  we  were  bound.  Our  leader's 
tact  and  patience,  and  perhaps,  also,  our  bold  front,  our 
arms,  and  the  presents  we  took  care  to  bestow,  brought 
us  safely  out  of  what  several  times  looked  a  serious 
predicament.  Accompanying  the  mandarin  as  a  guard 
would  be  a  party  of  three  or  four  soldiers,  dressed  in 
flaming  red,  armed  with  bow  and  arrows,  matchlocks, 
long  spears  ending  in  three  prongs,  and  other  uncouth 
weapons,  and  bearing  a  red  flag,  on  which  sprawled  a 
hideous  dragon,  all  teeth,  and  claws,  and  wings,  and 
writhing  tail.  We  noticed  that  at  no  great  distance 
from  the  official  party  we  were  almost  certain  to  come 
upon  a  group  which  we  had  no  difficulty  in  recognizing, 
by  their  white  turbans  and  whiskered  faces,  as  "  Hui- 
huis,"  or  Mohammedans,  who,  notwithstanding  the  mas- 
sacres, seemed  still  to  abound  in  the  country ;  and  it 
certainly  occurred  to  us  that  they  were  dogging  the 
steps  of  the  "  red  flags."  They  drew  aside  on  the  narrow 
path  to  let  us  pass,  and  glared  at  us  in  a  way  that 
plainly  showed  dislike  and  suspicion ;  but  they  did  not 
interfere    with    us,    having,    it    seemed,    more    pressing 

(690)  9 


130  AMONG  THE  PIGTAILS. 

matters  to  attend  to  than  a  doubtful  quarrel  with 
strangers. 

The  air,  we  soon  found,  was  full  of  alarm,  uneasiness, 
and  wild  rumours ;  and  the  family  parties  we  had  met 
were  country  gentry  fleeing  to  the  walled  towns  for 
refuge.  Reports  came  to  us  that  the  "Hui-huis"  had 
again  raised  the  flag  of  rebellion,  and  were  flocking  to 
hear  a  prophet  from  afar,  who  had  come  to  preach  a 
holy  war.  We  were  told  that  if  we  entered  any  of  the 
Chinese  towns  we  would  certainly  be  thrown  into  prison 
on  suspicion  of  being  in  complicity  with  the  insurgents ; 
while  if  we  fell  into  the  hands  of  the  rebels,  a  still 
worse  fate  would  befall  us. 

Thus  we  kept  away  as  far  as  we  could  from  the 
towns  and  villages,  and  tried  to  approach  again  the 
banks  of  the  Mekong,  which  we  knew  must  be  recrossed 
if  we  were  ever  to  find  our  way  to  Burmah  and  safety. 
It  was  easier  to  travel  unobserved  through  these  country 
parts  than  it  must  have  been  before  fire  and  sword  had 
wasted  the  land  For  hours  we  would  march  through 
ruined  fields  and  gardens  overgrown  with  weeds,  and 
the  wrecks  of  cottage  homes  buried  among  thorns  and 
nettles,  and  from  which  no  smoke  had  risen  since  the 
blazing  embers  had  been  quenched  with  the  blood  of  the 
happy  families  who  had  once  dwelt  here.  Now  and 
then  we  would  come  to  a  wooden  shanty,  recently  built, 
and  a  plot  of  ground  reclaimed  from  the  waste.     Thriv- 


AMONG  THE  PIGTAILS.  181 

ing  crops  of  rice,  grain,  and  potatoes  grew  around ;  the 
little  garden  was  full  of  the  beans,  cabbages,  cucumbers, 
and  other  vegetables  that  the  Chinese  are  so  skilful  in 
growing ;  and  ducks,  hens,  geese,  and  pigs  played  round 
the  doors,  and  made  as  free  with  the  interior  of  the 
dwelling  as  if  the  owner  had  been  an  Irishman.  On 
seeing  a  mounted  and  armed  party  approach,  the  poor 
people  would  come  hastily  forth  and  present  us,  in  fear 
and  trembling,  with  their  offerings  of  curdled  cream, 
cakes,  vegetables,  a  fowl,  or  a  piece  of  pork,  along  with 
the  kliata,  or  "  scarf  of  felicity," — a  little  square  of  silk 
or  gauze  which  fashion  requires  should  accompany  every 
gift  in  these  countries.  For  dessert  we  were  oflfered  the 
seeds  of  the  sun-flower,  and  water-melon  plants  that 
were  growing  round  every  cottage,  which  the  Chinese 
crack  with  great  dexterity,  but  which  we  could  make 
nothing  of ;  also  pears  of  great  size  and  flavour,  which 
we  knew  better  how  to  dispose  of.  Our  hosts  seemed 
surprised  when  we  insisted  on  paying  for  all  we  got. 
They  appeared  to  expect  that  the  "foreign  devils" 
would  proceed  to  butcher  them  in  return  for  their 
kindness. 

The  few  passengers  we  now  met  on  the  way  were  equally 
fearful  and  suspicious ;  and  a  string  of  coolies,  whom  wo 
suddenly  met  in  turning  a  comer  of  the  rocky  road, 
flung  down  their  packs  and  fled  in  dismay  at  the  sight 
of  us.     Strange  was  the  merchandise  and  strange  the 


132  AMONG  THE  PIGTAILS. 

coin  in  this  strange  land.  For  money  we  found 
''bricks"  of  tea,  bars  of  copper,  and  loaves  of  salt, 
stamped  and  lettered,  in  circulation.  The  doctor  showed 
us  among  their  wares  packages  of  drugs  manufactured 
from  bones  and  flies  and  lizards  and  what  not,  which  he 
said  were  enough  to  set  on  end  the  hair  of  every  chemist 
in  Europe.  He  particularly  pointed  out  a  collection  of 
caterpillars,  each  possessing  what  seemed  to  be  a  long 
projecting  snout,  which  was  in  reality,  he  told  us,  a  kind 
of  fungus ;  and  for  this  repulsive  medicine  the  Chinese 
were  eager  to  give  many  times  its  weight  in  gold,  be- 
lieving it  to  be  a  sovereign  remedy  for  every  disease.  We 
were  puzzled  by  finding  whole  bales  of  eggs  about  the 
size  of  a  pea,  which  our  chief  explained  were  the  spawn 
of  the  curious  wax  insect,  which  are  every  year  conveyed 
from  Yunnan  to  the  provinces  farther  north  and  placed 
on  trees,  where,  on  reaching  their  larva  stage,  they  deposit 
a  wax  which  is  one  of  the  most  important  articles  of 
commerce  in  the  country. 

One  evening  we  had  halted  for  the  night  at  a  road- 
side inn ;  not  one  of  the  "  fine  hostelries  "  which  Marco 
Polo  describes  as  having  found  in  this  quarter  in  his 
day,  but  a  humble  and  very  dingy  and  dirty  place,  where 
the  landlord  had  nothing  better  to  set  before  us  than  a 
mess  of  rice  and  a  "  ham,"  which,  on  examination,  turned 
out  to  be  the  leg  of  a  dog,  and  was  therefore  removed 
untouched.     The  doctor  plied  his  pair  of  "  chopsticks " 


AMONG  THE  PIGTAILS.  133 

with  great  skill  on  his  own  portion  of  rice,  and  looked 
on  smilingly  while  we  vainly  strove  to  lift  up  a  few 
particles  from  the  plate  to  the  mouth. 

"  Confound  these  people  and  their  ways  of  eating  T* 
growled  Tom,  eying  the  dish  hungrily.  "If  I  had  a 
spoon  now — " 

"  I  think  I  have  had  enough,"  said  I,  pushing  away 
my  plate.  I  could  not  get  the  "  dog-ham"  out  of  my 
head,  and  felt  rather  squeamish.  "  I  think,  sir,  on  the 
whole,  I  would  rather  swallow  Chinese  medicine  than 
Chinese  food." 

"  Don't  you  think  that  for  folks  that  will  by-andrby 
be  setting  up  for  great  travellers  you  are  rather  too 
particular  ? "  said  the  doctor.  "  If  we  are  to  be  long  in 
China,  though  I  hope  we  won't — " 

"  Amen  ! "  said  Tom  and  I  in  a  breath. 

"  You  will  have  to  make  your  minds  up  to  get  over 
many  of  the  little  prejudices  you  have  brought  from 
Europe.  What  would  you  say,  now,  to  fried  rat,  or  a 
stew  of  black  cat  flesh,  which  you  will  find  at  the  best- 
tables  here  ? " 

"  Ugh !  ugh !"  we  cried,  while  Hannibal  got  up  and 
walked  about  uneasily,  with  his  eyes  rolling  in  his  head. 

"  A  dish  of  black  cats'  eyes  is  considered  a  great 
delicacy,  but  I  fear  that  would  be  beyond  our  means." 

"Ah  !  please  don't,  Massa  Doctah  !"  pleaded  Hannibal, 
in  a  lamentable  voice. 


134  AMONG  THE  PIGTAILS. 

"  Birds'-nest  soup,  now,"  said  Dr.  Koland,  paying  no 
heed  to  the  appeal,  "  or  tipsy  shrimps — " 

"  What  are  they  ?"  interrupted  Tom.  "  That  sounds 
rather  jolly." 

"  Live  shrimps,  made  tipsy  with  wine.  When  they 
gambol  and  hop  on  the  dish,  you  catch  them  in  the  air  be- 
tween the  chopsticks,  and  convey  them  to  your  mouth." 

"  I  am  sure  I  should  never  get  tipsy  on  tipsy  shrimps," 
said  Tom,  shaking  his  head. 

"  I  was  about  to  say,"  proceeded  the  doctor,  "  that 
these  are  luxuries  only  to  be  got  on  the  sea-coast ;  and 
for  a  glimpse  of  the  salt  water,  I  daresay,  we  would  be 
glad  to  make  a  meal  of  these  jolly  shrimps." 

"  I  believe  I  would  even  swallow  a  whole  black  cat 
for  that  sight,"  said  Tom.  "  But  when  are  we  to  see  it ; 
what  are  our  prospects  now,  sir  ?" 

The  doctor's  voice  lost  some  of  the  cheerfulness  it 
always  had  when  he  was  speaking  to  us,  as  he  replied, 
"  You  know  what  the  landlord  told  me  a  little  ago. 
The  Mekong  is  just  beyond  the  nearest  range  of  hills, 
but  beyond  the  river  the  country  is  in  the  possession  of 
the  rebels  and  the  banditti.  They  hold  all  the  regular 
roads,  and  a  party  of  traders  who  attempted  to  steal 
through  has  come  to  grief.  I  am  afraid  that  it  is 
only  too  true,  and  that  our  retreat  is  cut  off  on  both 
sides — towards  the  coast,  and  towards  Burmah." 

"  What  must  we  do,  then,  sir  ?"  I  asked. 


AMONG  THE  PIGTAILS.  135 

"  Move  on  hopefully  with  the  river  as  we  are  going, 
and  look  out  for  some  way  of  escape  from  this  distracted 
empire  into  the  savage  countries  to  the  south.  If  we 
could  only  hear  of  a  guide !  I  am  sure  there  are  routes 
we  could  traverse  if  we  but  find  some  one  to  lead  us." 

"  How  can  these  people  be  so  mad  and  wicked  as  to 
begin  fighting  again,  when  the  whole  land  is  still  full  of 
the  misery  and  ruin  of  the  last  war !"  I  exclaimed. 

"  Ay,  my  boy,  that  is  a  more  reasonable  remark  than 
your  objection  to  Chinese  food,"  said  the  doctor  rather 
sadly ;  "but  I  fear  that  it  applies  to  more  people  than  to 
Chinese." 

While  we  were  speaking,  we  heard  a  hum  and  a  shuffling 
of  feet  without ;  and  the  landlord  opened  the  door  and 
looked  in,  with  a  gesture  of  apology.  What  he  told  the 
doctor  was  to  the  effect  that  the  only  survivor  of  the 
trading  party,  whose  disaster  at  the  hands  of  the  rebels 
we  had  heard  of,  had  been  brought  to  his  house,  and 
was  now  lying  downstairs  in  a  dying  state.  The  un- 
lucky fellow,  the  landlord  informed  us,  was  not  a 
Chinaman,  but  a  barbarian — a  Burmese  Shan.  At  this 
news  we  pricked  up  our  ears,  for  it  was  through  the 
Shan  country,  tributary  to  Burmah,  that  we  hoped  to 
find  a  route,  and  the  region  was  practically  unexplored. 
He  had  escaped  almost  by  miracle  from  the  knives  of 
the  rebels,  and,  in  spite  of  his  wounds,  had  swum  across 
the  river.     He  seemed  now  in  the  last  gasp,  but  he  had 


136  AMONG  THE  PIGTAILS. 

been  brought  hither  in  the  expectation  that  the  foreign 
necromancer  would  heal  him  by  his  magic.  On  the 
strength  of  some  simple  remedies  which  the  doctor  had 
applied  with  success,  his  fame  as  a  physician,  or,  what 
means  the  same  thing  in  China,  a  sorcerer,  had  spread 
abroad,  and  already  he  had  had  brought  to  him  patients 
wanting  a  leg  or  an  arm,  for  the  purpose  of  having  the 
missing  limbs  restored. 

We  found  the  new  patient  lying  in  the  courtyard, 
surrounded  by  a  gaping  crowd,  whom  the  doctor  at  once 
sent  about  their  business.  The  wounded  man  had 
several  ugly  slashes  about  his  body,  none  of  them  oi  a 
fatal  character,  but  he  was  in  the  last  stage  of  weak- 
ness from  loss  of  blood.  The  doctor  carefully  bound  up 
his  wounds,  and  took  the  other  measures  in  his  power 
to  give  him  relief ;  and  he  was  soon  rewarded  by  the 
poor  fellow  opening  his  eyes  and  casting  on  him  a 
grateful  look.  He  was  under  the  middle  size,  but  of 
a  firmly  knit  and  wiry  frame,  apparently  capable  of 
enduring  great  fatigue.  His  complexion  was  a  coppery 
brown,  several  degrees  darker  than  the  colour  of  the 
Chinese ;  his  features  were  more  regular  and  agreeable, 
according  to  our  taste,  and  their  expression  was  more 
open  and  manly.  His  name  was  Yung- wan.  The  doctor 
determined  that  he  would  stand  by  him,  not  only  from 
motives  of  humanity,  but  also  in  the  hope  that  he  would 
turn  out  to  be  the  guide  for  whom  he  had  sighed. 


CHAPTER  XI. 

PERILS    BY    LAND. 

UNG-WAN  rallied  rapidly  under  the  doctor's 
care,  and  in  a  few  days  he  was  able  to  sit 
in  the  saddle.  He  showed  so  much  attach- 
ment to  his  kind  benefactor  as  almost  to  arouse  the 
jealousy  of  Hannibal,  whose  chosen  duty  of  anticipating 
all  our  chief's  wants  he  began  to  invade.  When  we 
were  again  prepared  for  a  start,  therefore,  and  had  ex- 
plained to  Yung  the  line  we  proposed  to  follow,  and 
asked  him  for  his  services  as  guide,  we  expected  a 
ready  consent.  A  little  to  our  surprise,  the  Shan  hesi- 
tated. Some  idea  we  could  not  fathom  seemed  to  strike 
him,  and  he  cast  a  suspicious  glance  at  us,  and  even 
made  a  step  or  two  towards  the  door.  Then  another 
impulse  seized  him,  for  he  returned  and  heartily  pro- 
mised to  accompany  us,  telling  us  that  he  knew  the 
routes  well,  and  that  they  would  lead  us  past  his  own 
home. 

For  some  days  we  travelled  parallel  with  the  river, 


138  PERILS  BY  LAND. 

with  little  of  incident  to  mark  our  journey.  The  hills 
of  red  sandstone  were  well  clothed  with  oaks,  chestnuts, 
and  other  familiar  trees,  with  here  and  there  a  stray  plant 
from  the  tropics.  The  wooden  houses  were  painted 
with  strange  devices  of  "  squirming  "  dragons  and  gay- 
coloured  birds  ;  while  within  the  threshold  was  a  little 
altar,  where  the  family  burned  "joss-sticks"  or  squills 
of  aromatic  paper  to  the  memory  of  their  ancestors. 
The  people  were  inquisitive,  but  not  evil-disposed,  and 
seemed  all  made  after  one  pattern,  like  their  quaint 
little  gardens,  and  their  fields  divided  like  a  chess-board. 
Now  and  then  we  caught  a  glimpse  of  the  distant  smoke 
of  a  town,  or  of  the  red  tunics  of  a  body  of  troops,  but 
to  both  we  gave  a  wide  berth.  White  watch-towers  and 
many-storied  pagodas  were  perched  on  the  heights,  but 
these  also  we  came  not  near.  Where  we  got  a  peep  of 
the  river,  it  ran  in  a  swift  current  between  great  walls 
of  rock  that  were  often  perpendicular,  and  many  canoes 
paddled  by  nearly  naked  figures  plied  upon  it.  At 
night  fires  were  lighted  on  board,  and  the  fishermen 
might  be  seen  spearing  the  fish  that  crowded  round  the 
boats  attracted  by  the  gleam. 

As  we  travelled,  Yung-wan  described  to  us  in  detail 
the  terrible  fate  that  befell  his  late  companions.  The 
object  of  their  journey  he  could  not  or  would  not 
explain;  but  there  could  be  no  doubt — for  our  guide 
had   seen  it   with   his  own  eyes — that  they  had  been 


PERILS  BY  LAND.  139 

murdered  in  cold  blood  by  the  rebels,  who  had  evidently 
got  notice  of  their  movements,  and  had  laid  an  ambus- 
cade. The  leader  of  the  "white  flags"  Yung -wan 
depicted,  by  a  few  graphic  gestures,  as  a  black-browed, 
black-bearded  personage,  with  piercing,  restless  eyes,  and 
wearing  a  huge  white  turban.  We  glanced  at  each 
other,  for  the  portrait  recalled  our  old  acquaintance 
Khodja  Akbar,  who  appeared  fated  to  be  the  evil  genius 
of  our  journey. 

Our  guide  at  length  decided  that  we  were  sufficiently 
far  from  the  seat  of  danger  to  risk  crossing  the  Mekong, 
which  here,  for  once,  had  a  broad  surface  and  flowed  in  a 
smooth  deep  current.  It  was  tedious  work  guiding  the 
mules  down  the  steep,  slippery  bank  to  the  river  margin, 
and  having  them  punted  and  rowed  across  one  by  one 
in  a  small  barge  that  served  as  a  ferry-boat.  On  the 
other  shore,  also,  the  hills  rose  steeply  to  a  height  of 
several  hundred  feet,  and  the  slope  was  covered  with 
great  boulders  and  projecting  masses  of  rock,  overgrown 
with  thorns,  brambles,  creepers,  and  stunted  forest  trees 
clinging  to  every  ledge  and  cleft.  Near  the  summit 
was  a  level  cleared  space,  which  we  marked  out  from 
below  as  a  suitable  resting-place  for  the  night,  and 
leading  up  to  it  from  narrow  landing-places  on  the 
water-side  we  could  trace  two  rough  tracks  through  the 
mass  of  jungle  and  rock. 

The  path  starting  from  the  platform  which  was  the 


140  PERILS  BY  LAND. 

lower  down  the  stream  of  the  two,  seemed  to  be  the 
more  open ;  but  our  boatman  landed  us  at  the  bottom  of 
the  other,  explaining  that  it  was  the  only  one  practicable 
for  saddle  animals.  If  this  were  the  case,  we  could 
only  wonder  what  the  lower  track  could  possibly  be 
like,  for  a  more  detestable  bit  of  road  we  had  never  yet 
met.  We  had  to  dismount  and,  leading  our  mules  by 
the  bridles,  climb  and  struggle  through  thickets  full 
of  great  barbed  thorns  and  matted  creepers,  and  over 
polished  and  slippery  boulders  and  ragged  tree-roots, 
now  and  then  plunging  into  a  mud-hole,  or  falling  prone 
and  sending  a  cannonade  of  big  stones  bounding  down 
the  slope,  to  the  danger  of  the  heads  and  limbs  of  our 
companions  behind.  The  sweat  was  pouring  from  my 
brow,  and  my  energies  were  all  directed  to  keeping  my 
footing  and  helping  my  poor  mule  over  a  rock,  when, 
without  any  warning,  I  suddenly  found  myself  pinioned 
by  a  pair  of  strong  arms,  and  saw  the  gleam  of  an  im- 
mense knife  within  a  foot  of  my  throat.  There  was  a 
brief  struggle  around  me — a  scuffling  of  feet,  a  clash  of 
weapons,  and  the  discharge  of  a  shot  or  two — while  I 
vainly  strove  to  set  myself  free ;  but  before  I  could 
well  comprehend  that  we  had  fallen  into  an  ambuscade, 
the  whole  party  had  been  overpowered,  and  were  pri- 
soners in  the  hands  of  an  enemy  who  outnumbered  us 
by  ten  to  one.  Where  our  captors  had  sprung  from  I 
could  hardly  imagine,  for  we  had  carefully  surveyed  the 


PERILS  BY  LAND.  141 

ground  before  beginning  the  ascent,  and  had  seen  no 
trace  of  a  human  being.  The  ferrymen  were  plainly  in 
the  plot ;  and  indeed  we  had  reason  to  believe  that  there 
had  been  spies  watching  our  least  movement  since  we  had 
entered  Yunnan.  The  trap,  however,  did  not  catch  all 
the  victims ;  for  in  the  midst  of  the  confusion  I  got  a 
glimpse  of  the  lithe  form  of  Yung-wan  slipping  from 
the  grasp  of  his  assailants,  and  creeping  like  a  serpent 
into  the  jungle. 

We  were  hurried  unceremoniously  up  the  rest  of  the 
ascent.  Our  rifles  had  been  dragged  from  us,  but  the 
doctor  still  held  his  in  his  hand,  and  looked  so  threat- 
eningly that  none  of  the  bandits  ventured  to  dispute 
its  possession.  We  took  courage  from  his  calm  and 
determined  bearing ;  and  as  resistance  would  have  been 
worse  than  useless,  we  submitted  to  the  guidance  of  our 
captors  with  the  best  grace  we  could  muster. 

When  we  reached  the  cleared  space  above,  it  was  no 
longer  empty  and  bare  as  we  had  seen  it  from  the  river. 
A  group  of  perhaps  twenty  scowling  cut-throats,  armed 
to  the  teeth,  was  collected  round  a  white  standard 
stuck  in  the  ground,  and  in  front  of  them  stood  a  black- 
bearded  man,  with  eyes  that  fairly  flashed  with  hate 
and  triumph  from  under  his  dark  brows  and  enormous 
white  turban.  Our  presentiment  had  come  true.  It  was 
Akbar  himself!  For  some  unknown  reason — ^unless 
it  were  the  mere  blind  prejudice  of  race  and  creed — 


142  PERILS  BY  LAND. 

he  bore  a  fierce  grudge  against  us,  and  had  become  the 
"  rock  ahead"  of  all  our  plans.  He  greeted  us  with  a 
mocking,  contemptuous  smile,  but  made  no  other  sign  of 
recognition.  His  followers  fingered  their  knives,  and 
looked  at  him  as  if  eagerly  awaiting  a  signal  for  mas- 
sacre. The  doctor  glanced  round  coolly,  as  if  taking  a 
survey  of  the  whole  situation,  and  then,  still  holding  his 
gun,  took  a  step  or  two  nearer  to  our  arch  foe.  My 
eyes  had  followed  those  of  our  chief,  and  looking  below, 
I  observed,  though  no  one  else  seemed  to  notice  it,  the 
boat  leaving  the  spot  where  we  landed,  and  drifting,  as 
if  by  its  own  will,  down-stream.  The  boatmen  had 
abandoned  their  post,  and  were  hurrying  up-hill  to  share 
in  the  plunder ;  and  the  idea  flashed  across  my  mind 
that  Yung-wan  had  something  to  do  with  the  movement 
of  the  craft. 

My  thoughts  were  recalled  by  the  voice  of  the  doctor 
addressing  Khodja  Akbar  in  firm,  temperate  tones, 
reminding  him,  as  I  understood  from  the  gestures,  of 
the  good  offices  we  had  paid  to  him,  and  asking  for  an 
explanation  of  his  violent  and  lawless  treatment  of  us. 
The  only  reply  vouchsafed  was  a  few  muttered  words, 
and  a  sign  to  one  of  his  followers  to  take  the  doctor's 
gun  away  from  him.  Our  leader  turned  upon  the  man 
so  fiercely,  that  the  latter  fell  back  a  step  or  two ;  and 
then  Khodja  himself,  with  an  ejaculation  of  rage,  laid  his 
hand  on  the  barrel.     It  was  high  time  to  act.     The  rebel 


PERILS  BY  LAND.  143 

soldiers  and  brigands — for  there  seemed  a  mixture  of 
both — had  their  swords  drawn,  and  several  had  lighted 
the  fuses  of  their  matchlocks.  The  insurgent  chief  had 
not  counted  on  one  weapon  which  an  Englishman  always 
carries  about  with  him.  The  doctor,  retaining  his  hold 
of  his  rifle  with  his  left  hand,  with  his  right  "  let  out " 
with  all  his  strength  in  the  face  of  the  insolent  miscreant, 
who  dropped  to  the  ground  as  if  he  had  been  shot. 

"  Run  for  the  boat  1 "  he  shouted  to  us.  "  Take  the 
right  hand  path  ! " 

I  had  expected  this  order,  and  tripping  up  the  big 
rascal  who  had  first  seized  me  and  still  retained  his  hold, 
I  started  to  run  down-hill  by  the  track  that  led  to  the 
lower  landing-place.  Tom  and  Hannibal  were  not  so 
well  prepared.  They  seemed  to  take  the  doctor's  action 
as  the  signal  for  a  general  onslaught,  and  wrestling  them- 
selves free,  they  "pitched  into"  the  nearest  of  the  enemy 
in  the  most  vigorous  style.  Perhaps,  after  all,  this  was 
the  happiest  course  that  could  have  been  taken;  for 
the  Chinamen  fell  back,  astonished  at  this  lesson  in  fisti- 
cufls,  and  before  they  had  quite  recovered,  Dr.  Roland 
seized  the  victorious  warriors  by  the  collars,  and  by  main 
force  wheeled  them  round  and  launched  them  in  the 
direction  he  wished  them  to  go,  following  in  hot  haste 
in  their  steps.  Meanwhile,  in  beginning  my  flight,  my 
eye  fastened  on  the  doctor's  precious  note  and  sketch  book, 
every  leaf  of  which  I  knew  he  valued  at  a  "  king's  ran- 


144  PERILS  BY  LAND. 

som,"  lying  in  the  grass,  where  it  had  been  unheedingly 
dropped.  The  impulse  seized  me  to  swerve  aside  and  to 
pick  it  up.  Lucky  it  was  I  did  so ;  for  at  the  instant  I 
stooped,  a  three-pronged  spear  hurtled  over  my  head,  and 
my  nearest  pursuer,  who  had  made  a  prize  of  my  rifle, 
stumbled  over  me  and  came  crashing  to  the  ground. 
Seizings- the  gun,  I  continued  my  flight,  being  now  last 
in  the  race.  Down  we  went  pell-mell,  leaping  over 
rock  and  stump,  and  tearing  "  like  mad  "  through  briers 
and  lianas,  with  a  yelling  crew  at  our  heels,  and  a  shot 
occasionally  whizzing  past  us.  Our  late  practice  in  hill- 
climbing  stood  us  in  good  stead,  but  how  we  ever 
reached  the  bottom  without  broken  necks  or  limbs,  I 
could  never  understand.  In  the  boat,  with  a  broad  grin 
on  his  face,  stood  Yung-wan  the  guide,  to  the  unutter- 
able astonishment  of  Tom  and  Hannibal.  We  spent  no 
time  in  explanations,  but,  leaping  into  the  boat,  pushed 
well  out  into  the  current  before  our  pursuers  reached  the 
shore.  We  had  lost  baggage  and  baggage  animals,  and 
part  of  our  ordnance,  but  had  saved  sweet  life  and 
liberty,  and  bore  away  no  scratch  from  the  battle  beyond 
what  the  thorns  had  inflicted. 


CHAPTER   XII. 

PERILS    BY    WATER. 

T  first,  however,  our  safety  did  not  seem  so  well 
assured.  We  were  followed  along  the  slopes 
and  brow  of  the  hill  by  the  whole  "rebel 
army,"  and  shots,  some  of  them,  no  doubt,  from  our 
own  captured  guns,  fell  about  us  in  the  water.  We 
lay  down  flat  in  the  boat,  so  as  not  to  afford  a  target, 
and  thus  escaped  injury,  though  two  of  the  bullets 
actually  struck  the  craft  and  caused  ugly  leaks.  After 
a  little  the  firing  ceased.  The  boat  seemed  to  slide  with 
the  stream  with  a  new  impetus,  and  a  hoarse  roaring 
that  we  had  heard  for  some  time  became  louder.  The 
enemy  on  shore  sent  up  a  triumphant  shout,  and  I  raised 
myself  and  looked  around.  We  had  drifted  for  more 
than  a  mile  from  the  scene  of  the  late  encounter,  and  the 
river  was  swinging  round  a  curve,  and  entering  one  of 
those  gorges  with  sheer  walls  of  rock  of  which  we  had 
already  seen  too  much. 

There  was  only  an  hour  of  daylight  left  as  we  shot 

(690)  XO 


146  PERILS  BY  WATER. 

into  this  dark  portal.  The  current  was  already  turbid 
and  strong,  and  deeply  coloured  with  the  red  clay  from 
the  hills.  The  tall  cliffs  threw  their  shadows  on  the 
w^ater,  which  looked  like  a  rolling  torrent  of  blood.  Way 
of  escape  there  was  none,  for  the  rocks  on  either  side  rose 
so  smoothly  and  perpendicularly  that  a  squirrel  could  not 
have  climbed  to  the  top.  Ahead  was  a  broad  line  of 
wbHe,  and  the  roar  of  the  tumbling  flood  became  so  loud 
that  we  had  to  shout  in  order  to  make  our  voices  heard 
by  each  other.  For  aught  we  knew,  it  might  be  a 
cataract  with  a  sheer  plunge  of  a  hundred  feet  to  which 
we  were  hastening  helplessly ;  but  Yung- wan,  who 
seemed  perfectly  aware  of  what  lay  ahead,  signified  to 
us  that  these  were  only  "  rapids,"  and  we  gathered  more 
confidence.  We  had  pulled  well  into  the  centre  of  the 
stream,  and  now  saw  before  us  a  dark  opening  in  the 
line  of  foaming  and  tossing  water ;  and  for  this  we 
struggled  literally  for  dear  life.  In  a  second  or  two,  and 
before  we  could  properly  collect  our  thoughts,  we  were 
on  the  edge  of  it — an  inclined  plane  of  water,  glassy  with 
exceeding  swiftness,  while  on  either  side  the  angry 
stream  poured  over  a  ledge  of  rocks  seven  or  eight  feet 
in  height.  I  remember  the  idea  curiously  occurring  to 
me,  as  we  sped  down  the  smooth  slope  with  the  swiftness 
of  an  arrow,  that  it  was  like  the  bit  of  unbroken  water 
that  one  often  sees  between  the  snowy  tops  of  a  line 
of  breakers.     Next  moment  I  was  holding  on  to  the  side 


PERILS  BY  WATER.  147 

of  the  boat  with  all  my  might,  as  it  heaved  and  rocked 
and  spun  round  and  shipped  quantities  of  water  in  the 
boiling  pool  below  the  rapids.  With  much  ado,  and 
mainly  by  the  skilful  steering  of  Yung- wan,  we  managed 
to  sheer  clear  of  the  whirlpools  and  rocks.  And  then 
"  again  we  urged  our  wild  career ; "  for  new  rapids,  and 
reefs,  and  boiling  caldrons,  and  contending  cuiTents 
followed,  mile  after  mile,  in  uninterrupted  succession. 
The  thunder  of  the  falling  water  was  constantly  in  our 
ears,  and  we  were  wet  through  with  the  spray  from  the 
rapids.  The  boat  sometimes  was  quite  unmanageable. 
It  polkaed  and  waltzed,  and  curvetted  like  a  horse  rebel- 
ling against  a  tight  bridle,  in  the  eddies,  in  a  way  that 
might  have  seemed  comical  from  the  shore,  but  to  us 
appeared  in  quite  a  different  light.  Then,  as  the  current 
caught  it,  it  would  bound  forward,  like  a  steed  with 
loose  rein,  until  another  eddying  pool  would  bring  it  up. 
At  last  there  seemed  some  little  prospect  of 
smoother  water.  For  half  a  mile  we  had  had  no  rapids, 
only  a  swift  current  beaded  with  foam,  that  churned 
against  its  banks,  and  was  broken  here  and  there  by 
ripples  from  a  submerged  rock.  We  were  busy  bailing 
out  the  boat,  which  was  half  filled  with  water,  when  we 
became  aware  that  another  danger  lay  in  store  for  us. 
The  walls  of  the  canon  contracted,  and  the  stream, 
narrowed  to  half  its  former  breadth,  rushed  like  an 
enormous    mill-race    down    a    steep,    confined    channel, 


148  PERILS  BY  WATER. 

interrupted  by  rocks  and  cross  currents.  A  glance  at 
the  prospect  ahead  told  us  that  the  boat  in  its  present 
condition  would  certainly  capsize  if  we  attempted  to 
shoot  these  formidable  rapids  on  board  of  it.  In  almost 
less  time  than  it  occupies  to  tell  of  it  our  measures  were 
taken,  under  the  directions  of  the  doctor  and  Yung- wan. 
We  stripped  off  our  clothes,  wrapping  in  them  the  guns, 
our  slender  stock  of  ammunition,  and  the  note-books,  for 
protection  against  the  wet.  Already  we  had  fastened 
short  lengths  of  rope  to  the  gunwale  of  the  boat,  in 
anticipation  of  an  upset.  At  the  head  of  the  rapids,  as 
the  crazy  craft  began  to  tilt  and  rock  in  the  surf,  each, 
keeping  a  firm  grip  on  his  little  cable,  slipped  over  the 
side  into  the  wild  chafing  torrent. 

Away  we  went  at  "express  speed,"  borne  like  chips  on 
the  troubled  stream,  first  down  into  a  deep  trough,  as  if 
we  were  about  to  search  the  stream  to  its  bed,  and  then 
heaved  up  on  a  ridge  of  water,  like  a  huge  wave.  The 
boat  kept  a  pretty  even  keel,  for  we  acted  on  either  side 
of  her  like  outriggers,  and  the  velocity  of  our  course 
seemed  to  keep  our  heads  well  above  surface.  But  once 
or  twice  a  sudden  swerve  of  the  craft  sent  me  for  a 
second  or  two  completely  under  water.  As  we  rose  out 
of  another  hollow  and  crested  the  last  watery  ridge,  I 
caught  a  momentary  glance  of  a  seething  mass  of  foam 
below  me,  and  beyond  that  a  wide  pool  in  which  eddies 
were  circling  and  masses  of  water  were  welling  up  like 


PERILS  BY  WATER.  149 

great  boils,  as  the  river  prepared  to  take  a  more  gentle 
flow  through  a  more  open  country.  It  was  the  bottom 
of  the  rapids  and  the  end  of  the  canon — safety  and 
deadly  peril  in  conjunction.  Instinctively  my  fingers 
closed  like  a  vice  over  the  rope,  and  next  instant  the 
light  of  day  was  shut  out.  There  was  a  singing  and 
buzzing  in  my  ears,  as  the  waters  closed  over  my  head, 
and  my  whole  faculties  seemed  to  be  concentrated  into 
"  holding  on." 

I  could  only  have  been  a  little  time  under  water,  yet  it 
seemed  an  age,  during  which  I  was  in  desperate  conflict 
for  my  life  with  the  evil  spirits  of  the  Mekong,  before  I 
again  raised  my  head  above  the  surface  and  looked 
round.  The  boat,  full  almost  to  the  gunwale  with  water, 
was  turning  slowly  round  in  the  pool  below  the  rapids. 
The  doctor  and  Hannibal  were  shouting  my  name  and 
that  of  Tom  from  the  other  side  of  the  craft,  and  I  was 
able  feebly  to  respond.  The  Shan  guide,  also,  I  saw 
near  me.  But  where  was  Tom,  gallant,  honest  Tom  ? 
The  rope  by  which  I  saw  him  clinging  a  few  seconds 
before  was  hanging  limp  beside  me.  Had  the  cruel  flood 
of  the  Mekong  sucked  him  down  ?  and  was  that  warm, 
noble  heart  already  growing  cold  in  its  unfathomed 
abysses?  A  great  lump  rose  in  my  throat,  and  the  scene 
swam  round  me  till  I  felt  as  if  I  could  lose  my  own  hold 
and  sink  after  my  dear  companion.  A  shout  from  trusty 
old  Hannibal  recalled  me  to  my  senses.     He  had  struck 


150  PERILS  BY  WATER. 

out  from  the  boat,  and  was  making  his  way  by  vigorous 
strokes  towards  the  foot  of  the  falls.  Looking  in  that 
direction,  I  thought  a  dark  object  showed  itself  for  an 
instant  in  an  eddy,  and  again  disappeared.  Powerful 
swimmer  as  he  was,  it  was  with  great  difficulty  Hannibal 
made  headway  through  the  surface  currents  and  still 
stronger  undertow.  At  length  he  dived.  Striving  with 
all  our  power  to  prevent  the  boat  from  drifting  away 
from  the  spot,  we  waited  breathlessly,  but  for  a  long 
time  in  vain.  We  were  giving  way  to  despair,  when 
the  black  woolly  head  of  Hannibal  emerged  some  distance 
below  us.  He  seemed  to  be  supporting  something,  and 
he  gave  a  signal  for  help.  Before  we  could  reply,  Yung- 
wan  had  left  us,  and  was  making  his  way  through  the 
water  like  a  fish  by  short  rapid  strokes.  I  was  barely 
able  to  retain  my  hold ;  but  the  doctor  cleverly  guided 
the  boat  toward  the  group.  Tom  was  unconscious,  but, 
we  hoped,  alive.  The  guide  had  relieved  Hannibal  of 
the  care  of  him,  for  the  worthy  negro  was  completely 
exhausted  by  his  exertions.  Fortunately  the  stream 
bore  us  of  its  own  accord  behind  the  shelter  of  a  big 
rock,  and  we  managed  to  scramble  on  shore.  Our  first 
care  was  given,  of  course,  to  Tom,  and  we  had  the 
exquisite  pleasure,  after  a  few  minutes,  of  seeing  him 
open  his  eyes,  look  round  on  us  in  a  bewildered  way, 
and  then,  with  a  faint  smile  and  a  gleam  of  his  old  fun, 
ask  "  which  of  us  had  fished  him  up." 


PERILS  BY  WATER.  161 

We  had  barely  strength  to  secure  our  boat ;  and  then 
we  cast  ourselves  down  on  the  rocks,  supperless,  and 
without  troubling  ourselves  to  look  for  a  softer  resting- 
place,  humbly  thankful  that  we  had  all  come  safe  out  of 
such  terrible  peril.  The  sun  was  only  setting,  and  on 
referring  to  the  doctor's  watch  we  found  that  only 
thirty-five  minutes  had  elapsed  since  we  entered  the 
gorge.  In  that  time  we  calculated  that  we  had  run 
seven  or  eight  miles,  and  descended  nearly  a  hundred 
feet. 

We  questioned  the  doctor  whether  he  had  ever  shot 
so  dangerous  a  passage  in  his  canoeing  experiences  in  the 
Hudson  Bay  country.  He  was  not  sure  but  that  he 
had ;  "  but  never,"  he  added,  pointing  to  our  boat,  "  in 
so  clumsy  a  tub  as  that." 


J 


CHAPTER  XIII. 

SWAMPS,  SHANS,  AND  SAVAGES. 

HEN  I  awakened  next  morning  I  was  in  a 
terribly  battered  and  bruised  state.  I  had 
slept  the  sleep  of  exhaustion,  and  had  not 
felt  the  sharp  comers  of  the  stones  digging  into  my 
ribs  and  the  "  small  of  my  back,"  or  noticed  the 
attentions  that  the  mosquitoes  and  other  insects  had 
paid  to  my  prostrate  form,  and  now  I  smarted  for  these 
hours  of  oblivion.  I  rubbed  my  eyes  vigorously  and 
looked  about  me.  It  was  some  time  before  I  could 
realize  where  I  was,  and  I  had  a  confused  notion,  partly 
arising  from  a  loud  booming  in  my  ears,  that  I  had 
gone  to  the  bottom  of  the  falls  and  never  come  up. 

One  thing  at  least  was  clear,  we  were  no  longer  in 
China — at  least  in  the  China  we  had  seen  beyond  the 
rapids.  There  the  country  was  open,  settled,  and  cul- 
tivated. The  sights  and  sounds  were  sometimes  so 
familiar  that  one  might  fancy  he  was  in  the  midst  of 
an  English  landscape.     Everywhere  there  were  signs  of 


SWAMPS,  SHANS,  AND  SAVAGES.  163 

long  occupation,  a  busy  and  civilized  people,  and  a 
climate  that  knew  the  changes  of  summer  and  winter. 
Now,  all  at  once  we  were  introduced  into  the  heart  of 
an  untrodden  wilderness.  The  hills  drew  back  from  the 
river,  leaving  between  them  and  the  margin  room  for  a 
jungle,  marshy  in  some  places  and  rocky  in  others,  com- 
posed of  bamboos  and  other  tropical  plants,  woven  into 
a  dense  mass  by  creepers  and  by  high  grass  and  under- 
growth. Some  tall  trees,  mostly  palms,  rose  above  the 
thicket,  and  their  long  plumes  showed  like  standards  and 
pennons  above  an  army.  More  open  forest  began  at 
the  foot  of  the  hills,  and  stretched  up  to  the  summits  of 
the  lower  spurs.  All  was  wild,  luxuriant,  tropical.  For 
aught  we  could  see,  the  presence  of  man  had  never  dis- 
turbed this  solitude,  and  certainly  there  was  no  path  for 
him  on  land,  except  by  cutting  a  lane  through  the  rank 
vegetation.  The  only  movement  was  that  of  the  coppery- 
coloured  flood  that  rolled  past,  flecked  with  foam,  and 
the  only  sound  was  the  dull  roar  of  the  cataract,  that 
seemed  to  rise  and  fall  as  we  listened. 

We  were  not  long  in  discovering  that  there  was 
plenty  of  life  about,  though  it  was  not  visible  at  first 
sight.  Our  earliest  move  was  to  the  river  brink  for  a 
dip.  Hannibal  took  a  fine  header  from  the  bank,  and 
I  was  watching  his  dusky  body  as  it  moved  through  the 
water,  while  preparing  to  follow  him,  when  his  face 
appeared   above   the   surface,   his   eyes  almost  starting 


154  SWAMPS,  SHANS,  AND  SAVAGES. 

from  his  head  with  terror.  He  climbed  with  extra- 
ordinary alacrity  upon  one  of  the  rocks  that  strewed  the 
margin,  just  as  a  long  snout  emerged  from  the  stream, 
and  a  pair  of  ugly  jaws,  armed  with  formidable  teeth, 
snapped  viciously  within  a  yard  of  him.  It  was  a 
crocodile;  and  we  soon  found  that  the  river  swarmed 
with  these  hideous  reptiles,  so  that  henceforth  we  were 
more  cautious  in  the  times  and  places  selected  for 
bathing. 

"  No  life  1 "  cried  the  doctor,  echoing  a  remark  I  had 
made  a  minute  or  two  before.  "  Take  care  that  there 
is  not  a  great  deal  too  much  life  for  your  comfort.  Just 
look  at  Tom's  face  and  neck.  I  am  sure  I  could  coimt 
the  marks  of  the  stings  and  bites  of  at  least  a  dozen 
different  kinds  of  insects,  to  say  nothing  of  the  leeches 
that  have  been  feasting  on  the  parts  of  his  nether  limbs 
that  his  tattered  trousers  don't  cover.  Shall  I  classify 
them  for  you,  Master  Wilson  ?  There's  a  red  pimple  on 
the  bridge  of  your  nose,  now.  Its  size  and  colour  show 
that  a  soldier-ant  must  have  been  visiting  you  in  your 
dreams — " 

"  I  should  like  to  classify  them  and  dissect  them  too," 
said  Tom,  looking  round  fiercely  in  search  of  his  tor- 
mentors. "  The  flies  and  ants  and  hornets  and  spiders 
and  the  rest  are  bad  enough,  sir,  but  the  leeches  are  the 
most  abominable  wretches.  Why,  I  have  shifted  my 
place  several  times,  and  on  each  occasion  a  score  of  these 


SWAMPS,  SHANS,  AND  SAVAGES.  155 

little  demons  have  gone  for  me  at  once.  Here  they 
are,  you  see,"  pointing  to  several  small  black  creatures, 
the  thickness  of  a  stalk  of  grass,  that  were  making 
towards  him  with  a  curious  somersault  movement, 
"  actually  tumbling  like  clowns  on  the  sawdust,  in  their 
hsLste  to  suck  me  dry." 

"  They  must  smell  the  blood  of  an  Englishman,  like 
Giant  Blunderbore,"  I  suggested,  picking  off  an  intruder 
which  was  making  its  way  into  my  own  boot. 

"  Talking  of  Blunderbore,"  said  Tom,  "  I  am  glad  that 
we  have  dropped  out  from  among  the  Chinese,  even 
though  we  have  fallen  among  leeches." 

"  I  am  not  at  all  sure  whether  we  will  not  drop  into 
China  again  as  we  advance,"  remarked  the  doctor  "  But 
what  has  Blunderbore  to  do  with  China  ? " 

"I  must  confess,  sir,"  replied  Tom,  with  a  look  of 
penitence,  "  that  I  felt  like  an  ogre  all  the  time  we  were 
there.  It  was  very  wrong,  I  know,  but  I  had  an  inclina- 
tion to  send  my  foot  through  their  houses  and  kick 
them  all  over  the  place.  They  were  so  small  and 
flimsy  and  toy-like,  they  seemed  only  set  up,  like  '  Aunt 
Sallies,'  in  order  to  be  knocked  down.  Then  the  people, 
with  their  queer,  shiny,  yellow  skins !  I  don't  know 
whether  their  faces  looked  more  comical  when  they 
were  young  and  smooth,  or  when  they  were  old  and 
creasy.  And  oh,  their  funny  topsy-turvy  ways  of  doing 
things ;  and  those  ridiculous  pigtails !"  and  here  Tom 


156  SWAMPS,  SHANS,  AND  SAVAGES. 

fairly  burst  into  a  fit  of  laughing,  in  which,  I  am 
ashamed  to  say,  we  joined  him.  "Several  times  the 
idea  struck  me  to  seize  a  dozen  of  them  by  these  pig- 
tails, sling  them  over  my  shoulders,  and  carry  them  off 
to  my  castle,  like  one  of  the  giants  in  the  story-books. 
But  it  was  the  conceit  of  these  people  that  took  away 
my  breath,"  continued  the  young  man,  amusement  giving 
way  to  wrath.  "Why,  they  looked  at  us  as  if  it  were  we 
who  were  the  barbarians  and  the  guys.  Do  you  remem- 
ber that  old  fright  of  a  mandarin  we  met  the  day  before 
yesterday,  sir,  with  the  big  glass  button  on  his  hat,  and 
nails  like  birds'  claws  ?  He  stared  at  you  like  an  owl 
through  his  great  goggle  spectacles,  as  if  he  were  ever 
so  much  wiser  and  more  learned  than  you." 

"  So,  perhaps,  he  was,"  said  the  doctor  severely.  "And 
it  would  have  been  worth  while  having  a  peep  through 
these  Chinese  spectacles.  It  would  take  down  the 
conceit  of  all  of  us.  Master  Tom.  No  doubt  you  look 
as  absurd  and  frightful  in  their  eyes  as  they  do  in 
yours,  and  who  knows  whether  they  have  not  as  much 
reason  ?  Do  you  know  what  I  overheard  the  mandarin's 
daughter  say,  whom  you  seemed  to  think  a  good  deal 
less  ridiculous  than  himself  ?" 

"  I  don't  know,"  said  Tom  with  some  curiosity.  "  I 
thought  she  looked  my  way." 

"  She  said,  '  How  like  a  devil  he  looks  ! ' " 

"  That  was  too  bad  of  her,"  said  Tom  in  an  aggrieved 


SWAMPS,  SHANS,  AND  SAVAGES.  167 

voice.  "I  don't  know  why  she  should  have  said 
that." 

"  Because  their  notion  of  ugliness  includes  blue  eyes 
set  under  straight  brows,  a  well-developed  nose,  and  red 
hair." 

"  But  my  hair  is  not  red,"  argued  Tom. 

"  But  that  whisker  for  which  you  are  looking 
out  so  anxiously  promises  to  be  of  that  hue.  We 
must  not  be  censorious  on  other  people's  tastes  and 
manners.  I  have  no  doubt  that  every  look  and  move- 
ment of  ours  offended  the  old  mandarin's  sense  of  pro- 
priety ;  for  he  is  one  of  the  great  literati,  and  has  all 
the  wisdom  of  the  Celestials  at  the  end  of  those  long 
finger-nails  of  his.  If  he  had  understood  English,  he 
would  have  had  something  to  say  to  you,  Tom,  about 
your  use  of  slang,"  added  the  doctor,  as  a  parting  shot, 
and  to  bring  the  colloquy  to  an  end ;  for  our  frugal 
breakfast,  mostly  plucked  from  the  trees  growing  about 
us,  was  now  over,  and  it  was  time  to  think  of  resuming 
the  voyage. 

The  Mekong  had  now  spread  out  to  a  breadth  of  half 
a  mile,  and  was  a  magnificent  river,  with  a  strong,  deep 
current.  We  could  hardly  believe  it  was  the  same 
stream  that  we  had  found  contracted  between  precipices 
and  plunging  over  rocky  ledges  just  above.  We  had 
several  times,  it  is  true,  to  career  down  rough  and 
broken  bits  of  water,  which  a  day  or  two  ago  would 


158  SWAMPS,  SHANS,  AND  SAVAGES. 

have  seemed  dangerous,  but  after  our  late  experience  we 
thought  this  mere  child's  play.  Our  boat  also  was 
better  able  to  encounter  these  passages;  for  we  had 
given  it  as  thorough  an  overhaul  as  we  could,  plugging 
up  the  holes  and  calking  the  seams  with  the  tough 
fibres  of  the  leaves  of  a  species  of  palm,  which  Yung- 
wan  pointed  out  to  us,  and  which  Dr.  Roland  was  of 
opinion  might  form  an  important  new  substance  for 
rope  manufacture. 

Indeed  this  portion  of  our  journey  was  that  in  which 
we  had  most  leisure  and  opportunity  for  studying  the 
natural  history  of  the  strange  lands  we  were  exploring. 
Dropping  down-stream  with  the  current,  which  bore  us 
on  swiftly,  yet  not  so  fast  as  to  prevent  our  noting  the 
objects  of  interest  on  the  bank,  the  doctor  was  continu- 
ally on  the  outlook  for  new  facts  in  botany  and  zoology, 
to  store  up  in  his  note-books,  which  gradually  swelled 
out  almost  to  bursting.  I  need  not  say  that  we  enthusi- 
astically seconded  him  in  his  researches,  so  that  the 
boat  voyage  was  full  of  enjoyment  and  instruction, 
though  it  had  also  its  discomforts.  The  insects  that 
had  been  so  prompt  in  making  their  calls  on  our  arrival 
in  this  region  never  left  us ;  but  we  became  inured  to 
their  attacks,  and  we  learned  from  the  doctor  to  extract 
comfort  and  information  out  of  miseries.  He  discoursed 
of  the  curious  habits  and  wonderful  intelligence  of  our 
tormentors, — pointing  out  to  us  a  huge  spider,  lurking  at 


SWAMPS,  SHANS,  AND  SAVAGES.  159 

the  bottom  of  an  ingeniously-constructed  trap,  closed  by 
a  hinged  door,  that  he  held  half  open  with  his  foot, 
while  he  enticed  his  unwary  prey  within  by  a  sweet 
fluid  with  which  his  den  was  smeared ;  or  a  long  train 
of  ants,  each  bearing  a  fragment  of  leaf,  and  marching 
in  military  order,  under  the  direction  of  their  generals, 
colonels,  and  captains,  who  gave  orders  by  a  touch  of 
their  antennae  to  those  of  lower  ranks,  while  their 
scouting  parties  were  thrown  out  in  front,  in  order  to 
give  warning  of  danger.  He  showed  us  other  varieties 
of  ants  that  lived  by  fighting  and  slave-hunting,  com- 
pelling their  weaker  brethren  to  quarry  and  build  for 
them,  and  even  to  notice  the  baby-ants  and  feed  the 
lazy  old  tyrants  of  parents ;  and  still  other  kinds  that 
actually  kept  "  dairy  cattle  " — little  green  insects  that 
sucked  the  juices  of  the  wood  and  leaves,  and  who  were 
regularly  "  milked  "  and  watched  by  their  masters.  A 
hundred  things  that  would  have  escaped  our  attention,  in 
the  water,  among  the  grass,  and  on  the  trees,  were  pointed 
out  to  us  by  our  kind  teacher  and  friend.  Little  bits  of 
bark,  or  lichen,  or  stick  turned  out,  on  being  examined, 
to  be  beetles,  or  bees,  or  locusts,  or  spiders  ;  and  crumpled 
and  withered  leaves,  on  being  approached,  spread  gor- 
geous wings  of  purple,  scarlet,  and  blue,  and  sailed  away 
in  the  shape  of  butterflies,  or  disappeared  out  of  view 
with  a  spring  that  betrayed  them  to  be  crickets  in  dis- 
guise.    Often  the  doctor  made  us  land,  in  order  that  he 


160  SWAMPS,  SHANS,  AND  SAVAGES. 

might  possess  himself  of  some  new  or  peculiar  orchid  or 
fern, growing, perhaps, far  out  on  some  overhanging  branch; 
and  no  conservatory  could  have  shown  a  more  brilliant  show 
of  blossom,  fruit,  and  foliage  than  our  boat  sometimes  did. 
We  had  to  be  cautious,  however,  in  our  botanizing ; 
for,  not  to  speak  of  the  thorns  that  stabbed  like 
poniards,  and  sharp-edged  blades  that  cut  like  razors, 
there  were  scorpions  and  other  venomous  creatures 
lurking  among  the  leaves,  and  it  w^as  difficult  to  dis- 
tinguish a  serpent  coiled  round  the  stem  of  a  tree  from 
the  twisting  roots  and  branches  of  the  vines  and  other 
creepers.  In  the  river  we  had  plenty  of  opportunity  for 
studying  the  water-tortoises  and  snakes — some  of  the 
latter  beautifully-marked  slimy  things — that  swam  with 
their  heads  at  the  surface  with  a  slippery  ease  that  made 
the  flesh  creep.  The  crocodiles  were  only  too  familiar, 
and  we  could  not  afford  to  waste  powder  and  shot  on 
them ;  and  the  lizards  we  did  not  mind,  even  when  they 
were  as  big  as  young  alligators.  It  was  curious,  how- 
ever, to  watch  the  little  "  dragon-lizard,"  as  it  spread  its 
membraneous  flippers  like  wings,  and  sprang  nimbly  from 
branch  to  branch  in  chase  of  the  insects  on  which  it  fed. 
We  saw  plenty  of  noisy  troops  of  parrots,  macaws, 
hornbills,  pigeons,  and  other  birds  of  gorgeous  colour  and 
harsh  voices ;  and  the  monkeys  were  such  constant 
attendants  upon  us  at  our  halts,  and  kept  up  so  incessant 
a  chattering,  that  they  soon  became  a  nuisance. 


SWAMPS,  SHANS,  AND  SAVAGES.  161 

As  to  the  nobler  forest  animals,  we  did  not  see  much 
of  them.  The  doctor  shot  two  fine  deer,  but  we  only- 
got  a  distant  sight  of  a  rhinoceros  breaking  his  way 
through  the  bamboos  in  a  great  hurry  to  get  out  of  our 
sight.  A  buffalo,  with  a  magnificent  pair  of  horns,  who 
was  enjoying  himself  by  rolling  in  a  muddy  pool,  got  wind 
of  us  as  we  were  stalking  him,  and  we  did  not  think  it 
worth  while  wasting  one  of  our  few  remaining  cartridges 
in  a  long  shot.  A  troop  of  wild  elephants  that  we  came 
upon  might  have  yielded  something  to  our  "  bag,"  but  it 
happened  that  our  larder  was  full  at  the  time — the  river 
yielded  us  several  varieties  of  capital  fish — and  we  had 
no  desire  to  kill  these  splendid  creatures  for  the  mere  love 
of  slaughter.  On  the  other  hand,  we  would  gladly  have 
put  a  bullet  through  any  tiger  or  leopard  had  they 
come  our  way,  but  they  prudently  kept  out  of  sight, 
though  I  daresay  the  jungle  contained  many  of  these 
«  big  cats." 

We  were  not  long  in  discovering  that  the  country  was 
not,  as  we  had  at  first  supposed,  uninhabited.  At  the 
close  of  our  second  day  on  the  river  we  sighted  a  little 
thatched  hut,  some  distance  back  from  the  river  bank, 
and  set  on  high  piles,  apparently  to  preserve  it  during 
the  floods,  while  a  small  skiff  was  drawn  up  on  shore. 
Not  knowing  what  reception  we  might  have,  we  took 
care  to  avoid  notice,  passing  down  the  stream  under 
shelter  of  a  wooded  island,   and   camping  on  another 

•      (690)  11 


162  SWAMPS,  SHANS,  AND  SAVAGES. 

rocky  island  for  the  night.  Next  day  we  came  upon 
more  huts,  some  of  them  standing  solitary  on  their 
perches  in  the  marsh,  like  long-legged  herons,  while 
others  were  drawn  together  into  little  villages.  The 
natives  were  out  upon  the  river  in  their  boats  fishing 
with  spear  and  angle ;  and  after  much  parleying  we 
came  to  an  understanding,  and  ventured  to  pay  them  a 
visit.  The  men  were  almost  entirely  naked,  but  their 
chests  and  legs  were  tattooed  in  elaborate  patterns,  and 
their  manner  of  wearing  their  hair  in  a  round  tuft  on 
the  crown  of  the  head,  the  rest  being  shaven,  was  pro- 
bably considered  by  them  ornamental.  The  women 
wore  bright-coloured  pieces  of  cloth,  and  were  adorned 
with  a  profusion  of  beads  and  silver  anklets,  bracelets, 
and  necklaces.  We  were  soon  good  friends  with 
these  simple  wild  people  of  the  river,  who  were  very 
different  from  the  ferocious  savages  who  had  hunted  us 
among  the  mountains.  They  were  timid  and  slow- 
minded,  and  looked  at  all  the  marvels  we  had  with  us, — • 
our  guns,  for  instance, — with  a  kind  of  stupid  wonder, 
contenting  themselves  with  setting  them  all  down  as  the 
results  of  magic.  Nothing  took  their  fancy  so  much  as 
the  large  nails  in  the  soles  of  the  boots  worn  by  the 
doctor,  and  they  got  the  notion  that  here  lay  the  charm 
by  which  we  were  able  to  do  all  the  incomprehensible 
things  that  we  showed  them. 

One  afternoon  when  our  chief  had  lain  down,  after 


SWAMPS,  SHANS,  AND  SAVAGES.  168 

a  hard  forenoon's  work,  for  a  siesta,  on  the  bamboo 
bench  in  one  of  the  huts,  while  we  rested  under  a  huge 
banyan  tree  close  by,  Hannibal  startled  us  by  jumping 
up  declaring,  in  a  great  fright,  that  he  had  seen  "  foah 
niggahs "  steal  into  the  shanty.  We  thought  he  must 
have  been  dreaming,  but  hurried  with  him  to  the  en- 
trance, and  there  sure  enough  was  a  group  of  natives 
around  the  still  sleeping  doctor,  pointing  out  to  each 
other,  with  awe  and  admiration,  the  rows  of  nails  in  the 
stout  shoes,  while  one  stooped  down  and,  with  a  scared 
face,  ventured  to  scrape  one  of  the  mysterious  objects 
with  his  nail.  A  shout  from  Hannibal  caused  him  and 
his  companions  to  spring  almost  to  the  roof  of  the  hut, 
and  their  tufts  of  hair  to  stand  almost  erect  with 
dismay ;  while  the  doctor  sat  up,  and  rubbing  his  eyes, 
asked  what  it  was  all  about.  Hannibal  was  terribly 
indignant  at  the  liberty  that  had  been  taken  with  his 
master's  person ;  but  the  latter  only  laughed. 

Our  naked  hosts  were  not  savages  in  the  strict  sense 
of  the  word,  for  around  their  houses  were  some  plots  of 
cultivated  ground,  and  they  reared  large  numbers  of 
poultry.  After  their  lights,  too,  they  were  followers  of 
the  faith  of  Buddha ;  and  near  each  village  there  was 
a  wretched  shed,  open  on  three  sides  to  the  winds  of 
heaven,  with  a  patch  of  reed  thatch  hanging  over  it  like 
a  ragged  umbrella,  and  this  we  found  was  their  apology 
for  a  "  pagoda."     Further  down  the  stream  we  reached 


164  SWAMPS,  SHANS,  AND  SAVAGES. 

structures  more  worthy  of  the  name,  and  the  surround- 
ings changed  again  as  rapidly  as  in  a  transformation 
scene.  Again  the  landscape  became  of  the  "  willow 
pattern."  Towers  of  stone  and  pagoda  roofs  glimmered 
far  up  the  heights  among  the  woods ;  the  lower  slopes 
were  laid  out  in  terraces,  where  sugar,  tobacco,  cotton, 
and  the  poppy  plant  were  grown ;  and  the  flat  ground 
beneath  was  occupied  by  "  paddy  fields,"  divided  and 
watered  by  innumerable  canals  and  ditches.  Little 
bridges,  carved  with  quaint  figures  of  impossible  ani- 
mals, crossed  these  streams,  and  they  were  lined  with 
willows,  poplars,  and  here  and  there  a  wide-spreading 
banyan,  from  beneath  which  the  painted  walls  of 
cottages  peeped,  while  poultry  pecked  and  pigs  grubbed 
in  the  courtyard  around.  The  rice-harvest  was  now 
ripe,  and  the  fields  were  full  of  busy,  dapper  little 
figures,  all  shaven  and  pig-tailed,  gathering  in  the 
yellow  grain,  and  heaping  the  straw  into  stacks  like 
our  hayricks  at  home.  It  actually  seemed  as  if  the 
doctor's  prophecy  had  come  true,  and  that  we  were 
slipping  back  into  China. 

These  busy  harvesters,  however,  were  not  Chinese, 
though  they  had  borrowed  most  of  their  civilization 
from  the  Flowery  Land,  and  we  were  now  where  the 
word  of  the  imperial  ruler  of  Pekin  had  little  weight. 
Some  tame  elephants  that  moved  to  and  fro,  carrying 
large  burdens,  and  groups  of  hump-backed  cattle,  re- 


SWAMPS,  SHANS,  AND  SAVAGES.  165 

minded  one  of  India  rather  than  China.  Strange- 
looking  pyramids  of  stone,  ending  in  a  spire,  that  re- 
called pictures  we  had  seen  of  Burmese  and  Siamese 
buildings,  rose  near  the  villages.  We  were  actually  in 
a  district  of  the  secluded  Shan  State  of  Kiang-mai, 
which  is  claimed  by  the  King  of  Burmah  as  part  of  his 
dominions,  though  his  title  is  disputed  by  the  Emperor 
of  China,  while  the  natives  are  generally  able  to 
maintain  their  independence  against  both  these  poten- 
tates. 

This  information  we  got  from  Yung-wan,  who  was 
quite  at  home  among  his  countrymen ;  and  I  believe 
that  it  was  through  his  influence  that  we  were  able  to 
come  and  go  unmolested,  and  received  so  much  kindness. 
We  soon  saw  a  hundred  points  of  distinction  between 
them  and  the  Chinese.  They  were  gayer  in  manner 
and  more  gaudy  in  taste ;  and,  apart  from  the  differences 
of  feature  and  language,  we  could  at  once  tell  a  China- 
man among  a  group  of  marketing  people  by  his  plain 
dark-blue  or  white  raiment,  contrasted  with  the  gorgeous 
hues  of  crimson,  purple,  and  green  w^orn  by  the  Shan 
ladies  and  gentlemen.  As  for  the  "  phoonghees,"  or 
priests,  their  flame-coloured  robes  almost  blinded  one 
with  their  splendour.  The  Shans  were  more  bold  and 
open  in  speech,  and,  we  thought,  walked  with  a  freer  and 
more  manly  gait.  They  seemed  also  more  truthful, 
and  more  cleanly  in  their  persons  and  houses,  than  the 


166  SWAMPS,  SHANS,  AND  SAVAGES. 

Celestials,  which  is  not  saying  much ;  and  as  hospitable 
and  good-natured,  which  is  saying  a  great  deal. 

It  may  be  that  this  favourable  impression  arose  simply 
from  our  efforts  to  understand  and  sympathize  with  the 
people ;  for  the  doctor  had  made  us  thoroughly  ashamed 
of  our  prejudices,  and  Tom  admitted  that  he  had  not 
felt  in  the  least  degree  a  return  of  his  "  ogrish  "  humour. 

However  that  may  be,  we  had  certainly  much  reason 
to  be  grateful  for  the  kindness  we  received  at  a  time 
when  we  stood  sorely  in  need  of  attention ;  for  each  of 
us  had  a  touch  of  fever,  as  a  result  of  our  sojourn  in 
the  marshes,  and  we  were  detained  for  over  a  week  in 
one  of  the  largest  of  the  Shan  villages,  which  from  its 
size  might  almost  have  been  called  a  town.  We  chafed 
at  the  delay,  to  the  great  surprise  of  our  entertainers, 
who  had  no  idea  of  the  value  of  time,  and,  like  other 
Orientals,  were  never  in  a  hurry.  But  the  interval  was 
not  ill  spent,  for  we  had  an  opportunity  of  studying 
the  curious  collection  of  people  of  different  races  that 
gathered  every  third  day  to  market,  and  which  embraced 
not  only  many  tribes  of  Shans,  but  Chinese  traders  in 
copper,  salt,  and  precious  stones ;  sleepy-eyed  Laotians, 
bringing  fruits  and  spices  from  the  regions  further  down 
the  river ;  Burmese  pedlers,  with  Manchester  prints  and 
Birmingham  hardware  for  sale;  natives  of  Siam  and 
Anam,  and  savages  in  all  stages  of  nakedness  and  every 
pattern  of  tattoo. 


SWAMPS,  SHANS,  AND  SAVAGES.  167 

From  this  point,  Yung-wan  informed  us,  there  was  a 
route  that  would  bring  us  to  Mandalay,  or  to  the  British 
possessions  on  the  Lower  Irrawady.  We  had  engaged  a 
crew  of  canoemen  to  carry  us  up  a  tributary  which  here 
falls  into  the  Mekong.  It  was  impossible,  however,  we 
found,  to  start  until  we  had  taken  part  in  the  great 
annual  festival  in  celebration  of  the  ingathering  of  the 
rice-harvest.  I  will  not  venture  to  describe  the  barbaric 
scene, — how  the  flags  flaunted,  and  the  gongs  crashed, 
and  the  trumpets  blared ;  how  the  adults  feasted  and 
revelled,  and  the  young  people  danced  and  scattered 
flowers,  and  the  phoonghees  scattered  incense  and  walked 
in  procession,  followed  by  the  heavy-footed  elephants 
bearing  the  emblems  of  the  bounteous  harvest.  But  I 
will  always  have  a  picture  in  my  mind  of  the  broad, 
magnificent  river,  as  we  saw  it  between  the  stems  of 
bamboos  and  the  leaves  of  palms  and  other  tropical 
plants,  illuminated  by  the  torches  of  hundreds  of  boats 
that  passed  backwards  and  forwards  on  its  waters,  while 
the  songs  of  the  rowers  reached  our  ears  in  a  wild  and 
weird  chorus.  It  was  the  last  glimpse  we  had  of  the 
mighty  Mekong.  Next  morning  we  started  westward, 
before  the  mists  had  risen  from  its  surface,  on  the  last 
stage  of  our  weary  wanderings,  which  would  land  us 
again,  we  hoped,  among  our  dear  countrymen. 


CHAPTER  XIY. 

A  CANOE  VOYAGE  UP-STREAM. 

T  last  there  seemed  some  prospect  of  our  being 
able  for  a  time  to  "  take  things  easy."  Our 
rest  at  the  Shan  village  had  been  very  grate- 
ful to  us ;  but  somehow  we  had  got  so  accustomed  to 
be  moving  onward,  that  even  our  short  halt  had  seemed 
a  deplorable  waste  of  time.  Our  thoughts  were  now 
all  bent  on  home,  and  the  way  before  us  was  still  long 
and  rough  and  beset  by  dangers.  The  canoe  voyage 
was  a  new  experience,  and  in  some  respects  one  of  the 
most  pleasant  we  had  yet  had.  We  had  movement  and 
progress — for  our  two  slim  little  crafts,  propelled  by  the 
dexterous  strokes  of  the  native  boatmen,  slipped  through 
the  water  like  fish ;  and  at  the  same  time  we  were  re- 
lieved of  the  distressing  toil  that  had  hitherto  taken  up 
almost  the  whole  of  our  energies.  Our  prows  were  point- 
ing westward  ;  the  doctor  told  us,  after  consulting  the 
pocket-compass  which  had  so  often  been  our  "guide, 
philosopher,   and   friend,"   during    the   journey,  that    a 


A  CANOE  VOYAGE  UP-STREAM.  169 

straight  line  drawn  in  the  course  we  were  pursuing 
would,  as  nearly  as  he  could  calculate,  carry  us  to  the 
shores  of  "  Merrie  England"  itself. 

The  thought  inspired  us  with  a  wild  wish  to  seize  the 
paddles  and  put  on  a  "  spurt "  for  the  old  country  ;  we 
felt  as  if  we  could  have  flown  over  the  hills  and  forests 
and  waste  places  that  intervened  between  us  and  the 
friends  who  were  no  doubt  anxiously  looking  for  news  of 
us,  and  probably  had,  by  this  time,  given  us  up  for  lost. 
But  when  we  had  made  a  practical  trial  of  our  proficiency 
in  paddling,  we  were  not  long  in  discovering  that  we  would 
best  consult  our  own  comfort  and  the  rapid  progress  of 
the  voyage  by  leaving  the  work  entirely  in  the  hands  of 
the  native  canoemen.  Dr.  Roland  could  ply  a  paddle 
almost  as  skilfully  as  the  Canadian  pioneers,  in  whose 
birch-bark  canoes  he  had  ascended  and  descended  many 
a  stream  in  the  great  North-West.  Hannibal's  powerful 
arm  was  a  splendid  ally  when  "  a  long  pull  and  a  strong 
pull"  was  required.  But  each  had  to  admit  that  he 
was  beaten  hollow  by  the  under-sized,  spindle-legged 
canoemen  whom  we  had  engaged,  and  who  seemed  to 
have  no  more  flesh  on  their  bones  than  would  make  a 
respectable  supper  for  one  of  the  crocodiles  that  eyed  us 
greedily  from  the  water.  These  men  had  been  inured 
to  this  work  from  infancy,  and  had  passed  their  whole 
lives  on  the  rivers  and  creeks.  Their  paddles  struck 
the  water  with  a  finely-measured  beat,  while  each  sinew 


170  A  CANOE  VOYAGE  UP-STREAM. 

of  their  muscular  frames,  which  were  almost  free  from 
the  encumbrance  of  clothes,  stood  out  like  whip-cord. 

Away  we  skimmed  like  swallows  up-stream,  then, 
making  excellent  "  time,"  while  a  beaded  line  of  foam 
streamed  away  in  our  wake,  and  the  "  whish"  of  the 
canoes,  as  they  sped  through  the  water,  sounded  like  an 
accompaniment  to  the  musical  but  rather  monotonous 
chant  sung  by  our  boatmen.  In  the  leading  boat  was 
the  doctor,  and  with  him  Yung-wan  and  myself — the 
little  Shan  guide  eagerly  explaining  and  answering  the 
questions  of  our  chief  as  to  the  nature  of  the  country 
ahead.  Tom  and  Hannibal  were  in  charge  of  the  second 
canoe.  The  weather  continued  delightful — perhaps  too 
warm  in  the  mid-day  hours  for  what  would  be  con- 
sidered pleasant  picnicking  at  home ;  but  we  had  got  well 
seasoned  now  to  extremes  of  warmth  and  cold,  and  the 
sun  could  hardly  blister  our  faces  and  hands  to  a  darker 
hue  than  they  already  bore.  There  were  few  indications 
of  that  break-up  of  the  harvest  weather  and  approach 
of  winter  which  was  one  of  our  chief  inducements  in 
hurrying  out  of  this  country ;  and  the  rain  and  hail 
storms,  which  were  certain  to  overtake  us  if  we  waited 
for  another  week  or  two  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  great 
range  of  hills  for  which  we  were  bound,  still  held  off. 

We  could  therefore  sit  in  our  boats  and  enjoy  the 
grand  panorama  which  passed  before  us  on  either  bank  of 
the  stream,  and  watch  leisurely  the  strange  aspects  of 


A  CANOE  VOYAGE  UP-STREAM.  171 

life  in  Further  India  which  every  new  bend  of  the  river 
revealed  to  us.  The  tributary  of  the  Mekong  on  which 
we  were  voyaging  would  in  Europe  be  considered  an 
important  stream  ;  yet  on  our  return  home  we  found 
that  not  one  of  the  maps  of  this  country  which  we  con- 
sulted so  much  as  indicated  its  existence.  The  French 
expedition  under  Commander  Lagrde  had  left  the  main 
river  some  distance  below  the  point  where  this  affluent 
— which  we  found  was  called  the  Me-Hem — entered 
it ;  and  Captain  M'Leod  and  the  other  English  travellers 
who  have  penetrated  a  little  way  into  this  almost  un- 
known region  had  also  followed  quite  a  different  line 
from  that  we  were  now  pursuing. 

The  current  in  these  lower  reaches  was  deep  and 
smooth,  and  pretty  free  from  sand  and  mud  banks, 
though  occasionally  our  rowers  had  to  exercise  all  their 
skill  to  avoid  running  on  shoals.  Many  of  the  inhabi- 
tants on  its  banks  appeared  to  make  their  living  by 
fishing.  Their  tiny  canoes  were  continually  darting 
across  from  bank  to  bank,  or  floating  past  us  with  the  cur- 
rent ;  and  judging  from  the  quantities  of  queer-looking, 
brilliantly-coloured  fish  which  we  saw  lying  at  the  bot- 
tom of  the  boats,  they  appeared  to  meet  with  excellent 
sport — as  likewise  did  the  vast  flocks  of  cranes,  pelicans, 
ibises,  and  other  birds,  that  congregated  on  the  trees  or 
swam  about  us  in  search  of  prey.  Though  we  had  taken 
care  to  supply  ourselves  with  rice  and  other  stores  for 


172  A  CANOE  VOYAGE  UP-STKEAM. 

the  journey,  at  the  village  below,  we  did  not  disdain  to 
vary  our  fare  by  occasionally  making  a  meal  of  the 
slimy-looking  finny  creatures  which  the  hospitable  fisher- 
men ofiered  to  us ;  or  of  a  brace  of  wild  ducks,  when  we 
could  secure  that  luxury  without  a  waste  of  ammunition. 
But  I  must  confess  that  there  was  no  tid-bit  which  we 
relished  so  much  as  a  broiled  haunch  of  iguana,  which  a 
venerable-looking  native  headman  presented  to  us  with 
many  salaams  ;  and  our  sensations  when  the  doctor  the 
same  evening  pointed  out  to  us,  on  a  branch,  one  of  the 
great,  ugly,  warty  lizards,  whose  rich,  juicy  flesh  we  had 
found  so  appetizing,  were  decidedly  "  queer." 

From  all  the  signs  we  saw  around  us,  a  numerous 
population  occupied  this  portion  of  the  valley ;  and  fish- 
ing was  by  no  means  the  only  or  even  the  chief  em- 
ployment of  the  population.  The  land  for  a  considerable 
distance  back  from  the  river-bank  was  cleared  of  forest, 
and  heavy  crops,  chiefly  of  rice,  had  just  been  reaped 
from  it.  Native  hamlets,  pagodas,  and  sharp-pointed 
pyramids,  which  are  so  puzzling  a  feature  of  the  archi- 
tecture of  this  country,  peeped  out  from  the  midst  of 
fine  groves  of  nut-bearing  and  other  fruit  trees.  Here 
and  there  were  houses  of  larger  dimensions,  with  gardens 
and  bath-houses  opening  out  upon  the  river — doubtless  the 
seats  of  Burmese  mandarins,  Shan  chieftains,  or  wealthy 
Chinese  merchants.  Flocks  of  well-fed  cattle  were  to 
be  seen,  and  now  and  then  a  domesticated  elephant ;  but 


A  CANOE  VOYAGE  UP-STREAM.  173 

the  work  of  the  farm  here,  as  in  British  India,  seemed 
to  be  chiefly  performed  by  the  buffalo.  Large  boats 
passed  us  laden  with  rice,  maize,  buckwheat,  and  other 
kinds  of  grain,  or  with  piled-up  cargoes  of  vegetables 
and  fruit  for  the  markets  on  the  Mekong.  In  some  of 
these  vessels  we  saw  Burmese  pedlers  seated  by  their 
packages  of  cloth,  crockery,  and  hardware  goods,  for 
the  most  part,  probably,  of  English  manufacture,  which 
they  were  conveying  down-stream,  in  order  to  be  ex- 
changed for  the  products  of  China  and  the  Shan  coun- 
tries. I  noticed  with  surprise  among  the  wares  of  these 
travelling  merchants  an  article  which  seemed  to  be 
guarded  with  peculiar  care.  It  was  none  other  than  an 
empty  pale-ale  bottle ;  and  I  think  that  even  the  most 
rigid  of  water-drinkers  would  have  hailed  with  delight 
the  sight  of  an  object  so  common — perhaps  too  common — 
in  the  old  country,  had  he  come  upon  it  in  so  out-of- 
the-way  a  locality  as  the  valley  of  the  Mekong. 

I  questioned  Dr.  Roland  about  it. 

"  There  is  no  accounting  for  tastes,"  he  replied. 
"  I  understand  that  empty  beer  bottles  have  been  the 
*  rage'  for  some  time  among  the  nobility  and  gentry  of 
this  part  of  the  world.  No  great  man's  reception-room 
is  thought  properly  furnished  unless  a  pint  bottle  is  stuck 
up  on  the  place  of  honour.  All  the  shrines  of  Buddha 
round  about  here  have  secured  at  least  one  of  these 
familiar  specimens  of  English  glass-work.     The  chief  of 


174  A  CANOE  VOYAGE  UP-STREAM. 

the  Shan  principality  through  which  we  are  travelling 
has  lately  been  made  happy  by  being  able  to  complete  a 
set  of  a  dozen  of  these  bottles,  which  are  ranged  in  a 
line  behind  his  throne  of  state,  under  the  great  brazen 
gongs  and  the  elephants'  tusks  which  he  esteems,  next  to 
Bass's  labels,  as  among  his  most  precious  and  wonderful 
possessions.  It  seems  that  these  bottles  and  labels  are 
believed  here  to  represent  the  highest  efforts  of  art  as 
practised  among  our  benighted  countrymen,  and  to  be 
executed  with  infinite  labour  and  with  the  aid  of 
magic." 

"  What  ridiculous  people  !  What  a  funny  craze  !" 
I  remarked. 

"Did  you  ever  hear  of  the  'china  craze'  at  home?" 
asked  the  doctor,  with  some  sarcasm  in  his  tone.  "  I 
forgot,  however — there  is  one  heirloom  belonging  to 
the  prince  which  he  values  more  even  than  his  beer 
bottles.  He  is  said  to  be  the  possessor  of  a  magnificent 
gem.  On  the  question  whether  it  is  a  diamond,  or  a 
ruby,  or  an  amethyst,  or  a  sapphire,  authorities  differ ; 
but  all  agree  that  it  is  a  jewel  which  has  no  peer  in  size 
or  in  brilliancy  in  these  parts.  The  place  where  it  is  con- 
cealed is  kept  a  profound  secret.  If  the  prince's  suzerain, 
the  King  of  Burmah,  got  an  inkling  of  its  w^hereabouts, 
it  would  not  be  long  in  changing  hands,  for  that  despot 
lays  claim  to  all  the  precious  stones  that  are  found  in  his 
dominions.     Rumour  has  it  that  he  would  barter  even 


A  CANOE  VOYAGE  UP-STREAM.  175 

his  white  elephant — which  you  know  has  an  official 
rank  in  the  state  only  second  to  the  king  himself — for 
the  Prince  of  Kiang-tong's  jewel." 

"Do  you  think  there  is  any  truth  in  the  story?" 
asked  I. 

"  That  is  more  than  I  can  say,"  rejoined  Dr.  Eoland. 
"  There  is  nothing  impossible  about  it,  and  the  country 
we  are  about  to  enter  has  been  famous  in  all  ages  for 
its  abundance  in  precious  stones.  I  questioned  Yung- 
wan,  from  whom  I  had  most  of  the  information  I  have 
given  you,  but  he  seemed  disinclined  to  say  much  about 
the  big  brilliant,  or,  indeed,  to  talk  at  all  on  the  subject 
of  diamonds  and  diamond-mines.  He  peeped  about  him 
restlessly  all  the  time  we  were  speaking,  as  if  he  were 
afraid  somebody  might  overhear  us.  I  suspect  that  he 
has  got  into  trouble  at  one  time  or  other  about  smug- 
gling jewels,  and  is  afraid  that  some  one  will  recognize 
him  and  rake  up  his  old  fault.  They  tell  me  that  these 
Burmese  packmen  often  carry  much  more  valuable  wares 
across  the  mountains  than  Manchester  cottons,  or  even 
empty  Bass  and  porter  bottles — tiny  little  packets  con- 
cealed about  their  persons  containing  gamboge,  saffron, 
cardamoms,  sandal-wood,  and  other  precious  drugs,  spices, 
and  dyes,  or — who  knows  ? — some  gem  of  great  price 
that  has  escaped  the  vigilant  eyes  of  the  Royal  Proprietor 
of  the  Mines  of  Rubies  and  Sapphires.  But,"  pursued 
the  doctor,  "  as  our  dear  old  Scotch  friend,  Mr.  Marshall, 


176  A  CANOE  VOYAGE  UP-STREAM. 

would  have  said — I  wonder  what  he  is  doing  at  this 
moment,  Bob !  —  this  talk  of  princes  and  precious 
stones  is  '  neither  here  nor  there/  We  must  put  off  our 
visit  to  his  Highness  of  Kiang-tong — whose  capital,  Yung- 
wan  tells  me,  is  about  a  day's  journey  distant  on  our  left 
— until  our  next  trip  into  Further  India.  "We  have  no 
time  to  spare  at  present  to  look  on  the  glories  of  his 
gems  or  his  row  of  bottles,  or  to  listen  to  his  grand 
orchestra  of  drums,  gongs,  cymbals,  wind  and  string  in- 
struments, and  Chinese  swivel-guns.  As  for  our  friends 
the  Burmese  pack-merchants,  I  suppose  you  know  what 
makes  their  presence  here  most  significant  to  us  ?" 

"  Because,"  said  I,  "  it  shows  that  there  is  a  track  in 
this  direction  leading  to  British  territory," 

"  Yes,"  my  patron  rejoined  ;  "  and  a  well-beaten  one  ap- 
parently. I  regard  the  portion  of  our  route  we  are  now 
entering  on  as  a  very  important  and  interesting  one. 
The  dividing  chain  between  the  Mekong  and  the  Salwen 
River  has  never  been  crossed  by  any  European  in  the 
latitude  where  we  now  are.  It  is  a  spur  thrown  off  by 
the  Himalaya,  and  runs  down  almost  continuously  from 
Thibet,  where  we  crossed  it  a  few  weeks  back,  to  Singa- 
pore, on  the  Strait  of  Malacca.  It  is  almost  unexplored, 
as  I  said ;  but  you  can  see  that  a  considerable  trade  is 
carried  over  its  passes  between  the  countries  to  the  east 
and  those  on  its  western  side.  An  excellent  opening  for 
British  commerce  might  be  found  here.     You  remember 


A  CANOE  VOYAGE  UP-STREAM.  177 

the  strange-looking  brown  masses  that  you  saw  exposed 
in  the  bazaar  on  the  river,  and  which  was  sold  in  slices 
to  customers  ?" 

"  I  fancied  it  might  be  cheese,  sir,"  said  I.  "  But  I 
did  not  look  at  it  closely,  because  it  didn't  appear  nice." 

"  Cheese  !"  cried  the  doctor,  highly  amused.  "  Why, 
man,  that  was  tea — fermented  tea.  A  budding  planter 
like  you.  Bob,  should  not  have  made  a  mistake  like 
that,  more  especially  as  the  plant  is  of  the  Assam  and 
not  the  Chinese  variety.  It  is  grown  on  the  drier  hilly 
parts  here ;  and  the  leaf  is  reduced  to  a  half -fermented 
state,  and  packed  into  '  bricks.'  The  Burmese  and  the 
natives  fry  it  in  oil,  and  use  it  as  a  kind  of  dessert.  It 
is  the  great  treat  here  next  to  iguana  flesh.  There  are 
cotton  and  tobacco  plantations,  and  the  silk- worm  is  cul- 
tivated. The  red  clay  that  you  saw  is  the  famous  stick- 
lac  out  of  which  the  Chinese,  by  a  process  that  is  kept 
a  strict  secret,  mould  their  marvellous  lac- ware.  It  is 
made  of  the  ash  of  a  kind  of  wood  found  in  these  forests. 
But  still  more  important,  I  think,  are  the  signs  of  min- 
eral wealth  that  are  visible  on  every  hand.  You  must 
have  noticed  how  plentiful  copper  ornaments  and  imple- 
ments are ;  the  very  shares  of  the  ploughs  are  made  of 
copper.  I  have  seen  specimens  of  iron  ore  that  are  the 
richest  I  ever  examined.  There  are  also  said  to  be  mines 
of  gold,  silver,  tin,  antimony,  and  cinnabar,  not  to  men- 
tion the  diamond-diggings." 

(09C)  22 


178  A  CANOE  VOYAGE  UP-STEEAM. 

Though  I  half  suspected  that  Dr.  Roland  was  partly 
poking  fun  at  me,  I  own  that  this  talk  of  hidden  and 
untold  wealth  had  a  strangely  exciting  effect  on  me.  I 
had  visions  of  us  all  returning  from  our  travels  like 
Aladdin  or  Sinbad,  with  our  pockets  bulging  out  with 
precious  stones. 

"  Couldn't  we  have  a  look  about  us  for  the  diamond- 
mines — as  we  are  here  ?"  I  asked  in  a  tone  that  I  fear 
betrayed  my  foolish  and  eager  thoughts. 

"  No,  Bob,"  answered  my  kind  friend,  laying  his  hand 
on  my  shoulder.  "The  'Arabian  Nights'  are  all  at  an 
end.  The  Valley  of  Diamonds  and  the  Enchanted  Cave 
are  nowhere  in  this  neighbourhood.  My  duty  is  to 
bring  you  safe  and  sound  through  the  dangers  into 
which,  against  my  will,  I  have  led  you.  As  we  cannot 
now-a-days  employ  a  roc,  genii,  or  a  fiery  griffin  to 
take  us  up  by  the  girdle  and  carry  us  over  the  tops  of 
the  mountains,  but  must  plod  most  of  the  way  on  our 
legs,  we  have  no  time  to  spare  for  looking  for  diamonds, 
when  we  are  more  likely  to  catch  fever.  There  is 
something  far  more  valuable,  however,  which  we  may 
find  in  the  direct  path  of  duty." 

"What  is  that,  sir?" 

"  What  would  you  say  if  we  were  to  discover  the  true 
'  trade  route  to  China,'  about  which  so  much  has  been 
written  for  generations  past,  and  in  quest  of  which  so 
many  regularly  organized  expeditions  have  set  out  in 


A  CANOE  VOYAGE  UP-STREAM.  179 

vain?  I  think,"  added  the  doctor,  returning  to  his 
half -bantering  tone,  "  if  we  bring  back  news  of  two  new 
routes  to  the  Flowery  Kingdom,  we  will  be  entitled,  not 
only  to  the  thanks  of  the  Geographical  Society,  but  to 
those  of  the  British  Chambers  of  Commerce.  But  here 
at  last  come  our  friends,  in  time  to  break  off  this  long 
harangue." 

The  conversation  had  taken  place  as  we  sat  in  our 
canoe  in  a  still  reach  of  the  river,  just  above  a  place 
where  it  ran  for  a  couple  of  hundred  yards  in  a  swift 
and  rather  broken  current,  which  we  had  had  no  little 
ado  in  ascending.  Yung- wan  had  gone  to  arrange  for 
our  taking  up  our  quarters  in  a  pagoda  which  rose  close 
to  the  river-edge,  and  our  crew  had  stretched  themselves 
on  the  bank  to  rest  after  their  exertions,  leaving  the 
doctor  and  me  in  charge  of  the  boat.  The  second  canoe, 
which  was  deeper  in  the  water  than  ours,  had  fallen 
some  distance  behind ;  but  just  as  we  were  beginning  to 
get  a  little  anxious  for  its  appearance,  we  saw  our  com- 
panions in  the  gathering  evening  light  beginning  to  take 
the  current — it  could  hardly  be  called  a  rapid — with  a 
will.  On  they  came  handsomely,  the  canoemen  plying 
their  paddles  with  all  their  might,  and  shouting  their 
accustomed  chorus  until  silenced  by  lack  of  breath.  For 
some  seconds  the  boat  appeared  to  remain  stationary, 
the  vigorous  strokes  of  the  paddlers  barely  enabling  it 
to  hold  its  own  against  the  violence  of  the  stream.     Then 


180  A  CANOE  VOYAGE  UP-STEEAM. 

we  heard  Tom's  voice  endeavouring,  in  very  bad  time 
and  tune,  I  admit,  to  raise  "Kule  Britannia"  for  the 
encouragement  of  his  boatmates.  The  measure,  however, 
was  too  slow,  and  the  effect  was  not  what  it  doubtless 
would  have  been  had  the  crew  been  British  tars.  At 
last  Hannibal  struck  in  with  one  of  the  maddest  and 
merriest  of  his  "  plantation  dance  "  ditties,  and  the  men 
responded  to  it  as  if  electrified.  "  Hand  over  hand  "  the 
boat  came  up,  breasting  the  current  and  sending  the 
spray  flying  from  its  bows,  and  soon  it  was  securely 
moored  beside  our  own. 


CHAPTER  XY; 

A   HALT   IN    A   PAGODA. 

UNG-WAN  now  approached  with  the  news 
that  he  had  arranged  everything  -amicably 
with  the  monks ;  and  as  it  was  now  quite 
cliilly  at  night,  even  in  these  tropical  latitudes,  we  lost 
no  time  in  removing  ourselves  and  our  baggage  to  the  pa- 
goda. Ever  since  leaving  the  Mekong  we  had  made  some 
Buddhist  "  Kyoung  "  or  temple  our  halting-place  for  the 
night,  and  in  every  case  we  had  received  kindly  entertain- 
ment. These  religious  houses,  indeed,  serve  the  purpose  of 
public  inns  in  this  country.  The  phoonghees,  or  priests, 
we  found  very  different  personages  from  their  brethren  in 
Thibet.  Harsh  fanaticism  and  savage  zeal  for  the  faith, 
which,  perhaps,  were  fostered  by  the  bleak  prospects  and 
biting  arctic  air  of  those  lofty  plateaux,  did  not  well 
accord  with  the  soft  genial  clime  into  which  we  had 
now  descended.  These  phoonghees  were  lazy,  easy-going 
people,  who  allowed  their  vows  to  sit  very  loosely  upon 
them ;  and  if  they  were  quite  capable  of  cheating  and 


182  A  HALT  IN  A  PAGODA. 

lying,  they  had  clearly  no  mission  for  persecution  like 
the  lamas.  Their  features  and  even  their  garb  indicated 
a  milder  temperament,  and  the  very  structure  of  the 
temples — light  and  airy,  fantastically  painted  and  gabled, 
and  built  of  bamboos  neatly  joined  together — presented 
the  greatest  possible  contrast  to  the  blind,  gloomy,  prison- 
like cells  of  stone  in  which  the  inmates  of  the  lamis- 
saries  hide  themselves.  They  were  probably  no  better 
than  they  should  be,  and  many  of  them,  no  doubt,  led 
dissolute  lives,  but  it  could  at  least  be  said  in  their  favour 
that  they  did  not  neglect  the  golden  virtue  of  hospitality. 
The  old  chief  phoonghee,  who  now  met  us  and 
escorted  us  to  our  sleeping -places  for  the  night,  was 
particularly  gracious  and  communicative.  He  told  us — 
what  the  aspect  of  the  country  during  the  last  few  hours' 
sail  had  led  us  to  anticipate — that  beyond  this  point,  and 
until  we  reached  the  boundary  of  Burmah  proper,  we 
must  not  expect  to  find  any  more  Buddhist  monasteries 
with  doors  open  to  weary  travellers.  The  cultivated 
land  along  the  banks  of  the  stream  had  gradually  grown 
narrower,  and  patches  of  virgin  forest  now  and  then 
had  intervened  between  the  rice  plantations.  Instead 
of  the  marshes  and  alluvial  plains  lower  down,  hilly 
ridges  began  to  hem  in  the  valley  and  to  throw  out 
spurs  to  the  banks  of  the  stream.  That  evening's  experi- 
ence, too,  had  taught  us  that,  in  the  most  literal  sense, 
our  course  would  no  longer  be  one  of  "  smooth  sailing." 


A  HALT  IN  A  PAGODA.  185 

The  worthy  chief  phoonghee  was  pleased  to  take 
great  interest  in  our  journey — due  perhaps  to  sundry 
little  presents  which  we  made  him,  not  to  mention  the 
respectful  manner  which  we  invariably  adopted  towards 
these  spiritual  guides  and  the  symbols  of  their  national 
faith;  and  he  concerned  himself  much  about  the  lack 
of  intellectual  nourishment  such  as  his  order  afforded,  to 
which  we  would  be  condemned  during  our  sojourn  among 
the  "  savages."  It  troubled  us  much  more,  however,  to 
learn  that  there  was  a  prospect  of  our  suffering  from 
bodily  hunger  during  the  remainder  of  the  journey ; 
also,  that  we  need  no  longer  expect  to  find  any  pro- 
tection in  the  "passport" — cut  in  Burmese  characters 
on  a  slip  of  bamboo — which  the  doctor,  by  the  expenditure 
of  some  of  the  last  of  his  Indian  rupees,  had  secured 
before  setting  out  on  the  canoe  voyage  from  the  official 
who  represented  the  Court  of  Mandalay.  The  important 
question  of  the  means  of  transport  was  then  discussed  in 
all  its  bearings,  Yung- wan,  of  course,  acting  as  inter- 
preter between  us  and  our  host.  It  seems  that  it  was 
the  practice  for  travellers  bound  westward  to  leave  the 
stream  at  this  place  and  hire  mules,  ponies,  or  oxen  for 
the  transmission  of  themselves  and  their  baggage  across 
the  passes,  under  the  protection  of  a  guard.  The 
circumstances  at  the  present  moment,  however,  were 
peculiar.  The  fighting  that  was  going  on  within  the 
Chinese    frontier    between    the     Imperialists    and     the 


184  A  HALT  IN  A  PAGODA. 

Mohammedan  insurgents  had  unsettled  the  whole  region. 
Large  numbers  of  the  Chinese  population  had  fled  across 
the  border,  which  was  within  about  a  week's  march  from 
where  we  now  were,  and  had  thronged  into  the  Shan 
villages  to  escape  the  impending  massacres.  Some  of 
these  refugees  had  found  shelter  in  the  very  monastery 
.  under  whose  roof  we  were  sitting.  Rumours  had  come 
down  within  the  last  day  or  two  that  the  Emperor's 
troops  had  defeated  and  scattered  the  rebel  host,  who,  it 
was  thought,  would  not  unlikely  also  flee  across  the 
frontier  for  refuge. 

This  was  rather  disquieting  news  for  us  ;  we  had  no 
wish  to  stumble  again  on  Akbar  Khan  in  our  travels.  As 
the  Chinese  were  again  bundling  up  their  effects  and 
making  preparations  to  return  to  their  homes,  baggage 
animals  were  scarcely  to  be  had.  The  friendly  old 
phoonghee  also  warned  us  that,  if  we  followed  the  ordin- 
ary bridle-route  leading  to  Mandalay  and  the  Irrawady, 
we  would  be  likely  to  land  ourselves  in  trouble  as  soon 
as  we  reached  the  territory  where  the  King  of  Burmah 
bears  absolute  sway,  as  Englishmen  were  at  present  in 
peculiarly  bad  odour  with  that  monarch  and  his  subjects. 
His  advice  was,  that  if  we  were  determined  to  push  on, 
we  should  continue  to  ascend  the  Me-Hem  river  as  far 
as  we  could,  and  then  endeavour  to  cross  the  mountains 
on  foot,  taking  our  chance  of  the  "  savages,"  who  were, 
after  all,  more  to  be  trusted  than  a  Burmese  guard.     But 


A  HALT  IN  A  PAGODA.  186 

he  considered  that  we  ought  to  settle  ourselves  _  com- 
fortably where  we  were  for  a  few  months  until  more 
peaceful  times  should  return,  and  in  the  interval  he 
should  have  time  to  thoroughly  discuss  with  the  doctor 
the  question  of  the  duration  of  the  "sixty-four  great 
Cycles  of  Time,"  the  vanity  and  misery  of  human  life, 
and  the  illustrious  virtues  of  the  great  Buddha,  on  all  of 
which  topics  he  hoped  to  convert  his  guest  to  his  own 
^  way  of  thinking. 

Dr.  Roland,  of  course,  declined,  with  many  expressions 
of  thankfulness,  this  courteous  offer.  Even  if  we  had 
had  time  to  waste,  I  fear  that  the  prospect  of  having  to 
listen  to  the  worthy  old  phoonghee's  long  and  misty 
"  explanations  "  of  his  religious  views  would  have  made 
us  flee  the  hospitable  roof  of  the  kyoung,  or  at  least 
have  made  us  often  take  advantage  of  that  excellent  rule, 
inscribed  among  the  two  hundred  and  twenty-seven 
Precepts  of  the  order,  which  directs  the  monk  "  not  to 
preach  the  law  to  one  lying  down,  unless  sick."  It  was 
settled,  however,  that,  as  to  the  route  we  should  pursue, 
we  should  follow  his  advice,  which  was  urgently  supported 
by  Yung- wan,  and  still  more  effectually  by  the  discovery 
that  pack-animals  could  not  be  got  at  present  for  love  or 
for  money. 

As  we  had  again  before  us  the  prospect  of  "  roughing 
it"  for  weeks  to  come,  we  indulged  ourselves  next  morning 
with  a  few  hours'  extra  rest;  and  the  head  of  the  kyoung 


186  A  HALT  IN  A  PAGODA. 

and  his  assistants  conducted  us  over  their  establishment, 
pointing  out  with  especial  pride  the  little  images  of 
silver,  brass,  marble,  or  jade,  often  with  gems  set  in  the 
place  of  eyes,  the  lamps,  candlesticks,  fans,  and  other 
offerings  presented  by  the  devout  to  the  pagoda,  among 
which  we  were  amused  at  observing  the  inevitable  empty 
beer  bottle,  a  greasy  tobacco  pouch  that  had  probably 
found  its  way  to  the  shores  of  Further  India  in  some 
sailor's  pocket,  and  other  equally  humble  and  vulgar 
European  articles.  More  interesting  to  us  was  the  library, 
where  we  found  a  goodly  collection  of  the  sacred  writ- 
ings, mostly  written  in  the  ancient  Pali  language,  intro- 
duced hither,  with  the  religion,  from  Ceylon,  and  inscribed 
on  palm  leaves,  ivory  tablets,  or  plates  of  copper,  bound 
together  by  cords.  There  were  other  manuscripts,  from 
which  Dr.  Roland  was,  by  great  favour,  allowed  to  make 
extracts  and  notes.  By-and-by  a  troop  of  demure  little 
lads,  with  shaven  heads,  filed  in  for  their  daily  lessons 
— for  these  kyoungs  are  the  public  schools  as  well  as  the 
places  of  entertainment  in  these  countries — and  we  took 
our  departure.  The  yellow-robed  monks  accompanied 
us  to  the  river-bank,  and  warmly  bade  us  farewell ;  and 
we  parted  from  them  with  a  much  more  kindly  feeling 
tovfards  the  Buddhist  priesthood  and  faith  than  we  had 
acquired  in  the  highlands  of  Thibet. 

Affain  afloat  on  the  stream,  we  soon  discovered  that 
its  character   and   the  appearance   of  the  surrounding 


A  HALT  IN  A  PAGODA.  187 

country  were  rapidly  changino:.  From  a  slow-flowing, 
navigable  river,  it  was  becoming  a  brawling  mountain 
torrent;  and  the  banks,  no  longer  level  and  cultivated, 
were  overhung  by  high  cliffs  and  dense  masses  of  forest. 
Still  reaches  of  water  were  found  at  intervals,  but  these 
were  becoming  more  rare.  There  was  yet  plenty  of 
water  for  our  canoes,  but  our  upward  course  became  a 
strenuous,  unremitting  struggle  with  the  current.  Often 
we  had  to  land,  and  with  ropes  drag  our  canoes  by 
main  force  up  some  piece  of  rushing,  broken  water  which 
the  paddlers  could  not  face  ;  and  sometimes  it  was  found 
necessary  to  haul  our  light  craft  on  shore,  and  carry 
them  bodily  to  the  smoother  water  above  the  rapids. 
This  was  not  an  easy  task ;  for  where  the  bed  of  the 
stream  was  uncovered,  it  was  strewn  with  great  masses 
of  rock,  and  where  the  forest  approached  close  to  the 
water's  edge,  it  was  next  to  impossible  to  cut  and  trample 
a  way  through  the  dense  jungle  and  high  grass.  Now 
and  then  we  came  upon  a  native  hut  or  two,  of  very 
humble  construction,  surrounded  by  a  small  clearing. 
By  their  features  and  dress,  or  rather  want  of  dress,  we 
recognized  the  owners  of  these  shanties  as  the  "  savages" 
of  whom  the  phoonghees  had  given  us  so  unfavourable 
an  account.  But  we  found  them  mild,  inoffensive  people ; 
and  perhaps,  as  is  the  case  elsewhere,  they  are  regarded 
as  barbarians  merely  for  the  reason  that  they  are  of  alien 
race  and  customs.     As  Yung-wan  did  not   understand 


188      '  A  HALT  IN  A  PAGODA. 

their  dialect,  we  did  not  profit  from  their  counsels  so 
much  as  we  might  have  done ;  but  we  gathered  from 
their  gestures  that  there  was  danger  about — whether 
from  man  or  from  wild  beasts  we  could  not  make  out 
— and  that  we  should  keep  a  strict  watch  against  sur- 
prise, 

'  The  country  grew  more  wild  and  broken,  and  also 
more  beautiful.  The  forest  around  us  especially  became 
of  grander  proportions.  Where  high  cliffs  did  not  hem 
us  in,  the  tall  trees  rose  like  a  wall  on  either  hand, 
shutting  out  the  sky,  except  where  the  course  of  the 
stream  opened  up  before  us  a  vista,  which  frequently 
revealed  glimpses  of  the  lofty,  saw-like  peaks  of  the 
mountain  mass  to  which  we  were  bound,  and  which  now 
seemed  wonderfully  close  at  hand.  .  Or  I  might  compare 
the  towering  trunks  and  overhanging  foliage  of  these 
noble  trees  to  the  columns  and  roof  of  a  stately  and 
solemn  cathedral  aisle.  Only  here  everything  was  of 
Nature's  workmanship,  and  she  displayed  a  variety  of 
form  and  gorgeousness  of  colouring  in  her  work  which 
man  cannot  hope  to  approach.  The  stems  and  branches 
of  the  trees  were  draped  with  the  most  beautiful  mosses 
and  ferns.  Some  were  of  tiny  and  delicate  structure, 
while  we  saw  specimens  of  a  kind  of  "staghorn"  fern, 
whose  fronds  were  four  or  five  feet  in  length.  Magnifi- 
cent orchids  also  attached  themselves  to  the  bark ;  and  it 
is  impossible  to  describe  the  richness  and  brilliancy  of  the 


A  HALT  IN  A  PAGODA.  189 

tints  displayed  by  this  the  most  splendid  of  all  the 
orders  of  flowering  plants.  High  aloft,  where  the 
sunlight  glimmered  on  the  tops  of  the  monarchs  of  the 
forest,  many  species  of  tropical  birds  fluttered  about  and 
repeated  their  calls  to  each  other,  the  grating  harshness 
of  their  notes  being  strangely  in  contrast  with  their 
gorgeous  feathers.  Sometimes  a  little  sun-bird  or  some 
other  bright-plumaged  creature  would  dart  down  after 
an  insect  into  the  gloom  of  the  forest  below,  the  metallic 
gleam  of  its  crest  and  throat  shining  like  a  spark  in  the 
darkness.  Troops  of  monkeys  also  gambolled  about  at 
a  safe  elevation,  and  seemed  to  take  immense  interest 
in  our  movements,  leaping  along  from  branch  to  branch 
by  our  sides,  and  occasionally  scurrying  down  the  trunks 
in  order  to  take  a  nearer  view  of  the  intruders  through 
the  leaves  or  between  the  rocks.  The  slightest  gesture 
on  our  part  sent  these  scouts  darting  like  lightning  up 
again  among  the  higher  branches,  where  they  joined 
their  mates  in  angry  screaming,  chattering,  and  expostu- 
lating, which,  I  daresay,  if  it  could  have  been  interpreted, 
would  have  made  us  heartily  ashamed  of  the  impropriety 
of  our  conduct.  The  heavy  thud  of  a  large  nut  on  the 
ground  told  us  that,  if  we  were  to  venture  on  shore,  the 
monkey  objections  to  our  presence  would  be  hammered 
into  our  stupid  human  skulls  in  a  more  impressive  way. 
Radiant  butterflies,  with  the  most  elegantly  formed 
wings  and  lovely  markings,  fluttered  over  the  stream,  or 


190  A  HALT  IN  A  PAGODA. 

hovered  from  flower  to  flower  on  the  banks.  In  the 
evening,  moths  that  rivalled  their  noonday-loving  brethren 
in  beauty  came  forth ;  and  the  burnished,  scaly  coats  of 
innumerable  species  of  insects  of  the  beetle  tribe  fairly 
blazed  in  the  shadow.  Nowhere  had  we  seen  tropical 
nature  under  such  alluring  aspects,  and  never  had  we 
.had  such  opportunity  of  adding  to  our  knowledge.  But, 
alas !  we  could  only  gaze  longingly  and  pass  on.  No 
time  could  now  be  spared  for  botanizing  or  for  insect- 
collecting  ;  and  we  did  not  know  what  unseen  dangers 
mis^ht  be  lurkino:  for  us  in  the  thicket.  The  labour  of 
forcing  our  way  up-stream  occupied  almost  our  whole 
energies ;  and  the  touches  of  fever  from  which  each  of 
us  suffered  also  impaired  our  enjoyment  of  the  scenery. 
Our  canoes  "  brought  up "  in  a  little  pool  in  the 
stream,  where  the  deep  reach  of  water  was  surrounded 
by  steep  cliffs  screened  by  masses  of  vegetation  so  dense 
that  only  here  and  there  the  dark  rock  revealed  itself 
behind  the  curtain  of  green.  Graceful  trees,  many  of 
them  bearing  fruit,  others  covered  with  blossom,  grew  in 
the  most  inaccessible  places,  and  their  leaves  and  branches 
were  reflected  in  the  calm  surface  of  the  pool.  Climb- 
ing-plants crept  and  wound  themselves  everywhere,  and 
wove  the  whole  into  one  matted  web  of  greenery.  A 
lovelier  spot  we  had  not  yet  reached  in  our  travels ;  and 
we  rested  a  little  to  enjoy  the  scene,  and  finding  the 
place  suitable,  decided  to  camp  here  for  the  night. 


A  HALT  IN  A  PAGODA.  191 

"  Wouldn't  they  give  us  something  if  we  could  carry 
oiF  this  scene  bodily  and  set  it  down  in  Kew  Gardens  ?  '* 
remarked  Tom  admiringly.  "  Why,  it  would  take  the 
scientific  fellows  weeks,  I  suppose,  to  classify  the  new 
plants.  And  wouldn't  stay-at-home  folks  stare  ?  They 
have  no  notion  of  the  splendid  things  that  there  are  in  the 
world,  and  they  won't  believe  us  when  we  tell  about  them." 

"  And  wouldn't  we  give  something  for  a  glimpse,  even 
for  a  second  or  two,  of  the  sights  that  every  day  meet 
the  eyes  of  those  'stay-at-home'  folks  that  you  speak  of 
so  scornfully  ? "  asked  Dr.  Roland.  "  I  am  sure  that  for 
a  sprig  of  hawthorn,  for  the  scent  of  an  English  meadow 
with  daisies  and  buttercups,  or  for  a  sight  of  a  breezy  hill- 
side covered  with  gorse  and  fragrant  with  heather  and 
thyme,  you  would  gladly  surrender  all  this  gorgeous 
blaze  of  green  and  gold,  if  not  even  your  supper." 

Hannibal,  who  was  engaged  in  preparing  our  well- 
earned  meal,  by  dexterously  cooking  over  the  embers  a 
couple  of  jungle-fowl,  looked  up  and  shook  his  head. 
But  Tom  and  I  clapped  our  hands  approvingly ;  and  the 
doctor  proceeded, — 

"  These  gaudy  hussies  of  flowers  that  stare  at  us  so 
impudently  are  no  more  to  be  compared  with  the  shy, 
sweet  wildings  at  home  than  the  croaking,  screaming 
dandies  of  parrots  overhead  are  to  be  likened  to  our  own 
larks  or  thrushes;  ay,  Tom,  or  your  mandarin's  daughter 
to  one  of  the  girls  of  our  tight  little  island." 


192  A  HALT  IN  A  PAGODA. 

"  I  have  often  wished  myself,"  said  Tom,  "  that  we 
might  come  across  a  good  honest  nettle  or  bramble. 
Still,  sir,  you  must  allow  that  this  is  very  grand  and 
beautiful." 

"  Very  beautiful  indeed,"  returned  the  doctor ;  "  though 
to  my  mind  freshness  and  sweetness  and  simplicity  are 
best.  Come;  we  are  not  so  badly  off  after  all.  Here 
is  Hannibal  with  our  fowls  done  to  a  turn.  I  think  we 
will  find  these  as  palatable  as  if  they  were  home-grown 
poultry — which  are  supposed  to  be  the  descendants  of 
this  wild  breed — and  to  have  quite  a  '  gamey'  flavour  in 
addition." 

Yung- wan,  who  had  been  absent  for  a  couple  of  hours, 
now  approached,  nimbly  making  his  way  towards  us 
through  the  undergrowth  and  over  the  rocks.  He  had 
been  out  on  the  scouting  duty  in  which  he  had 
shown  himself  so  skilled,  and  he  reported  that  above 
us,  at  a  distance  of  little  more  than  a  quarter  of  a  mile, 
was  a  village  inhabited  by  Shans  and  Danoos,  a  tribe 
speaking  a  broken  dialect  of  Burmese.  After  carefully 
reconnoitring,  he  had  ascertained  that  the  inhabitants 
were  peaceable  and  well-disposed,  and  he  had  arranged 
with  the  headman  for  our  obtaining  quarters  for  the 
night. 

Having  finished  our  meal,  we  again  proceeded  up- 
stream, and  reached  the  village  as  night  was  closing  in. 
Just  a  week  had  elapsed  since  we  had  left  the  Mekong. 


CHAPTER  XVI. 

A  TRAMP  THROUGH  THE  FOREST. 

E  slept  soundly  on  the  hard  matting  spread  for 
us  in  the  guest-chamber  of  the  headman's 
house ;  but  next  morning  we  were  early- 
astir.  The  first  thing  that  was  made  plain  to  us,  was 
that  we  must  now  bid  adieu  for  the  time  to  our  canoeing 
experiences.  For  the  last  stage  or  two  the  river- 
journey  had  seemed  to  us  rather  more  toilsome  and 
troublesome  than  a  march  by  land.  Where  we  were  not 
straining  against  the  current,  we  were  carrying  our  boats 
and  baggage  over  stock  and  stone — "thorough  bush, 
thorough  brier."  And  such  bushes  for  denseness,  and 
briers  for  the  length  and  sharpness  of  their  thorns  !  On 
the  whole,  we  were  not  disappointed  to  find  that,  beyond 
this  point,  it  would  be  impossible  at  this  season  of  the 
year  to  make  any  progress  by  water. 

The  village  where  we  were  now  resting  was  one  of 
the  halting-places  of  the  traders,  who  on  their  land 
journeying  here  struck  the  river  and  followed  its  banks 

(690)  13 


194  A  TRAMP  THROUGH  THE  FOREST. 

for  some  distance  on  their  way  to  the  mountain  passes 
and  to  Burmah.  We,  of  course,  assumed  that  we 
should  pursue  the  same  track,  more  especially  as  the 
headman  declared  that  the  only  known  crossing-place  of 
the  range  lay  in  this  direction.  Yung-wan,  however, 
took  our  leader  aside,  and  assured  him  that  he  knew  of 
a  much  safer  and  more  suitable  path,  which  could  be 
reached  by  ascending  a  small  stream  that  fell  into  the 
Me-Hem  at  this  spot.  Certainly  the  outlook  in  the 
direction  pointed  out  by  the  guide  was  not  very  inviting. 
The  banks  of  the  little  tributary,  which  was  hardly  larger 
than  a  brook,  were  clothed  with  thick  primeval  forest, 
which  looked  as  if  it  had  never  been  trodden  by  human 
foot ;  while  a  well-defined  path  led  up  the  main  valley, 
and  the  wood  there  appeared  to  be  much  more  thin  and 
penetrable.  The  doctor,  however,  had  complete  confi- 
dence in  our  guide's  faithfulness  and  skill.  The  stories 
of  refugee  bandits  and  rebels  from  Chinese  territory 
having  sought  shelter  in  this  wild  district  were  repeated 
to  us  in  more  definite  form.  They  were  supposed  to  be 
lying  in  wait  to  pounce  upon  any  party  venturesome 
enough  to  attempt  to  cross  the  pass,  and  for  several 
days  no  one  had  dared  to  make  the  journey.  All  things 
considered,  we  thought  it  preferable  to  take  our  chance 
of  being  lost  in  the  forest  and  eaten  up  by  wild  beasts, 
rather  than  run  the  risk  of  falling  again  into  the  hands 
of  Akbar  Khan  and  his  associates. 


A  TRAMP  THROUGH  THE  FOREST.  195 

The  headman  of  the  village  expressed  great  astonish- 
ment when  he  heard  of  our  resolve.  He  assured  us  that 
the  jungle  paths  in  the  direction  in  which  we  proposed 
to  go  all  ended  within  a  few  miles  of  the  spot  where 
we  stood,  and  were  only  used  by  hunters.  Nothing  was 
known  of  the  forest-covered  country  beyond,  except  that 
it  extended  to  the  foot  of  mountains  that  were,  quite  in- 
accessible. In  his  view,  the  only  alternatives  were,  re- 
maining where  we  were,  or  returning  by  the  road  whence 
we  had  come.  Yung- wan,  however,  continued  confident, 
and  the  doctor  obdurate  to  all  the  arguments  of  the 
"  local  authority."  "We  shouldered  our  guns  and  knap- 
sacks— ^very  light  they  were,  as  beseemed  people  setting 
out  on  such  a  journey  ;  but  the  doctor's  note-book,  which 
I  had  rescued  "under  fire,"  was  not  forgotten — bade 
farewell  to  our  friends  of  the  village,  and  to  our  boat 
crew,  who  had  proved  such  willing  and  trusty  workers, 
and  plunged  into  the  dark  and  lonesome  forest. 

It  was  some  time  before  the  silence  and  monotony  of 
our  surroundings  began  to  impress  themselves  upon  us. 
We  were  rather  elated  at  being  once  more  our  own  mas- 
ters. Again  we  were  thrown  entirely  on  our  own  re- 
sources, and  our  spirits  rose  as  we  thought  that  we  were 
dependent  on  our  own  legs  and  wills,  and  not  upon  the 
whims  of  a  tropical  torrent,  for  the  route  we  should  pur- 
sue. Not  that  we  had  much  choice  in  the  matter  of  a 
road.     Numerous  paths,  indeed,  led  through  the  bamboo 


196  A  TRAMP  THROUGH  THE  FOREST. 

jungle  and  grass  immediately  surrounding  the  village 
fields ;  but  the  tracks  piercing  the  taller  forest  beyond 
were  hard  to  find  and  diflacult  to  follow.  It  is  true  that 
we  could  not  stray  far  either  to  the  right  hand  or  the 
left ;  generally  we  were  'hemmed  in  by  walls  of  inter- 
twined stems,  branches,  and  leaves,  sometimes  composed 
of  saw  and  razor  edged  grasses  and  barbed  thorns,  so 
thickly  set  that  there  hardly  seemed  room  for  a  snake  to 
wind  its  way  through.  That  serpents  did  manage  to  pay 
visits  to  the  pathway,  we  had  frequently  unpleasant  re- 
minders ;  and  we  had  to  keep  a  sharp  watch  lest  we 
should  place  a  foot  on  some  slimy  poisonous  wretch  that, 
on  hearing  our  approach,  was  slowly  trailing  himself  into 
cover,  looking  all  the  more  wicked  and  ugly,  we  thought, 
for  the  rainbow  sheen  on  his  scaly  hide.  A  much 
greater  obstacle,  however,  was  found  in  the  fallen  branches 
and  twisted  roots  that  stretched  across  the  path,  and 
over  which  we  were  continually  stumbling,  while  a  cold 
shudder  would  run  through  one  as  the  thought  occurred 
that  at  last  a  snake  had  been  trodden  upon.  Spiders* 
webs,  as  big,  as  Tom  remarked,  as  "  small  cables  " — or 
at  least,  almost  of  the  thickness  of  cotton  thread — ex- 
tended across  the  pathway,  and  were  strong  enough  to 
give  a  sharp  blow  when  we  incautiously  ran  our  noses 
against  them  in  the  obscurity.  The  proprietors  of  these 
gigantic  cobwebs  we  often  noticed  lurking  among  the 
leaves  by  the  wayside,  and  watching,  like  patient  fisher- 


A  TRAMP  THROUGH  THE  FOREST.  197 

men,  for  what  fortune  might  bring  into  their  nets.  Great, 
bloated,  wicked-looking  ogres  they  looked,  with  bodies 
as  large  as  walnuts,  and  sprawling  legs  six  inches  in 
length.  We  had  little  difficulty  in  believing  the  stories 
that  travellers  have  told  about  tiny  sun-birds  building 
their  nests  in  the  abandoned  webs  of  these  monsters. 

Our  track  seemed  to  have  been  more  trodden  by  wild 
beasts — elephants,  rhinoceroses,  and  other  bulky  creatures 
— than  by  man.  It  brought  us  by-and-by  to  the  banks 
of  the  little  stream  whose  valley  we  were  ascending ;  and 
after  following  it  for  some  distance,  it  turned  again  into 
the  woods.  The  trees  gradually  became  of  larger  dimen- 
sions, and  the  undergrowth  disappeared.  We  were  in 
the  primeval  forest,  where  the  axe  of  the  wood-cutter 
had  never  sounded.  We  could  breathe  more  freely,  for 
we  were  no  longer  hedged  in  by  grass  and  jungle.  The 
trodden  path  grew  more  and  more  faintly  marked,  and 
at  length  was  lost.  We  could  pursue  our  way  in  any 
line  we  chose ;  for,  in  spite  of  the  air-roots  and 
climbing-plants  that  hung  around  each  giant  of  the 
forest,  like  the  guys  and  ratlins  about  a  ship's  mast, 
passage  seemed  to  be  indifferently  open  to  us  in  every 
direction.  The  mighty  stems  of  different  species  of 
palms  and  other  trees,  measuring  sometimes  thirty  or 
forty  feet  in  girth,  towered  aloft  to  a  height  that  strained 
our  eyes  when  we  looked  up.  We  felt  mere  insects  in 
size  as  we  wound  around  and  between  these  immense 


198  A  TRAMP  TKROUGH  THE  FOREST. 

trunks,  or  like  a  party  of  Liliputians  who  had  wandered 
into  a  forest  of  Brobdingnag.  Twilight  gloom  and 
solemn  stillness  reigned  here,  though  a  storm  might  be 
raging  without,  or  the  sun  of  the  tropics  shining  ver- 
tically down  on  the  thick  mass  of  foliage  overhead. 
Here  and  there  a  gleam  of  sunshine  found  its  way  down 
through  the  branches,  like  a  ray  from  a  bull's-eye  lan- 
tern, scattering  bright  flecks  of  light  on  the  boles  and 
roots  of  the  great  trees,  or  on  the  sodden,  leaf-strewn 
ground  over  which  we  marched.  At  intervals  a  patch 
of  blue  sky  might  be  seen  overhead.  This  was  where 
some  hoary  veteran  of  the  forest  had  fallen  in  the  ranks 
from  old  age  and  decay  at  the  roots,  and  lay  prostrate 
on  the  ground,  or  hung  suspended  by  the  innumerable 
lianas  and  lialines  that  united  it  with  the  other  trees, 
which,  one  might  fancy,  were  in  the  act  of  lowering 
their  old  companion  slowly  into  its  grave.  When  we 
reached  one  of  these  prostrate  stems,  we  were  glad  to 
make  a  halt  for  rest,  and  also  to  examine  the  rare  and 
lovely  things  with  which  it  was  generally  covered.  The 
rough  bark  was  a  kind  of  "mosaic  work"  of  lichens, 
mosses,  and  ferns,  and  each  high  branch  that  had  caught 
the  sun  had  been  made  the  adopted  home  of  delicate 
flowering  parasites  that  would  have  stocked  a  conser- 
vatory. Beetles  and  other  boring  insects  with  shiny 
coats  of  mail  had  perforated  the  rotten  wood  in  all  direc- 
tions ;  and  in  the  midst  of  our  most  interesting  inves- 


A  TKAMP  THROUGH  THE  FOREST.  199 

tigations,  we  were  sometimes  put  to  ignominious  flight 
by  the  colonies  of  ants  that  had  taken  possession  of  the 
decaying  trunk.  Still  more  unpleasant  were  the  atten- 
tions which  sundry  black,  wriggling  scorpions  seemed 
anxious  to  bestow  on  us  when  we  disturbed  them  in 
their  quarters  under  the  bark  or  the  leaves ;  and  once  I 
checked  my  hand  just  in  time,  as  I  was  about  to  examine 
a  beautiful  object,  which  turned  out  to  be  the  green  and 
spotted  body  of  a  small  poisonous  snake.  It  was  clear 
that  among  the  tree-tops,  a  hundred  and  fifty  feet  over- 
head, there  was  a  world  of  life,  full  of  movement,  light, 
and  colour ;  and  we  were  tempted  to  wish  that  we  had 
wings  like  the  birds,  or  nimble  limbs  like  the  monkeys, 
that  we  might  spend  our  time  up  there  instead  of  crawl- 
ing through  the  dismal  shades  below. 

On  leaving  these  sunny  spots,  the  gloom  of  the  forest 
seemed  deeper  than  before,  and  the  utter  solitude  and 
sameness  of  the  interminable  vistas  of  trees  confused  and 
depressed  us.  Yung-wan,  however,  was  perfectly  in  his 
element.  He  picked  out  the  easiest  way  with  unerring 
instinct,  and  had  apparently  complete  confidence  in  his 
power  to  guide  us  through  this  labyrinth.  A  haunting 
fear  that  we  were  being  watched  or  tracked,  however, 
seemed  to  possess  him.  He  glanced  suspiciously  around 
him  for  signs  of  danger ;  and  often  made  us  halt,  in 
order  that  he  might  make  a  detour  back  upon  the  way 
we  had  come,  and  discover  whether  we  were  being  fol- 


200  A  TRAMP  THROUGH  THE  FOREST. 

lowed.  Yung- wan,  since  his  adventure  with  the  rebels, 
had  got  "  ambuscades  on  the  brain."  Nothing  occurred 
to  justify  these  precautions ;  and,  for  ourselves,  we  felt 
certain  that  it  was  impossible  that  any  enemy  could  have 
been  tracking  us  up  without  revealing  ere  this  time  some 
sign  of  his  presence. 

Hitherto  we  had  come  across  very  few  of  the  big  game 
of  the  region.  Plenty  of  foot-tracks  and  other  signs  of 
elephants,  tigers,  and  rhinoceroses  had  been  observed,  but 
we  had  only  caught  momentary  glimpses  of  these  large 
animals  in  the  flesh.  This  was  perhaps  lucky  both  for 
them  and  for  us.  We  had  no  wish  to  expend  our  small 
remaining  stock  of  ammunition  in  shooting  them  for 
mere  sport ;  and  so  long  as  other  sources  of  food  supply 
held  out,  we  were  well  enough  satisfied  that  the  wild 
beasts  should  give  us  a  "wide  berth."  Now  the  guide 
halted  at  a  small  rivulet  with  steep  rocky  banks,  which 
ran  like  a  deep  gash  through  the  forest.  There  was  a 
crossing-place  over  the  stream  which  bore  marks  of 
having  been  often  used  by  the  heavy  forest  animals. 
Yung- wan  listened  intently,  and  made  a  sign  for  us  to 
remain  perfectly  still.  Was  the  mysterious  "  enemy " 
about  to  make  his  long-expected  spring  on  us  ?  We 
hearkened  attentively,  but  for  some  moments  heard  noth- 
ing except  the  rushing  of  the  brook.  At  last  we  thought 
we  heard  a  sound  of  snapping  branches,  and  the  noise 
soon  became  quite  distinct.    Under  Yung-wan's  direction 


A  TRAMP  THROUGH  THE  FOREST.  201 

we  concealed  ourselves  carefully  behind  a  mass  of  rocks 
and  shrubs  near  the  ford,  and  awaited  the  issue.  The 
sound  of  breaking  twigs  and  heavy  footfalls  drew  nearer ; 
and  now  and  then  came  a  grunt  or  a  trumpeting  note 
that  alone  would  have  told  us  that  a  troop  of  elephants 
Was  approaching.  Soon  the  broad  forehead  of  an  enor- 
mous "  tusker "  appeared.  His  trunk  was  carried  high 
in  air,  and  he  proceeded  deliberately  and  carefully  to  re- 
connoitre the  position  before  advancing.  The  elephant 
stretched  out  his  long  proboscis  to  right  and  left,  and 
blew  great  clouds  of  steam  from  it  with  a  dissatisfied  air. 
Evidently  he  scented  danger — perhaps,  like  our  guide, 
he  was  troubled  in  mind  about  ambuscades — but  could 
not  make  out  where  it  lay.  Had  he  known  that  four 
guns  were  bearing  upon  him  at  a  distance  of  not  many 
yards  away,  he  would  have  been  ev6n  more  ill  at  ease.  A 
breeze  was  blowing  down  the  ravine,  and  we  had  taken  care 
to  ensconce  ourselves  to  leeward  of  the  crossing-place,  so 
that  he  could  not  get  the  "  wind"  of  us.  After  flapping 
his  ears  doubtfully,  and  taking  a  nervous  glance  around 
with  his  small  eyes,  he  made  up  his  mind  that  the  fancied 
danger  was  a  delusion.  His  body  emerged  from  out 
the  thicket,  and  as  he  leisurely  picked  his  way  down  the 
broken  bank  and  across  the  stones  formintr  the  bed  of 
the  rivulet,  wo  had  a  capital  view  of  him.  A  splendid 
fellow  he  was,  standing  at  least  ten  and  a  half  feet  high, 
and  bearing  an  enormous  pair  of  tusks.     Close  behind 


202  A  TRAMP  THROUGH  THE  FOREST. 

him  came  two  female  elephants,  and  a  young  half -grown 
male,  and  another  female,  with  her  "  baby,"  brought  up 
the  rear.  It  was  only  a  small  family  party  whose 
passage  we  were  privileged  to  see,  and  we  looked  on 
with  interest,  but  without  seeking  to  disturb  them.  It 
was  curious  to  watch  the  attention  bestowed  on  the  baby 
elephant  by  its  mother,  and  the  anxiety  she  showed  that 
it  should  keep  pace  with  the  elder  members  of  the  party. 
It  exhibited  some  reluctance  to  descend  to  the  brook,  so 
she  gently  pushed  it  from  behind  with  her  trunk,  and 
then  carefully  guided  its  stumbling  steps  up  the  other 
slope. 

When  the  last  of  this  interesting  group  had  disap- 
peared into  the  forest,  and  before  the  cracking  of  branches 
that  marked  their  progress  had  ceased  to  be  heard,  we 
resumed  our  march.  We  began  to  discover  that  small 
streams  running  through  deep  gullies  at  right  angles  to  our 
course  formed  a  feature  of  this  forest  country.  Between 
these  water-courses  the  ground  heaved  up  in  ridges, 
which  became  steeper  and  higher  as  we  advanced.  The 
wood  here  was  not  so  dense  and  high  as  that  which  we 
had  passed  through,  and  presently  we  reached  a  glade 
on  the  summit  of  one  of  the  ridges  which  gave  us  a 
prospect  of  what  lay  ahead.  The  country  around  us  had 
the  appearance  of  a  tossing  sea  of  forests,  that  rose  in 
higher  and  higher  billows  until  it  seemed  to  roll  itself  to 
the  foot  of  a  lofty  precipitous  mountain  wall,  that  ex- 


A  TRAMP  THROUGH  THE  FOREST.  203 

tended,  as  far  as  our  eyes  could  see,  right  across  our  path, 
and  was  now  so  close  at  hand  that,  with  the  sun  beginning 
to  set  behind  it,  its  shadow  already  fell  on  us.  We  could 
see,  where  the  green  ocean  of  verdure  dashed  itself  against 
these  cliifs,  that  masses  and  lines  of  trees  climbed  high 
up  among  the  rocks,  like  the  spray  of  a  broken  wave ; 
but  above,  all  looked  "  dark,  substantial,  black,"  in  the 
fast-descending  twilight. 

We  were  too  tired  to  discuss  the  problem  of  how  this 
formidable  obstacle  was  to  be  surmounted ;  so  we  made 
ourselves  comfortable  where  we  were,  and  in  a  few 
minutes  were  sleeping  the  sleep  of  exhaustion  and  of  a 
good  conscience.  The  morning,  perhaps,  would  bring 
more  light  and  better  counsel. 


CHAPTER   XVII. 

THE  LOST  CITY. 

HE  morning,  however,  did  not  bring  us  all  the 
comfort  that  we  could  have  wished.  The 
first  object  that  caught  our  waking  eyes  was 
the  great  wall  of  mountains  standing  before  us  grim  and 
immovable.  Its  aspect  was  indeed  changed  from  that 
of  the  previous  evening,  for  the  sun  was  now  shining 
brightly  on  its  scarred  and  wrinkled  front.  "Beaked 
promontories  "  ran  out  from  the  main  mass  of  rock,  and 
its  sides  were  ploughed  with  deep  ravines.  Some  of  these 
might  possibly  afford  a  passage  by  which  the  crags  might 
be  scaled,  but  they  did  not  look  promising  at  a  first  view. 
"I  suppose  this  is  the  outer  buttress  of  the  Tanen- 
Toung-gyee  Mountains,"  said  the  doctor,  after  a  quiet 
survey.  "  I  should  like  to  know  how  Yung- wan  pro- 
poses to  get  us  across." 

The  guide  was  engaged  in  his  usual  preliminary  round 
of  inspection,  and  we  could  see  him  on  an  elevation  some 
little  distance  off  carefully  scanning  the  landmarks. 


THE  LOST  CITY.  206 

"  I  wonder  that  the  Shans  and  Burmese  should  take 
the  trouble  to  invent  so  long  and  ugly  a  name,"  remarked 
Tom,  whose  dissatisfied  mood  was  probably  explained  by 
his  having  had  no  breakfast.  "  I  should  not  be  surprised 
at  any  enormity  that  the  Chinese  or  the  Thibetans  would 
commit  in  the  matter  of  names ;  but  our  friends  down 
below  are  easy-going,  sensible  people,  and  really  '  Tanen- 
Toung-gyee'  is  too  absurd  a  title  to  give  to  their  principal 
range  of  mountains." 

"  I  think  we  might  get  over  the  name,  if  we  could 
only  get  over  the  fact,"  answered  the  doctor  quietly. 
"  I  am  afraid  that  is  only  the  first  step  in  the 
ascent  that  we  see  opposite  to  us;  and  if  there  are 
many  like  it,  our  muscles  and  our  patience  will  be  well 
tried  before  we  get  to  the  top.  But  why  this  sudden 
gush  of  tenderness  towards  the  Shans  and  the  Bur- 
mese, Tom  ?  Is  it  because  in  your  present  famished 
state  you  are  fondly  remembering  the  lean  chicken  and 
the  mess  of  rice  which  you  helped  to  consume  at  the 
headman's  hospitable  board  yesterday  morning  ?  An 
active  yoimg  man  of  healthy  appetite  like  you  should 
not  be  above  breakfasting  on  fruit,  when  nothing  better 
is  to  be  had  ;  and  at  this  moment  I  have  my  eye  on  the 
very  choicest  fruit  that  the  tropics  can  produce." 

"  Where  ? "  cried  Tom,  jumping  to  his  feet,  while  the 
other  members  of  the  "  expedition"  also  showed  sudden 
alacrity. 


206  THE  LOST  CITY. 

The  doctor  pointed  to  some  tall  trees,  of  a  different 
tint  of  green  than  those  immediately  surrounding  them, 
on  the  slope  overhanging  the  stream  below  us.  In  a 
few  minutes,  by  scrambling  and  slipping  down  the  steep 
bank,  and  at  the  cost  of  sundry  rents  in  our  already 
ragged  clothes,  we  were  standing  under  the  shade  of  the 
grove  that  had  allured  us  from  afar.  The  prevailing 
tree  had  a  stately,  tapering  stem  rising  to  a  height  of 
over  a  hundred  feet,  and  surmounted  by  a  shapely 
dome  of  leaves.  At  that  great  height  we  could  descry 
dusky  masses  of  fruit  of  most  tempting  appearance 
glimmering  among  the  branches.  There  was  no  need, 
however,  to  climb  so  high  to  reach  them,  even  if  the  feat 
had  been  within  our  power,  for  the  fruit  was  ripe,  and 
the  ground  was  thickly  strewn  with  bronze-coloured 
globes  larger  than  oranges.  Dr.  Roland  picked  up  a 
specimen  and  handed  it  to  Tom ;  but  no  sooner  had  that 
young  hero  removed  the  tough,  leathery  rind,  and  carried 
a  portion  of  the  creamy  pulp  under  his  nose,  preparatory 
to  conveying  it  to  his  stomach,  than  an  expression  half- 
puzzled,  half -disgusted  came  over  his  features.  He  with- 
drew the  tempting-looking  morsel  from  his  lips,  and 
looked  reproachfully  at  our  leader,  as  if  he  suspected 
that  a  practical  joke  was  being  played  on  him. 

"  Eat  it  up,  man,"  said  Dr.  Roland.  "  Never  mind  the 
smell — or  the  stink,  if  so  you  choose  to  consider  it." 

Tom,  impelled  by  a  keen  appetite,  again  boldly  ap- 


THE  LOST  CITY.  207 

proached  the  fruit  to  his  lips ;  and  immediately  on 
tasting  it,  his  expression  changed  to  one  of  ineffable 
enjoyment. 

"  What  is  it,  sir  ? "  asked  I,  who,  with  Hannibal,  now 
became  anxious  to  try  the  experiment  in  which  Tom 
Wilson  was  finding  such  absorbing  satisfaction. 

"  It  is  the  durian,"  our  friend  replied,  "  the  undisputed 
monarch  of  tropical  fruits.  I  had  no  idea  that  it  grew 
in  so  high  a  latitude  as  this,  though  it  is  common  enough 
in  the  Malay  Peninsula,  to  the  south  of  us.  But  try  it 
for  yourselves." 

None  of  us  seemed  to  receive  exactly  the  same  im- 
pression of  the  taste  of  this  regal  fruit,  but  all  agreed 
that  it  was  delicious  and  indescribable.  As  the  rich 
pulp,  of  the  consistency  and  appearance  of  custard,  melted 
away  in  our  mouths,  we  seemed  to  detect  all  the  fruity 
juices  and  flavours  that  had  ever  visited  our  palates 
combined  into  delectable  union.  The  strangest  thing 
about  it,  however,  was  the  peculiar,  half -fragrant,  half- 
putrid  odour  that  assailed  our  nostrils.  If  the  palate 
was  more  than  satisfied,  the  nose  was  more  than  dubious 
about  the  merits  of  this  luscious  banquet. 

"  Well,  lads,  what  do  you  think  of  your  breakfast  ? 
Has  pear  or  pine-apple  or  peach  any  chance  with  this 
quintessence  of  sweets  ? "  asked  the  doctor. 

"  Certainly  not,"  said  Tom  enthusiastically. 

"  Except  in  one  respect,"  I  ventured  to  add. 


208  THE  LOST  CITY. 

"  Ah,  yes !  to  be  sure  there  is  that  queer  smell.  A 
traveller  has  compared  it  to  the  stench  of  a  bad  sewer 
as  felt  through  a  perfumed  pocket-handkerchief." 

"  I  think  there  is  more  of  the  sewer  than  the  perfume 
about  it." 

"  Perhaps  there  is,"  was  the  doctor's  response.  "  Well, 
Bob,  there  is  nothing  quite  perfect  in  this  world.  Even 
the  durian  has  its  weak  point ;  but  after  all  it  is  an 
exquisite  fruit,  and  almost  worth,  as  somebody  has  said, 
the  trouble  of  making  a  voyage  to  the  East  in  order  to 
taste  it.  The  rich  dinner-givers  in  London  would  give 
a  handsome  sum  for  that  fine  ruddy  fellow  you  hold  in 
your  hand ;  but  it  will  not  endure  being  carried  half  so 
far." 

"  What  would  the  bench  of  Aldermen  give  to  be  sitting 
under  this  tree ! "  said  Tom,  waxing  eloquent,  as  he  pro- 
ceeded to  divest  another  durian  of  its  stiff,  burnished 
skin.  "  The  Lord  Mayor  himself,  I  believe,  would  leave 
his  chair  and  his  calipash  and  calipee,  and  exchange  his 
robes  of  scarlet  for  my  ragged  jacket,  if  he  could  only 
get  into  my  shoes  this  instant.  I  appeal  to  this  hon- 
ourable assembly.  I  address  you,  sir,  and  my  learned 
friend  Mr.  Robert  Brown,  and  the  honourable  and  gallant 
namesake  of  the  illustrious  Carthaginian  general ;  and  I 
ask  if  you  can  imagine  a  more  tranquil  spot,  or  a  more 
perfect  picture  of  enjoyment." 

The  orator  was  interrupted  by  a  rough  and  sudden 


THE  LOST  CITY.  209 

push  administered  by  the  doctor's  hand,  that  sent  him 
and  the  durian  rolling  over  and  over  for  two  or  three 
yards.  A  second  after,  a  great  round  mass  from  the 
branches  overhead  fell  with  a  heavy  thud,  and  made  a 
deep  dint  on  the  very  spot  where  the  self-satisfied  youth 
had  been  seated.  Had  he  not  been  thrown  so  uncere- 
moniously off  his  balance,  he  would  certainly  have  been 
stunned,  perhaps  seriously  hurt,  by  the  heavy  fruit  fall- 
ing from  so  great  a  height  on  his  head. 

We  lost  no  time  in  moving  away  from  this  attractive 
but  rather  dangerous  spot.  Yung- wan  was  signalling  to 
us  from  the  ridge  above,  and  as  he  was  eager  to  make  a 
start,  we  were,  half  an  hour  later,  again  trudging  up-hill 
and  down-hill,  through  brake  and  forest,  at  the  heels  of 
our  little  guide. 

Some  change  was  now  made  in  the  direction  we  were 
pursuing.  Instead  of  making  straight  for  the  high 
mountains  we  had  seen  in  front,  Yung- wan  "  edged  off" 
a  little  towards  the  south.  A  long  day's  march  lay  be- 
fore us,  and  we  were  soon  tired  enough  of  toiling  up  the 
narrow  valleys  of  mountain  streams,  varied  only  by  stiff 
climbs  over  hilly  spurs  covered  with  jungly  forest  and 
down  into  the  stony  bed  of  another  torrent.  Each  time  we 
caught  a  peep  through  the  thicket  of  the  range,  it  loomed 
a  little  higher  and  nearer ;  but  considering  how  close  at 
hand  it  looked  on  the  previous  evening,  it  appeared  des- 
perately hard  to  reach.    If  they  had  not  seemed  so  solidly 

(690)  14 


210  THE  LOST  CITY. 

planted  on  their  foundations,  one  might  have  fancied 
that  the  mountains  were  fleeing  as  we  pursued,  and  that 
we  were  only  making  up  on  them  after  a  long  stern-chase. 
We  now  entered  a  wider  valley,  between  hills  that 
could  be  made  out  to  be  spurs  thrown  off  directly  by 
the  main  range.  Something  else  caught  our  attention, 
but  for  some  time  we  hesitated  to  credit  our  own  eyes. 
Could  these  chisellings  on  the  rocks  and  these  hewn 
slabs,  forming  a  kind  of  broken  causeway  underfoot, 
actually  be  signs  of  the  presence  and  handiwork  of  man 
in  the  heart  of  what  we  had  believed  to  be  an  unexplored 
wilderness  ?  But  the  races  that  now  inhabit  this  region 
have  neither  the  inclination  nor  the  skill  to  construct  the 
works  whose  remains  we  saw  scattered  about  us.  Their 
eflforts  at  house  architecture  are  represented  by  flimsy 
huts  of  bamboo,  bound  together  by  ratans,  or  at  most 
wooden  temples  for  their  idols,  covered  with  grotesque 
carvings.  Their  roads  are  mere  trails  through  the 
forest,  for  which,  probably,  they  were  originally  indebted 
to  elephants  and  buffaloes.  But  the  race  who  had  con- 
ceived and  executed  the  vast  labours  with  which  this 
lonely  valley  was  strewn,  must  have  been  of  the  "  sons  of 
Anak  " — people  with  a  purpose,  belonging  to  an  earlier 
age  and  to  a  higher  civilization  than  their  degenerate 
successors  of  to-day.  The  doctor  had  little  doubt,  from 
an  examination  of  the  remains,  that  we  had  stumbled 
on  the  ancient  site  of  a  settlement  of  that  mysterious 


THE  LOST  CITY.  211 

people,  the  Khmers,  whose  ruined  cities  and  temples, 
buried  in  the  depths  of  the  forests  of  Cambodia  and 
Siam,  are  among  the  chief  marvels  of  the  East. 

Excited  by  our  discovery,  we  pushed  rapidly  on,  in 
spite  of  the  guide's  injunctions  to  be  cautious.  The 
causeway  which  we  followed,  though  crumbling  away 
and  broken  in  many  places,  and  with  long  grass 
and  shrubs  growing  in  the  interstices  of  the  stones, 
afforded  a  more  smooth  and  easy  road  than  any  we 
had  trod  for  many  a  long  day.  The  traces  of  ancient 
occupation  and  decayed  grandeur  grew  more  numerous. 
Everything  bore  the  impress  of  extreme  antiquity ;  and 
from  all  we  saw,  no  one  might  have  visited  this  forsaken 
spot  for  a  thousand  years  or  more.  The  roassive  slabs 
of  stone  under  foot  were  worn  with  the  friction  of  water. 
Masses  of  earth  and  crumbling  bricks  had  slipped  down 
the  sides  of  the  valley  and  obstructed  the  path.  Heavy 
blocks  of  stones,  which  had  evidently  formed  the  founda- 
tions on  which  the  brick  superstructure  had  been  built, 
still  for  the  most  part  held  their  positions,  though  in 
some  places  the  site  of  the  ruins  was  nearly  obliterated 
by  dense  masses  of  thorns  and  creeping-plants.  These 
works  had,  from  their  position  and  form,  been  built 
for  defensive  purposes ;  and  when  they  were  entire,  and 
manned  by  the  energetic  race  that  had  constructed  them, 
no  enemy  could  possibly  have  approached  their  strong- 
hold.   There  were  many  places  in  the  valley  and  on  the 


212  THE  LOST  CITY. 

hills  that  confined  it  which  were  suited  for  cultivation, 
and  before  scrub  and  forest  were  allowed  to  overgrow 
the  rich  soil  of  this  district,  it  must  have  supported  a 
teeming  population. 

Clambering  over  a  pile  of  masonry,  we  came  in  full 
view  of  an  amphitheatre  of  cliffs,  enclosing  in  their 
embrace  the  ruins  of  the  "  Lost  City."  The  tall,  sombre 
crags  were  beginning  to  cast  long  shadows,  and  beneath 
them  was  a  chaos  of  huge  mounds  and  walls,  shattered 
and  tottering  towers,  broken  monuments,  and  colossal 
statues  that  had  been  hurled  from  their  pedestals,  and 
above  which  now  waved  mournfully  the  dark  plumes 
of  a  rank  jungle  vegetation.  These  thorns  and  evil 
weeds  were  now  the  only  traces  of  life  in  this  once  busy 
scene,  and  they  only  deepened  the  feeling  of  utter 
desolation  which  it  produced  on  our  minds.  As  we 
advanced  into  the  midst  of  the  ruins,  our  amazement 
and  our  sense  of  oppressive  loneliness  increased.  We 
passed  through  long  and  wide  courtyards,  paved  with 
brick  and  stone,  and  strewn  with  fragments  of  beautifully 
carved  columns  and  capitals,  and  bas-reliefs  of  gods  and 
warriors  and  dancing-girls.  Leading  from  these  were 
flights  of  broad  steps,  now  dismantled  and  broken,  and 
overgrown  with  weeds,  and  spacious  avenues  lined  with 
gigantic  figures  of  man  and  beast.  Here  the  head  of  a 
sculptured  elephant  or  the  grinning  face  of  a  stone  tiger 
or    dragon    peered    out    from    under    the    overhanging 


THE  LOST  CITY.  213 

branches,  and  a  few  paces  further  the  form  of  a  giant 
lay  prone  among  the  rubbish,  with  his  great  club,  broken 
short  off,  lying  beside  him.  What  struck  us  much  was 
the  contrast  which  the  rude  design  and  execution  of 
these  misshaped  monsters  presented  to  the  delicacy  and 
taste  of  the  ornaments  with  which  the  buildings  were 
covered.  Further  on,  confused  piles  of  masonry,  the 
ruins  of  former  palaces  and  temples,  blocked  our  way. 
Underneath,  some  of  the  doorways  and  chambers  were 
almost  complete ;  but  nearly  all  the  towers  had  fallen, 
and  the  great  blocks  of  granite  and  ironstone  were  tilted 
and  poised  in  every  conceivable  position.  The  giant 
creepers  that  grew  between  the  stones,  and  clung  and 
twisted  with  their  long  roots  and  branches  over  the 
buildings  in  every  direction,  like  the  twining  bodies  of 
boa-constrictors,  had  helped  to  complete  the  ruin.  There 
had  been  more,  however,  than  the  hand  of  man  and  of 
time  engaged  in  the  work  of  destruction.  It  looked  as 
if  some  terrible  earthquake  had  shaken  down  the  sacred 
fanes  on  the  heads  of  the  worshippers,  and  buried  the 
proud  lords  of  this  mysterious  city  under  the  ruins  of 
their  palaces. 

We  sought  shelter  in  a  spacious  chamber  in  what 
appeared  to  be  the  principal  temple,  which  had  risen  close 
beneath  the  brow  of  the  rock,  and  resolved  to  delay  till 
the  morrow  making  a  close  examination  of  the  ruins. 
It  was  some  time,  however,  before  our  excitement  and 


214  THE  LOST  CITY. 

the  strangeness  of  our  surroundings  would  allow  us  to 
sleep,  and  we  talked  long  into  the  night,  chiefly  in 
unprofitable  conjectures  as  to  what  manner  of  people 
they  had  been  who  had  raised  these  wonderful  struc- 
tures, and  what  kind  of  life  they  could  have  led  in 
this  secluded  valley,  before  the  mysterious  calamity  had 
occurred  that  drove  them  forth  from  the  shelter  of  their 
Cyclopean  walls.  The  beasts  of  the  night  also  seemed 
to  have  all  awakened  and  to  be  calling  to  each  other 
with  weird  bowlings  and  shrieks,  and  great  bats  flitted 
about  our  room  with  an  eerie  sound.  One  could  have 
imagined  that  the  spirits  of  the  ancient  inhabitants  had 
been  aroused  out  of  their  long  sleep,  and  were  questioning 
one  another  as  to  the  strange  visitors  from  the  world  of 
the  living  who  had  invaded  their  city  of  the  dead. 

We  were  early  afoot  in  the  morning,  however,  and 
made  considerable  progress  in  taking  measurements  of 
the  ruins.  We  found  them  even  more  extensive  and 
elaborate  than  we  had  supposed  on  the  previous  evening. 
The  temple  especially  in  which  we  had  passed  the  night 
had  been  a  stupendous  and  beautiful  structure.  We 
ascended  the  remains  of  an  outer  staircase  of  stone,  and 
thus  getting  on  the  top  of  the  ruined  edifice,  made  our 
way  with  difiiculty  and  danger,  sometimes  along  the 
crumbling  edges  of  walls,  and  through  vast  dilapidated 
halls,  till  we  found  ourselves  close  to  the  rock  which 
formed  part  of  the  precipice  that  girded  in  the  valley. 


THE  LOST  CITY.  216 

The  other  members  of  the  party  were  a  little  in  front 
of  Hannibal,  who  lingered  behind  to  peep  into  some 
dark  corridors  that  attracted  his  notice.  A  shout  of 
alarm  from  the  negro  brought  the  rest  of  us  to  his  side. 
His  eyes  were  rolling  nervously  in  their  sockets,  and  as 
soon  as  he  could  get  breath  he  whispered,  in  terrified 
accents,  that  he  had  seen  the  form  of  a  man  disappear 
down  a  gloomy  passage  which  seemed  to  lead  away  into 
the  interior  of  the  building. 

This  was  disturbing  news,  and  Yung-wan's  yellow 
face,  I  thought,  turned  to  a  wan  ash  colour  with  alarm. 
We  questioned  Hannibal  closely  as  to  what  he  had  really 
seen,  as  he  seemed  to  be  a  little  confused,  and  we  knew 
that,  though  brave  as  a  lion  in  other  respects,  he  was 
not  above  the  influence  of  superstitious  fear. 

"Sawum  plain,  Massa  Doctah,"he  protested  earnestly, 
"  saw  um  clear  as  mud." 

"  Why  didn't  you  catch  hold  of  him  ? " 

"  Hi !  flopped  out  o'  sight,  right  b'hind  dat  dar  wobbling 
t'ing,"  answered  Hannibal,  still  in  a  state  of  great  excite- 
ment, and  pointing  to  a  hideous  stone  griflfin  which 
guarded  the  low  entrance  of  the  passage.  "  Couldn't 
have  ketched  hold  o'  a  ghost  anyhow ! "  he  added  re- 
proachfully. 

"  What  was  he  like  ?     Was  he  in  the  native  dress  ?  " 

"  No  ;  not  like  de  niggah  fellahs  round  yere — 'spect- 
ably  dressed  man  like  myself."     As  honest  Hannibal's 


216  THE  LOST  CITY. 

cotton  jacket  was  now  a  thing  of  shreds  and  patches, 
and  his  knees  and  brawny  calves  revealed  themselves 
freely  through  his  trousers,  his  notions  of  being  "  respect- 
ably dressed"  were  not  extravagant. 

"  Have  you  ever  seen  anybody  like  him  before  ? " 

"  No,  Massa  Doctah,"  returned  the  negro,  slowly  pon- 
dering, as  if  he  were  recalling  one  by  one  the  features  of 
the  mysterious  stranger,  and  trying  to  find  resemblances. 
"  Nebber  seen  anybody  a  bit  like  him." 

"Would  you  know  the  face  if  you  were  to  meet  it 
again  ? " 

"No,"  said  Hannibal  gravely,  scratching  his  wool; 
then  brightening  up  a  little,  "  I  wouldn't  know  de  face  ; 
but  I  would  know  de  hack,  if  I  met  it" 

"  Then  you  saw  only  his  back  ? " 

"  Only  de  back,  sar,"  was  the  reply  received  by  the 
astonished  doctor,  while  we  could  not  help  bursting  into 
a  laugh  at  this  result  of  the  cross-questioning 

Meantime  a  light  had  been  kindled,  and  we  stooped 
and  entered  the  dark  portal,  under  the  outstretched 
wings  and  yawning  jaws  of  the  grifiin.  It  was  not  a 
corridor  after  all ;  only  a  recess  in  the  wall,  which  con- 
tained nothing  except  a  few  large  vampire  bats,  which 
came  flapping  against  our  light  with  a  suddenness  that 
made  our  hearts  jump  to  our  mouths.  At  the  farther 
end,  however,  was  a  wide  crack,  where  the  walls  had 
been   rent   apart,  and  it  was  just  possible  that  a  man 


THE  LOST  CITY.  217 

might  have  squeezed  himself  through  this  opening.  We 
tried  the  aperture  by  turns,  and  it  was  found  that  only 
Yung-wan's  supple  form  could  by  any  possibility  get 
through.  If  any  one  evilly  disposed  towards  us  were 
in  hiding  on  the  other  side,  the  guide  would  have  been 
completely  at  his  mercy  had  he  attempted  alone  to  ex- 
plore the  dark  chamber  with  which  the  "  crack  in  the 
wall "  seemed  to  communicate,  and  we  would  have  been 
luiable  to  render  him  any  aid. 

It  was  thought  best,  therefore,  not  to  prosecute  the 
search  further  ;  and  it  seemed  so  improbable  that  another 
human  being  could  be  in  this  hidden  spot  besides  ourselves, 
and  so  hard  to  believe  that  anybody  could  escape  by  the 
narrow  cranny  in  the  wall,  that  we  almost  succeeded  in 
persuading  one  another,  and  even  Hannibal,  that  he 
must  have  mistaken  the  flutter  of  a  bat's  wings  for  the 
vanishing  form  of  a  man.  The  incident  had,  however, 
made  us  all  uneasy ;  and  we  became  more  eager  to  leave 
the  "  lost  city  "  behind  us  than  we  had  a  little  ago  been 
to  explore  all  its  secret  recesses. 

Rising  above  the  other  ruins  were  the  remains  of  what 
had  once  been  a  lofty  tower  of  singular  proportions. 
A  great  part  of  it  was  still  standing,  shattered  and 
crumbling,  but  strong  even  in  its  decay ;  the  grotesque 
carvings  with  which  the  outer  walls  were  covered  for 
the  most  part  still  retained  their  positions.  It  was  Dr. 
Roland's  opinion  that  this  was  probably  the  greatest  of 


218  THE  LOST  CITY. 

the  "  high  places  "  in  which  the  idolaters  who  built  the 
pile  had  worshipped,  as  it  was  their  custom  to  have  the 
"  holy  of  holies  "  in  their  temples  as  near  as  possible  to  the 
light  of  day  and  the  influence  of  the  stars.  To  this  part 
of  the  ruins  the  guide  led  us,  and  proceeded  to  wind  his 
way  upwards  through  dusty  galleries  and  narrow  stair- 
cases, where  the  only  light  sometimes  was  what  trickled 
in  by  apertures  in  the  walls  and  roof,  and  where  we  occa- 
sionally had  to  crawl  on  hands  and  knees  to  surmount 
the  heaps  of  rubbish.  Rather  unexpectedly,  we  emerged 
into  the  daylight  on  a  platform  on  the  side  of  the  moun- 
tain. Near  us  was  a  low  doorway  in  the  cliff,  aiid  into  this 
Yung- wan  dived  without  hesitation.  Of  course  we  had 
to  follow.  Stooping  low,  in  case  we  should  strike  our 
heads  against  the  projections  on  the  roof,  we  slowly 
groped  our  way  upwards  through  the  rock-hewn  passage 
for  what  appeared  a  terribly  long  space  of  time.  Then 
again  we  greeted  the  light  of  the  sun,  on  a  second  plat- 
form much  higher  up  the  cliff  than  the  first.  Here  we 
found  steps  cut  in  the  rock,  which  ascended  in  zigzags 
towards  the  summit  of  the  mountain.  A  heavy  block  of 
stone  lay  close  to  the  dark  portal  from  which  we  had 
emerged.  Yung- wan  made  a  narrow  examination  of  the 
ground,  and  appeared  reassured  by  what  he  saw  ;  and,  at 
his  request,  we  assisted  in  rolling  the  boulder  against  the 
mouth  of  the  archway. 

Pausing  now  for  a  little,  to  fetch  breath,  we  began  the 


The  Lost  city.  219 

ascent  of  the  mountain.  Though  the  steps  were  deeply 
cut,  and  our  hold  made  secure  by  iron  pins  which  had 
been  driven  into  the  rock  at  the  more  dangerous  places, 
this  part  of  our  task  was  no  easy  one.  As  the  least 
robust  of  the  party,  I  had  several  times  to  rest  a  few 
minutes  to  get  my  "  wind,"  and  to  take  another  look 
down  upon  the  marvellous  and  mysterious  scene  we  were 
leaving. 

"  Come  away,  Massa  Bob,"  said  trusty  Hannibal,  reach- 
ing out  a  hand  to  help  me  along.  "  Jest  think  you're 
gwine  upstairs  to  dinnah." 

"  It  must  be  dinner  in  a  light-house  then,  or  at  the  top 
of  a  factory  stalk,"  put  in  Tom. 

"  Say  we  are  climbing  the  steps  of  the  temple  of  Fame 
at  once,"  cried  Dr.  Roland,  who  was,  with  the  guide, 
some  paces  ahead.  "  Forward,  lads  I  here  is  the  top  of 
the  mountain  in  sight  at  last." 


CHAPTER  XVIII. 

THE     GREAT     SAPPHIRE. 

AN  you  make  out  yet  whereabout  we  are, 
and  whither  we  are  going  ? "  asked  Tom. 
"  No,  Tom,"  replied  Dr.  Roland,  knitting 
his  brows,  on  which  for  several  days  an  expression  of 
anxiety  had  sat,  which  did  not  escape  our  notice.  "  No, 
I  can't  make  it  out — exactly,"  he  repeated,  as  he  put 
away  his  pocket-compass,  which  he  had  been  consulting 
as  he  narrowly  scanned  the  hills  and  valleys  around  and 
below  us. 

Nine  days  had  elapsed  since  we  had  left  the  Mekong — 
six  spent  in  canoeing  on  the  tributary  stream,  and  three 
in  marching  on  foot  through  the  jungle  and  forest ;  but 
judging  by  our  worn  frames  and  tattered  clothes,  it 
might  have  been  supposed  that  we  had  been  as  many 
months  on  the  tramp.  We  were  literally  in  rags ;  and 
this  was  a  serious  matter,  when  the  chill,  broken  weather 
was  setting  in,  and  when  we  had  again  ascended  into 
cold,  high  mountainous  regions.      The  journey  had  been 


THE  GREAT  SAPPHIRE.  221 

toilsome  and  monotonous, — on  the  river,  constantly 
struggling  against  the  current,  or  hauling  our  canoes  by- 
main  force  up  the  rapids,  and  since  our  water  voyage 
ended,  a  no  less  desperate  tussle  through  the  dark,  dense, 
tangled  thickets,  and  by  a  track  that  seemed  to  lead  us 
continually  up-hill. 

"  As  far  as  I  can  make  out,"  proceeded  the  doctor, 
after  a  pause,  "  our  guide  has  left  the  valleys  that  might 
be  expected  to  bring  us  to  the  passes  leading  to  the 
Salwen  river,  and  is  carrying  us  directly  to  the  steepest 
parts  of  the  dividing  range,  with  what  object  I  cannot 
imagine." 

"  Do  you  not  think,  sir,"  I  asked,  "  that  there  has 
been  something  mysterious  about  Yung-wan's  behaviour 
from  the  very  beginning  ?  You  remember  how  reluc- 
tant he  was  to  join  us,  and  how  eager  he  has  been  since 
to  bring  us  into  this  quarter  ? " 

"I  would  answer  for  his  good  faith  with  my  life," 
said  Tom  hastily.  "  And  well  I  might,  for  I  owe  mine 
to  him  and  to  Hannibal." 

"  I  would  too,  sar,"  struck  in  the  negro.  "  Dere  is  no 
harm  in  dat  coloured  man,  Massa  Doctah  and  Massa  Bob. 
He  quite  right  all  frew." 

"I  do  not  doubt  it,"  the  doctor  rejoined;  "neither,  I 
am  sure,  does  Bob.  What  I  have  noticed  is  that  he  has 
some  scheme  in  his  head  that  he  has  not  yet  divulged  to 
us.     He  seems  in  constant  fear  of  beinoj  watched  and 


222  -rfiE  GREAT  SAtPHlRE. 

surprised,  though  the  hill-folks  hereabout  have  been 
quite  friendly.  You  observed  in  what  a  hurry  he  was 
to  dismiss  our  canoemen,  and  the  precautions  he  took, 
by  doubling  and  returning  on  his  path,  to  discover  if 
they  were  following  us.  To-day  he  has  been  more 
excited  and  suspicious  than  ever,  especially  since  we 
heard  the  rumour  in  the  village  where  we  made  our 
mid-day  halt  that  the  rebel  army  in  Yunnan  had  been 
scattered,  and  that  some  of  the  refugees  were  supposed 
to  have  fled  for  shelter  to  these  mountains.  And  now, 
after  his  hard  day's  march,  he  has  climbed  up  to  the 
brow  of  the  hill  above  to  reconnoitre  the  position,  and 
see  if  there  are  no  spies  about." 

"Have  you  not  asked  him,  then,  sir,  what  he  has  in 
his  head?" 

"  I  have,  but  got  no  satisfactory  reply.  He  insists 
that  this  is  the  only  route.  The  fact  is,"  proceeded  the 
doctor,  after  a  few  moments'  thought,  "  I  have  not  been 
anxious  to  turn  away  from  the  line  we  are  now  following. 
I  believe  we  are  on  the  eve  of  the  greatest  discovery 
our  journey  has  yet  yielded.     Look  at  these  heights." 

"We  turned  towards  the  quarter  indicated  by  our 
leader — the  only  direction  in  which  we  could  see  beyond 
the  limits  of  the  little  glade  where  the  guide  had  left  us. 
We  were  now  high  above  the  level  of  the  plains,  and 
had  left  behind  us  the  tropical  jungle,  but  coppices  of 
oak,   birch,   and  bracken,   growing  amid  rocks  stained 


THE  GREAT  SAPPHIRE.  228 

white  with  lichens,  shut  out  the  landscape  on  three  sides 
of  us.  On  the  remaining  side  there  opened  up  a  pros- 
pect of  dark  valleys  and  of  wooded  hills  rising  to  meet 
a  lofty  range  of  mountains,  whose  peaks,  standing  out 
grandly  to  the  south-westward,  reared  themselves  in 
columnar  masses,  grouped  together  like  the  tubes  of  some 
stupendous  organ,  or  showed  like  vast  lines  of  broken 
wall  capped  by  fragments  of  towers  and  overlooked  by 
domes  and  truncated  cones,  tilted  this  way  and  that,  as 
if  the  whole  were  in  the  act  of  tumbling  into  ruin.  So 
strange  and  wild  was  their  appearance,  that  we  had  diffi- 
culty in  persuading  ourselves  that  we  were  not  looking 
upon  a  fantastically-shaped  cloud  that  had  formed  itself 
in  the  evening  sky.  A  cold  wind  blew  from  these  un- 
scalable heights,  which  were  flecked  with  snow,  and  we 
had  already  had  a  warning  of  the  harsh  climate  of  the 
mountains  in  a  shower  of  sleet.  The  doctor  explained 
to  us  that  these  rocks  bore  on  their  slopes  the  traces  of 
what  he  called  "  igneous  action."  They  had  been  thrown 
up,  perhaps  from  the  bottom  of  the  ocean,  when  the 
earth  was  heaving  and  bubbling  with  intense  heat,  and 
it  was  possible  that  the  fires  that  had  formed  them  were 
not  yet  extinct.  We  had  seen  many  signs  of  recent 
volcanic  action,  having  crossed  several  brooks  of  warm 
or  tepid  water  close  by  ice-cold  streams,  and  having  this 
very  evening  found  a  sulphur  spring,  so  hot  that  we 
could  not  bear  to  keep  our  hands  in  it. 


224  THE  GREAT  SAPPHIRE. 

"  I  should  not  wonder,"  said  Dr.  Roland  in  conclusion, 
"  if  we  came  upon  a  real,  live,  smoking  volcano.  It  has 
often  been  conjectured  that  an  active  volcanic  region 
would  be  found  hereabout.  It  will  be  a  feather  in  our 
caps  if  it  has  been  reserved  for  us  to  discover  it." 

He  was  interrupted  by  Yung-wan,  who  appeared 
scrambling  down  the  face  of  the  rocks  with  the  activity 
of  a  cat.  The  results  of  his  survey  had  evidently  pleased 
him ;  for,  along  with  the  suppressed  excitement  in  his 
face,  there  was  an  air  of  triumph  in  the  way  he  signalled 
to  us  to  begin  the  ascent  at  once,  as  soon  as  he  was 
fairly  in  view.  He  had  satisfied  himself  apparently  that 
there  were  no  spies  about ;  for  instead  of  creeping 
cautiously  up  under  cover,  as  on  his  first  ascent,  his  only 
anxiety  was  now  to  get  rapidly  to  the  top.  We  followed 
him,  wondering  what  was  about  to  happen  next,  and 
hardly  able  to  keep  the  guide  in  sight,  so  steep  and 
rugged  was  the  way.  After  half  an  hour's  tough  work 
we  crested  the  ridge,  and  could  see  not  only  what  lay 
beyond,  but  the  whole  country  around  us.  As  the  doctor 
had  already  guessed,  we  were  on  the  summit  of  one  of 
the  highest  of  the  spurs  thrown  off  from  the  dividing 
range  between  the  Mekong  and  Salwen  rivers.  Looking 
behind  us,  we  saw  the  ridge  on  which  we  were  standing 
and  a  number  of  parallel  ridges  stretching  away  east- 
ward, with  steep  valleys  between,  towards  low,  hot  lands 
by  the  river.     In  front  and  on  both  sides  of  us  was  the 


THE  GREAT  SAPPHIRE.  225 

majestic  central  chain,  of  which  we  had  now  a  fuller 
view;  and  almost  at  our  feet  was  a  deep,  desolate  gorge 
that  appeared  effectually  to  bar  our  way.  Beyond  this 
gorge,  and  far  away  among  other  peaks,  at  a  distance 
of  probably  thirty  miles,  was  an  object  that  instantly 
riveted  our  notice — a  cone  with  a  light  blue  vapour 
rising  from  its  summit — a  veritable  volcano  ! 

Yung-wan  looked  on  impatiently,  while  the  doctor 
noted  as  carefully  as  possible  the  position  of  the  smoking 
crater,  and  we  spoke  excitedly  about  our  discovery.  He 
even  muttered  a  word  or  two  to  the  effect  that  the  "fire 
nat "  would  be  angry  at  his  home  being  looked  at,  and 
might  do  us  an  injury.  He  wished  to  call  our  attention 
to  something  much  nearer  at  hand — the  mountain,  in 
fact,  of  which  the  ridge  we  were  standing  upon  formed  a 
part.  It  was  a  huge  mass  of  naked  brown  rock,  rising 
some  three  thousand  feet  above  us,  and  therefore  pro- 
bably nine  thousand  feet  above  sea-level.  Its  base  must 
have  been  many  miles  in  circuit,  and  its  summit  had 
that  appearance  of  a  long  ruined  wall  that  we  observed 
in  other  giants  of  the  range.  It  looked,  in  fact,  as  if 
the  top  had  been  blown  off  by  some  terrific  explosion, 
which  had  strewn  the  fragments  of  the  mountain  over 
all  the  neighbouring  slopes. 

"  And  I  have  no  doubt  that  is  exactly  what  has  hap- 
pened," said  the  doctor,  to  whom  I  ventured  to  impart 
this  notion.     "  Some  time  or  other  there  must  have  been 

(690)  15 


226  THE  GREAT  SAPPHIRE. 

a  fearful  outburst  of  smoke  and  flame  up  there,  and  the 
air  would  be  filled  with  fiery  ashes  and  sulphurous 
fumes." 

"  It  must  have  been  warm  times  up  here  then,"  said 
Tom.  "It  would  have  been  worth  while  seeing  the 
flames  belching  up  hundreds  of  feet  into  the  air,  and 
red-hot  rocks  raining  down  into  the  gorge  there." 

"  Hardly  worth  the  risk,  Tom,"  said  the  doctor.  "  We 
will  find  it  quite  quiet  now,  I  fancy — only  an  extinct 
crater,  with  perhaps  some  water  at  the  bottom.  I  can- 
not imagine  what  in  the  world  Yung- wan  wishes  with  us 
up  there,  but  I  am  glad  we  are  to  have  the  chance  of 
seeing  down  the  vent. — Time  to  turn  in,  boys,"  he  added, 
looking  at  the  clouds  and  at  his  watch. 

Of  course  it  would  have  been  out  of  the  question  to 
have  begun  the  ascent  that  evening,  so  we  kindled  a  fire 
and  made  ourselves  as  snug  as  we  could  for  the  night 
under  the  shelter  of  some  gnarled  and  stunted  trees. 
To  tell  the  truth,  our  quarters  were  not  very  comfortable. 
Rain  and  sleet  began  by-and-by  to  fall,  and  the  wind 
rose,  and  moaned  and  howled  and  sobbed  among  the  crags 
and  hollows  of  the  mountain.  We  were  barely  able  to 
keep  the  fire  of  green  wood  alive  in  the  wind  and  wet, 
and  it  gave  out  much  more  smoke  than  heat.  The  cold, 
raw  air  pierced  to  our  bones ;  and  as  we  sat  shivering  on 
the  sodden  ground  and  huddling  together  for  warmth, 
we  cordially  agreed  that  we  would  gladly  exchange  our 


THE  GREAT  SAPPHIRE.  227 

present  chilly  camping-place  for  one  in  the  swamps  be- 
low, even  with  the  mosquitoes  for  company.  Our  only 
consolation  was,  that  away  on  one  spot  of  the  murky 
horizon  we  saw  a  yellowish  glare,  which  must  come  from 
the  volcano — "our  volcano,"  as  we  already  began  to 
call  it. 

Daylight  at  length  broke,  and  we  rose  and  stretched 
our  cramped  limbs,  to  which  our  thin  damp  clothes  still 
clung.  Breakfast  did  not  occupy  us  long,  for  Hannibal 
had  nothing  better  to  offer  than  the  cold  remnants  of  a 
bustard,  knocked  over  on  our  yesterday's  march  and  partly 
devoured  at  last  night's  supper.  The  mountain  did  not 
look  any  more  inviting  in  the  gray  morning  light ;  and 
I  never  felt  less  inclined  or  able  to  devote  myself  to  the 
cause  of  science  than  on  this  occasion.  Hannibal  glanced 
nervously  at  the  smoking  cone  in  the  distance,  above  which 
a  dark  cloudy  shape  now  hovered,  like  one  of  the  "  gins  " 
of  the  Arabian  Niofhts.  Thouofh  as  bold  as  a  lion  when 
man  or  beast  was  in  question,  he  was  not  above  super- 
stitious fears.  The  events  of  the  night  had  shaken  him, 
and  Yung- wan  had  tried  to  beguile  the  time  by  telling  in 
his  broken  English  some  horrifying  tales  of  the  baleful 
power  of  the  nats  of  the  mountains,  and  of  the  "beloos" 
or  demons  of  the  wood — monsters  with  iron  teeth  and 
nails,  and  eyes  like  live  coals. 

"  Dere's  nuffing  to  fear,  Massa  Tom,"  he  said  to  Wilson, 
whom  he  had  taken  under  his  special  protection  since 


228  THE  GEEAT  SAPPHIKE. 

the  adventure  at  the  falls.  Tom's  teeth  were  chattering 
with  cold,  and  Hannibal,  whose  own  voice  was  quaking, 
thought  it  his  duty  to  inspire  his  youthful  companion 
with  courage.  "  If  one  of  dem  ghosts  come  for  us,  he'll 
have  to  go  away  pretty  quick.  Massa  Doctah  is  not  de 
man  to  put  up  with  nonsense  from  dese  sort  of  folks,  I 
tell  you." 

"  Oh  bother  !"  said  Tom  peevishly.  "  Do  you  think  I 
am  shaking  for  fear,  like  yourself,  Han  ?  I  declare  if 
these  stories  of  Yung-wan's  have  not  made  your  wool 
stick  on  end.  Why,  man,  it  must  have  been  some  tiger 
glaring  at  him  from  a  thicket  that  he  took  for  that  pre- 
posterous *  beloo '  of  his,  and  his  nats  were  nothing  more 
or  less  than  vapour,  like  that  above  the  burning  moun- 
tain there.  There's  nothing  to  fear.  Master  Hannibal," 
he  concluded,  giving  the  worthy  black  a  resounding  slap 
on  the  back. 

Nevertheless  the  party  were  not  in  high  spirits  when 
they  began  to  climb  the  mountain,  the  exception  being 
the  guide,  who  seemed  to  grow  secretly  more  elated  with 
every  yard  of  progress  we  made.  The  reader  has  heard 
enough  by  this  time  of  hill-climbing,  and  need  not  be 
troubled  with  an  account  of  this  weary  part  of  our  day's 
work.  The  sun  blazed  out ;  and  to  make  up  for  being 
half-frozen  over-night,  we  were  now  half -roasted.  The 
slopes  were  steep  and  rugged,  and  it  was  not  easy  to  find 
a  way  over  the  black  and  brown  rocks,  the  heaps  of 


THE  GREAT  SAPPHIRE.  22» 

scoriae  and  ashes,  and  the  streams  of  cooled  lava,  marking 
the  track  of  some  former  overflow  of  superheated 
materials  from  the  burning  pit  in  the  bowels  of  the 
mountain.  Rough  grass,  ferns,  and  some  other  plants 
grew  in  tufts,  but  hardly  in  sufficient  quantity  to  help 
us  much  in  our  ascent ;  and  a  fine  volcanic  dust  found 
its  way  into  our  eyes,  nostrils,  and  mouths,  and  almost 
suffocated  us.  The  sun  had  passed  the  meridian  when  we 
halted  on  the  top,  in  what  seemed  a  sterile,  blasted  plain 
strewn  with  ashes,  cinders,  and  masses  of  black,  fused 
rock,  like  refuse  from  some  vast  furnace.  In  the  centre 
was  a  wide  and  deep  depression,  and  approaching  the 
edge  cautiously  we  peeped  over  into  the  abyss.  It  was 
a  great  pit,  of  oblong  shape,  perhaps  a  mile  in  length 
by  a  quarter  of  a  mile  in  width,  and  surrounded  by 
nearly  precipitous  rocks,  except  on,  the  side  opposite  to 
us,  where  there  was  a  gap  in  the  walls  of  the  crater. 
Once  this  void  had  belched  up  smoke  and  flame  and  red- 
hot  ashes,  and  the  mountain  had  trembled  with  the 
shocks  and  echoed  with  the  din  of  the  terrible  struoffirle 
within  it ;  but  the  silence  of  death  and  utter  desolation 
was  now  on  the  scene,  and  the  gray  gleam  of  water 
five  hundred  feet  below  us  showed  that  a  lake  occupied 
the  bottom  of  the  vent. 

We  worked  our  way  with  much  difficulty  round  to 
the  gap  I  have  spoken  of,  and  after  a  perilous  descent 
we  stood  on  the  margin  of  the  lonely  tarn.     A  stream 


230  THE  GREAT  SAPPHIRE. 

of  water  of  a  yellowish-red  colour  escaped  from  it,  and 
flowed  through  the  cleft  and  down  a  gloomy  ravine 
beyond.  We  were  now  on  the  western  side  of  the 
mountain,  and  the  guide  confirmed  by  a  nod  the  doctor's 
opinion  that  this  water  must  help  to  swell  the  flood  of 
the  Salwen.  So  dark  and  sinister  was  the  scene,  the 
-black  and  blasted  crags  hemmed  us  in  so  closely  and 
frowned  on  us  so  threateningly,  that  I  could  not  help  a 
feeling  of  mysterious  awe  and  almost  terror  stealing 
over  me,  or  wonder  at  the  superstitious  natives  believing 
that  this  was  a  place  where  the  evil  spirits  had  peculiar 
power.  We  seemed  utterly  cut  off  from  every  other 
living  thing,  in  a  spot  which  had  more  of  the  features 
of  the  nether  world  than  of  the  fair  and  sunshiny  earth. 
The  dark  lake  before  us  looked  as  if  it  were  never  visited 
even  by  the  winds  of  heaven,  though  there  was  a  kind 
of  troubled  movement  on  its  surface — probably  indicating 
the  position  of  the  springs — that  made  my  flesh  creep. 
About  three  hundred  yards  from  us,  and  close  under  one 
of  the  cliffs,  was  a  little  island — a  pinnacle  of  bare 
rock  rising  a  few  feet  above  the  surface.  The  water 
must  have  been  of  profound  depth,  for  on  flinging  in  a 
stone  quite  close  to  the  margin,  we  noticed  the  bubbles 
rising  at  the  spot  for  nearly  a  minute. 

As  we  were  thus  engaged  we  heard  a  splash  close 
by  us,  and  found  to  our  surprise  that  Yung-wan  had 
divested  himself  of   his  clothes,  had  plunged  into   the 


THE  GREAT  SAPPHIRE.  281 

lake,  and  was  already  swimming  towards  the  island. 
Breathless  with  wonder  and  suspense,  we  watched  him 
as  he  made  his  way  to  the  rock.  He  did  not  remain 
there  long,  turning  almost  at  once  to  regain  the  shore. 
It  was  not  till  he  was  within  a  few  yards  of  us  that 
we  observed  that  he  was  in  a  state  of  extreme  distress. 
With  much  trouble  we  succeeded  in  hauling  him  on 
shore,  where  he  immediately  sank  down  exhausted. 
He  held  out  his  right  hand,  which  had  been  tightly 
clenched,  towards  the  doctor,  and  opening  it,  disclosed  a 
bluish-coloured  pebble,  in  the  form  of  a  rough  crystal. 
More  puzzled  than  ever,  Dr.  Eoland  took  it  from  him 
and  examined  it,  while  we  no  less  narrowly  scanned  our 
chief's  face.  We  saw  breaking  into  it  some  of  the 
excitement  which  we  had  noticed  for  some  days  past  in 
our  guide.  He  uttered  an  exclamation,  and  Yung- wan, 
forgetting  his  prostration,  started  to  his  feet. 

"  Why,"  cried  the  doctor  at  length,  "  this  is  a  sapphire, 
and,  I  should  think,  one  of  the  very  finest  and  largest 
in  existence !  It  must  weigh  five  hundred  carats  at 
least.     The  man  who  possesses  this  is  a  prince." 

He  handed  us  the  gem  to  look  at.  It  was  larger 
than  a  pigeon's  egg — a  crystal  of  six  sides,  terminating 
at  each  end  in  a  six-sided  pyramid.  A  pale  blue  shone 
through  the  roughened  outer  surface  ;  but  there  was  a 
chip  on  one  of  the  sides,  disclosing  a  lovely  cerulean 
tint,  matching  one  of  the  softest  and  deepest  shades  of 


232  THE  GREAT  SAPPHIRE. 

the  evening  sky,  and  with  a  brilliancy  of  its  own.  It 
was  a  gem  of  the  "first  water,"  only  inferior  to  the 
diamond  itself  in  value ;  and  one  could  not  look  at  it 
without  the  heart  beating  with  pleasure  in  its  extreme 
radiancy  and  beauty. 

Dr.  Roland  handed  the  brilliant  back  to  its  owner ; 
-but  Yung- wan  refused  it,  signifying  that  he  meant  it 
as  his  offering  of  gratitude  to  his  benefactor — the  fee 
for  having  had  his  life  preserved.  This,  of  course,  the 
doctor  would  not  hear  of ;  and  the  guide  was  compelled 
reluctantly  to  take  the  gem  back  again  into  his  keeping. 
He  was  now,  if  possible,  more  anxious  to  leave  the  lake 
than  he  had  been  to  reach  it ;  and  sharing  in  his  eager- 
ness to  escape  from  this  forbidding  place,  we  hastened 
down  the  bank  of  the  stream,  and  entered  the  defile, 
amid  the  gathering  shadows. 


CHAPTEE    XIX. 

LOST. 

OR  some  time  we  hastened  on,  hardly  drawing 
breath  to  exchange  a  word  with  each  other, 
as  we  slid  or  climbed  over  the  blocks  of 
lava  and  basalt  with  which  the  bed  of  the  stream  was 
paved.  You  would  have  said,  had  you  seen  us,  that  we 
were  fleeing  in  panic,  with  all  the  host  of  evil  genii  of 
the  mountains  at  our  heels.  And,  in  truth,  we  did  feel 
like  those  heroes  of  the  old  romances,  when  they  had 
borne  away  some  potent  ring  or  charm  from  an  enchanted 
castle,  and  knew  that  the  incensed  magician  was  busy 
summoning  his  familiar  spirits  and  working  his  wicked 
spells  in  order  to  bring  down  trouble  and  disaster  upon 
them.  It  seemed  as  if  a  secret  danger  were  brewing  for 
us  up  by  that  "uncanny "-looking  lake,  and  that  our  safety 
lay  in  getting  quickly  away  from  its  lonely  and  desolate 
shores.  There  were  more  substantial  reasons  for  pushing 
on,  however.  We  had  no  desire  to  pass  another  night 
high  up  the  mountain ;  and  hunger  was  making  impor- 


234  LOST. 

tunate  calls  upon  us,  which  we  had  no  hope  of  satisfying 
in  that  cold,  deserted  region  behind  us. 

We  had  at  last  to  come  to  a  halt ;  for  not  only  were 
we  exhausted  by  fasting  and  severe  exertion,  but  the 
darkness  was  gathering  in  so  deeply  that  we  could  no 
longer  pick  our  way.  We  were  fortunate  enough  to  find 
-some  nuts  and  berries  on  the  shrubs  that  again  began  to 
line  our  path, — and  still  better,  a  cool,  fresh  spring  of 
water ;  for  we  did  not  dare  to  drink  the  sulphury- 
looking  fluid  by  our  side  that  ran  down  from  the  lake. 
The  pool  also  yielded  a  few  "  fresh- water  oysters ;"  so 
that  our  meal,  though  not  enough  to  appease  our 
ravenous  appetite,  was  perhaps  better  than  we  had  any 
right  to  count  upon. 

We  had  now  time  to  hear  the  guide's  story  of  the 
finding  of  the  great  sapphire,  and  Yung-wan,  after 
carefully  reconnoitring  the  ground  to  see  that  there 
were  no  listeners  near,  had  no  hesitation  in  satisfying 
our  curiosity,  as  far  as  his  limited  power  of  expression 
in  English  and  Chinese  went.  He  told  us  that  he 
belonged  to  this  part  of  the  country,  or  rather  to  the 
district  on  the  eastern  side  of  the  mountain  we  had  just 
crossed.  He  had  been  engaged  at  the  famous  ruby  and 
sapphire  mines  of  the  King  of  Burmah,  which  lay  some 
distance  to  the  westward  of  where  we  now  were ;  but 
finding  that  any  treasure  he  found  was  immediately 
seized   upon   by  the   myrmidons  of   His   Golden-footed 


LOST.  235 

Majesty,  the  "  Proprietor  of  the  Mines  of  Rubies,  Gold, 
and  Silver,"  as  he  proudly  styles  himself,  he  left  these 
profitless  diggings  in  disgust,  and  made  his  way  towards 
his  home.  Passing  through  the  jungles  near  the  mouth 
of  the  stream  we  were  now  following — which  he  told 
us  fell  into  the  Salwen  little  more  than  a  day's  journey 
ahead — he  fell  upon  a  spot  which  his  experience  of 
gem-workings  told  him  was  a  likely  place  to  find 
precious  stones.  He  set  to  work  to  sift  the  gravel  and 
sand  with  such  tools  as  he  could  lay  hands  on,  and  ere 
long  he  came  upon  several  small  rubies  and  topazes. 
Thus  encouraged,  he  went  on  secretly  digging  for  several 
days,  until  he  was  rewarded  by  turning  up  the  magnifi- 
cent gem  which  we  had  seen. 

His  first  feeling  was  one  of  stupefaction,  then  extreme 
elation,  but  lastly  fear.  How  should  he  dispose  of 
this  treasure,  which  might  make  him  the  greatest  and 
wealthiest  man  of  his  tribe,  but  was  more  likely  to 
bring  him  trouble,  or  perhaps  death  ?  He  dared  not 
return  to  Burmah.  The  English  he  did  not  at  that 
time  know ;  and,  besides,  the  country  of  the  Red 
Karens,  the  sworn  and  deadly  enemies  of  his  race,  lay 
between  them  and  him.  On  the  other  hand,  Chinese 
traders  were  in  the  habit  of  passing  through  his  native 
country,  and  he  knew  them  to  be  great  dealers  in  jewels 
and  stones  of  price.  He  resolved  to  make  his  way  into 
China,  and  there  find  a  merchant  for  the  great  sapphire. 


236  LOST. 

But  here  also  there  were  dangers  to  be  encountered.  The 
frontiers  were  in  the  hands  of  lawless  bands  of  robbers, 
and  there  were  rumours  of  insurrection  having  again 
broken  out.  A  single  unarmed  man  like  himself  would 
be  certain  to  be  plundered,  and  probably  murdered.  He 
must  hide  his  gem,  and  bring  a  merchant  to  it  who 
should  have  strength  enough  at  his  back  to  carry  it  off 
in  safety.  Then  he  bethought  him  of  the  lake  in  the 
crater.  There  could  be  no  safer  hiding-place ;  for  apart 
from  its  secluded  position,  none  of  the  natives  of  the  dis- 
trict would  venture  near  the  spot,  out  of  terror  for  the 
supernatural  beings  that  were  supposed  to  lurk  there.  In 
fear  and  trembling  he  ascended  to  the  haunted  tarn,  and 
hid  the  sapphire  in  a  cleft  of  the  rocky  islet  in  the 
centre.  Then  he  made  his  way  to  China,  which  he  reached 
almost  naked,  having  been  stripped  by  brigands  of  the 
lesser  gems  he  had  brought  away  with  him,  and  barely 
escaping  with  his  life.  At  the  city  of  Yunnan-fu  he 
had  found  a  merchant  whom  he  had  convinced  of  the 
truth  of  his  story.  The  scheme  finally  concocted  was 
that  a  trading-party  should  be  organized,  and  should 
start,  as  if  proceeding  by  the  usual  direct  trade  route 
to  Mandalay,  with  Yung-wan  as  guide.  When  they 
had  reached  the  neighbourhood  of  these  mountains,  the 
Shan  would  lead  them  to  the  place  where  the  sapphire 
was  concealed ;  and  it  was  hoped  that  through  his  in- 
fluence, and  by  the  aid  of  bribes,  his  tribe  would  be 


LOST.  237 

engaged  to  form  a  strong  convoy  in  carrying  the  gem 
to  China.  In  the  party,  as  it  turned  out,  was  one  of 
the  conspirators  who  were  secretly  engaged  in  stirring 
up  the  Mohammedans  to  revolt,  and  this  man,  Yung- wan 
suspected,  had  got  an  inkling  of  the  true  object  of  the 
journey,  and  had  betrayed  them  into  the  hands  of  his 
ferocious  leader,  Khodja  Akbar  Khan.  Had  he  not  es- 
caped, their  intention,  he  believed,  had  been  to  spare  his 
life,  and  to  induce  him  by  torture,  threats,  and  promises 
to  reveal  the  hiding-place  of  the  sapphire.  In  Yung-wan's 
opinion,  the  spies  had  never  once  taken  their  eyes  off 
him;  and  one  of  the  first  faces  he  noticed  among  the 
party  who  surprised  us  at  the  ferry  on  the  Mekong, 
was  that  of  his  traitorous  companion.  Since  our  ap- 
proach to  the  hiding-place  of  his  treasure,  and  especially 
after  hearing  the  report  that  stragglers  from  the  broken 
rebel  bands  had  been  seen  in  the  neighbourhood,  his 
suspicions  of  spies  dogging  his  steps  had  redoubled. 
Again  on  his  knees,  and  almost  with  tears,  he  besought 
the  doctor  to  take  the  sapphire.  He  had  not,  he  vowed, 
once  slept  soundly  or  had  a  moment's  ease  of  body  or  of 
mind  since  the  hour  when  its  fatal  beauty  first  gleamed 
upon  him  like  a  star  in  the  dark  bosom  of  mother 
earth. 

Dr.  Roland  gently  explained  to  him  that  it  was  out 
of  the  question  to  accept  such  a  gift  at  his  hands. 
"  Besides,"  he  added,  with  a  smile,  "  if  it  has  been  such 


238  LOST. 

a  burden  on  you,  my  friend,  it  is  hardly  an  act  of  kind- 
ness to  wish  to  roll  it  over  upon  me.  But  I  will  tell 
you  what  we  will  do.  If  you  choose  to  guide  us 
thither,  we  will  go  with  you  to  the  spot  where  you 
unearthed  the  sapphire.  Who  knows,"  he  added,  turn- 
ing to  us,  "  but  we  may  each  come  away  laden  with 
gems,  as  if  we  had  come  out  of  Aladdin's  cavern." 

To  this  the  guide  joyfully  assented,  telling  us  that 
the  place  was  only  a  few  hours'  march  from  our  direct 
route  to  the  British  border.  Then  we  resigned  our- 
selves to  sleep,  after  arranging  to  keep  a  strict  watch 
in  turns  during  the  night.  Nothing  happened  to  disturb 
us,  except  that  towards  morning  Hannibal  roused  us, 
and  declared  with  great  earnestness  that  he  had  seen  a 
dusky  shape  watching  us,  and  that  it  immediately  dis- 
appeared from  sight. 

"  Saw  um  flop  right  down  b'hind  dat  dar  bush,  sar," 
he  insisted,  wiping  the  cold  sweat  from  his  brow,  with 
his  eyes  rolling  in  his  head ;  but  he  could  give  no  other 
account  of  the  apparition,  except  that  it  was  as  "  big  as 
a  bull "  and  had  eyes  "  like  live  coals." 

Tom  thought  we  ought  to  "  blaze  away  a  bit "  at  the 
shrub  before  approaching  it,  and  I  was  inwardly  of  the 
same  opinion,  but  the  doctor  pointed,  as  one  excellent 
reason  against  "blazing  away,"  that  we  had  just  one 
rifle  cartridge  left.  He  stepped  quietly  up  to  the  bush, 
followed  by  the  rest  of  us,  when  we  found  that  though 


LOST.  239 

it  loomed  so  big  in  the  foggy  light,  it  could  not  have 
given  cover  to  a  catamount.  We  had  a  hearty  laugh 
at  Hannibal,  which  was  none  the  less  loud  because 
he  infected  some  of  us  with  his  half -superstitious  fears, 
and  scathing  were  the  sarcasms  as  to  how  his  "  bull "  had 
found  shelter  behind  a  few  twigs  of  willow. 

When  day  had  fully  broken,  however,  and  our  marclji 
was  resumed,  we  found  that  we  had  not  wholly  shaken 
off  the  feeling  of  disquiet  that  had  crept  upon  us  from 
the  moment  that  the  sapphire  had  come  into  our  charge. 
The  scenery  of  the  ravine  through  which  we  were 
wending  was  weird  and  oppressive  in  the  extreme. 
The  black,  gaunt  walls  looked  as  if  they  had  been 
scathed  with  fire,  and  plant  and  animal  life  seemed  to 
be  timorously  venturing  back  into  the  valley  after  some 
terrible  catastrophe  that  had  laid  it  waste.  We  met 
with  hot,  bubbling  sulphur  springs ;  little  water-courses 
that  trickled  down  the  rocks — the  waters  tinged  with 
white,  green,  purple  stains,  and  exhaling  powerful  gases ; 
and  basins  from  which  puffs  of  steam  and  jets  of  water 
rose  at  regular  intervals. 

Yung-wan  now  told  us,  in  an  awe-stricken  whisper, 
something  that  added  not  a  little  to  our  sense  of  alarm. 
On  his  last  visit  here,  these  snorting  demons,  as  he 
firmly  believed  them  to  be,  had  not  been  nearly  so 
active  and  violent.  The  stream  that  escaped  from 
the  crater   and  ran  down  the  gorge  was  then  a  mere 


240  LOST. 

dribblet ;  now  it  ran  in  a  powerful  current,  that  rose 
above  mid-leg  when  we  forded  it,  and  we  even  fancied 
that  it  was  stronger  both  in  smell  and  in  force  since 
yesternight.  But  the  most  remarkable  thing  was  what 
he  told  us  about  the  crater-lake.  When  he  had  dipped 
into  it  on  the  occasion  when  he  had  concealed  the 
sapphire,  the  water  had  a  pleasant,  hardly  sensible 
warmth.  On  swimming  to  the  island  on  this  last  visit, 
he  had  crossed  spots  where  water  was  welling  up  so 
hot  that  he  could  scarcely  bear  it,  and  it  was  this  that 
had  relaxed  his  powers  and  weakened  his  strength  so 
much  that  he  was  barely  able  to  struggle  back  to  the 
margin.  Even  at  the  edge  we  had  found  the  tempera- 
ture to  be  somewhat  more  than  tepid.  We  remembered 
with  dismay  the  signs  of  greater  activity  we  had 
noticed  in  the  burning  cone  to  the  southward;  and 
from  some  words  that  the  doctor  let  fall,  we  gathered 
that  an  explosion  of  the  volcano  might  occur  at  any 
moment,  though,  on  the  other  hand,  it  might  linger  on, 
"  getting  up  steam,"  for  a  month. 

Was  it  the  glamour  of  the  great  sapphire  that  made 
us  start  and  listen  at  every  little  sound  we  heard  in 
the  jungle — the  snapping  of  a  twig,  the  rustling  of  a 
branch,  or  the  fall  of  a  handful  of  earth  from  the  rocks  ? 
We  were  more  nervous  and  fearful  in  this  forsaken  dell 
than  we  had  been  when  surrounded  by  savages  or 
by  bandits,  or  when  plunging   down  the  rapids  of  the 


LOST.  241 

Mekong.  We  "felt"  danger  rather  than  saw  it,  like 
men  who,  in  the  darkness,  know  that  some  malign  thing 
is  watching  them,  without  being  able  to  tell  what  or 
where  it  is.  And  yet,  apart  from  the  faint  noises  I 
have  mentioned,  and  which  may  probably  have  been 
caused  by  some  deer,  or  monkey,  or  bird,  absolutely 
nothing  disturbed  the  profound  and  deathly  solitude. 

The  gorge  widened  a  little  as  we  advanced,  leaving 
room  for  stunted  trees  on  both  banks,  but  the  pre- 
cipitous walls  continued  as  high  as  before.  Our  mid- 
day rest  was  taken  at  a  spot  where  the  jungle  began 
to  be  more  tall  and  dense.  We  were  talking  over  our 
plans  in  a  less  elated  tone  than  might  have  been  ex- 
pected from  people  who  had  just  "  come  into  a  fortune  " 
— which,  perhaps,  might  be  explained  by  the  fact  that 
we  had  had  nothinor  to  eat  since  the  momiujor — when 
the  call  of  a  bush-turkey  was  heard  in  the  thicket  not 
far  off,  and  it  fell  musically  on  the  ear  of  hungry  men. 
Yung-wan,  who  was  skilful  in  stalking  this  sort  of 
game,  stole  into  the  jungle,  armed  only  with  a  stick, 
and  of  course  having  his  long  knife  stuck  into  his  belt  in 
case  of  coming  suddenly  upon  a  tiger  or  a  panther,  while 
we  kept  perfectly  still  in  our  places.  After  a  pause  the 
call  was  repeated  a  little  further  off;  and  then  another 
interval  of  silence  was  startlingly  broken  by  a  loud 
shriek  for  help.  We  sprang  to  our  feet.  We  heard 
sounds  of  scuffling,  trampling,  and  breaking  of  branches, 

(690)  16 


242  LOST. 

as  if  a  terrible  struggle  were  going  on,  and  we  dashed 
through  the  thick  undergrowth  of  thorns,  the  creepers, 
and  the  air  roots,  in  the  direction  of  the  noise.  All 
was  quiet  again  when  we  reached  the  spot,  except  that 
we  could  hear  the  sound  of  retreating  footsteps  already- 
some  distance  off.  But  our  thoughts  were  soon  wholly 
absorbed  in  an  object  on  the  ground.  It  was  the 
body  of  the  guide,  motionless  and  covered  with  blood. 
The  doctor  bent  over  him,  examined  the  wounds  on 
his  back  and  chest,  and  felt  his  pulse.  Then  he 
looked  at  us  with  an  expression  of  face  we  under- 
stood too  well.  Yung- wan  was  dead !  He  had  evi- 
dently been  surprised  from  behind,  and  a  mortal  wound 
had  been  inflicted  on  him  before  he  could  defend  him- 
self; but  he  had  had  time  before  being  overpowered 
to  draw  his  knife,  which  he  still  held  firmly  clenched 
in  his  hand.  He  had  not  fallen  alone,  for  a  few 
paces  off  we  found  another  bloody  and  lifeless  form 
extended  on  the  damp  earth  and  leaves.  It  was  that 
of  a  swarthy  man,  of  the  Chinese  type  of  features,  but 
wearing  the  white  turban  and  other  tokens  of  having 
belonged  to  the  army  of  rebel  Panthays.  The  doctor 
and  Hannibal  thought  they  had  noticed  his  face  in  the 
group  that  surrounded  the  insurgent  leader  on  the 
occasion  of  our  capture ;  but  Tom  and  I  had  to  admit 
that  the  countenances  of  these  people  were  so  much  alike 
that  we  could  scarcely  distinguish   one   from   another. 


LOST.  243 

We  had  no  doubt,  however,  that  this  was  the  man  about 
whom  poor  Yung- wan  had  told  us,  who  had  joined  him 
in  his  first  expedition  and  afterwards  turned  traitor  ;  and 
we  had  not  much  difficulty  in  guessing  who  was  the 
accomplice  who  had  escaped. 

On  searching,  we  found  that  Yung-wan's  girdle,  in 
which,  as  we  knew,  the  sapphire  had  been  concealed, 
had  been  rudely  torn  open.  The  gem  was  gone  !  The 
knowledge  also  of  the  mine  of  precious  stones,  from 
which  we  had  promised  ourselves  such  untold  wealth, 
had  perished  with  its  discoverer;  for  who  could  now 
guide  us  to  the  secret  spot  where  he  had  found  this 
fatal  treasure  ?  Little,  however,  did  such  reflections 
trouble  us  at  first.  We  thought  of  the  faithful,  devoted 
fellow  who  had  been  our  companion  through  so  many 
dangers  and  hardships — of  his  unfailing  courage  and 
patience,  his  touching  gratitude,  and  of  the  deep  debt  of 
thanks  that  we  owed  him  in  return.  It  was  with  sad 
and  full  hearts  that  we  bore  him  to  a  cavity  in  the  rocks, 
in  lieu  of  a  better  sepulture.  Beside  him  we  laid  the 
corpse  of  his  assassin,  and  we  rolled  a  large  stone  over 
the  hole  as  a  defence  against  the  vultures. 


m 


CHAPTER    XX. 

FOUND. 

HEN  the  mournful  duty  was  over,  other  ideas 
took  possession  of  our  minds.  Anger  suc- 
ceeded to  sorrow.  We  were  filled  with 
hot  and  fierce  indignation  against  the  cowardly  villain 
who  had  so  treacherously  murdered  our  cheerful  and 
kindly  little  guide,  and  we  determined  to  track  him  down. 
It  was  scarcely  possible  that  he  could  have  doubled 
back  without  our  seeing  him ;  and  besides,  his  obvious 
way  of  escape  was  down-stream.  So  we  resumed  our 
route  with  fresh  vigour,  keeping  a  sharp  look-out  to 
right  and  left  for  the  fugitive.  It  seemed  at  first  as  if 
he  had  eluded  us ;  but  on  reaching  a  more  open  part 
of  the  defile  we  came  upon  signs  that  showed  us  that 
we  were  in  the  right  track,  and  gave  us  hopes  that  in 
spite  of  his  start  we  would  soon  come  up  with  the 
assassin.  Drops  of  blood  stained  the  stones — a  proof 
that  the  man  we  were  pursuing  had  not  come  scathless 
out  of  the  struggle      It  was  singular,  and  we  could  not 


FOUND.  245 

help  remarking  upon  it  even  as  we  hurried  on,  that  our 
journey  in  unexplored  lands  should  be  ending  as  it  had 
begun,  in  a  life-and-death  chase  through  a  rocky  ravine. 
But  how  different  were  the  circumstances !  Then  we 
were  fugitives,  fleeing  for  our  lives  before  a  band  of 
naked  savages ;  now  we  were  messengers  of  vengeance, 
following  hard  on  the  steps  of  our  wounded  enemy. 

By-and-by  we  came  in  sight  of  him  labouring  pain- 
fully along  over  the  boulders  and  through  the  brush- 
wood in  front.  As  we  rapidly  gained  upon  him,  he 
cast  a  glance  at  us  over  his  shoulder  like  the  glare  of  a 
hunted  tiger.  It  scarcely  surprised  us  to  recognize  the 
face  of  Kliodja  Akbar ;  and  he  appeared  to  know  that 
the  fates  had  pronounced  against  him,  for  his  dark 
features  were  convulsed  with  impotent  fury  and  hate. 
At  this  part  of  the  valley  there  was  a  spot  where  it 
was  just  possible  to  climb  up  the  crags  to  the  level 
above ;  and  his  eye  seemed  to  measure  the  distance 
between  us  and  him,  in  order  to  judge  whether  he  had 
time  to  avail  himself  of  this  loophole  of  escape.  He 
must  have  decided  that  he  had  not,  for  without  pausing 
he  continued  his  flight  down  the  valley. 

We  must  now,  according  to  what  we  had  learned 
from  poor  Yung-wan,  be  quite  close  to  the  Salwen, 
which  here,  as  throughout  its  course,  flows  in  a  confined 
and  narrow  channel.  Before  entering  the  main  river, 
however,  the  small  stream  we  had  been  following  cast 


246  FOUND. 

itself  over  a  steep  cliff  in  a  turbid  waterfall.  Above  the 
fall  the  crags  hung  higher  and  grimmer  than  ever ;  while 
aloft,  fine  forest  trees,  including  the  magnificent  teak 
for  which  this  region  is  so  famous,  spread  out  their 
branches  almost  over  the  cascade.  Khodja  Akbar,  with  a 
lead  now  of  little  more  than  a  hundred  yards,  crept  along 
the  sides  of  the  cliffs,  until  he  reached  a  yawning  gap, 
close  to  the  falling  water,  and  crossed  by  a  single  tree- 
trunk,  which  had  to  all  appearance  fallen  accidentally 
into  this  position  from  the  forest  above.  He  stepped 
across  with  wavering  steps,  and  then  seizing  the  end  of 
the  log,  he  strained  all  his  force  to  hurl  it  from  the 
rock.  At  this  moment,  and  several  times  before,  the 
doctor  might,  of  course,  have  shot  him  dead ;  but  he 
shrank  from  taking  the  life  of  a  fellow-creature,  even 
one  caught  red-handed,  in  this  way,  and  to  expend 
our  last  cartridge  on  the  deed.  The  heavy  trunk 
would  not  be  moved,  and  the  fugitive  turned  again 
for  flight.  We  had  approached  within  a  few  yards 
of  this  natural  bridge,  when  I  felt  the  solid  ground 
tremble,  and  then  heave  like  the  deck  of  a  ship 
at  sea.  Thinking  that  a  portion  of  the  rock  was 
about  to  give  way,  I  instinctively  clung  to  the  bushes 
near  me.  There  was  a  brief  pause,  and  then  a  violent 
shock,  two  or  three  times  repeated,  and  to  my  confused 
senses  the  crags  about  me  seemed  to  rock  and  reel ; 
large  fragments  detached  themselves  from  the  cliffs  and 


FOUND.  247 

fell  crashing  to  the  bottom,  and  a  loud  splash  announced 
that  a  mass  of  ponderous  size  had  fallen  into  the  water 
beneath,  while  a  dull  muffled  sound  like  distant  thunder 
reached  my  ears. 

All  this  may  have  occupied  only  a  few  moments,  but 
it  appeared  to  me  that  at  least  a  couple  of  minutes  had 
elapsed  before  I  had  collected  my  scattered  wits,  and 
looked  about  me,  dazed  and  giddy  as  if  just  recovering 
from  a  stunning  blow.  The  tragic  events  of  the  last 
few  hours — the  assassination,  the  burial  of  the  victim, 
the  pursuit  of  the  murderer — had  driven  from  our  minds 
all  recollection  of  the  danger  that  threatened  us  from 
the  awakening  volcano  behind  us,  and  this  earthquake 
shock  bewildered  us  at  first  by  its  unexpectedness. 
Almost  the  first  thing  I.  observed  clearly  was  that  an 
impassable  chasm  now  barred  our  advance — the  tree 
that  crossed  the  chasm  had  been  shaken  from  its  place 
and  WELS  floating  in  the  pool  beneath.  A  mocking  laugh 
from  Akbar  the  Kashgaree,  as  he  passed  from  sight 
round  a  projecting  crag,  told  us  that  he  also  perceived 
that  pursuit  in  this  direction  was  hopeless. 

There  was  nothing  for  it  but  to  "  hark  back "  to 
the  spot  where,  as  I  have  before  mentioned,  the  cliffs 
seemed  scalable.  With  infinite  trouble  the  whole  party 
succeeded  at  last  in  reaching  the  summit  of  the  rocks. 
We  found  ourselves  amid  dense  and  lofty  forests  that 
almost  covered  the  country  in  front  as  far  as  our  view 


248  FOUND. 

extended,  heaving  and  sinking,  according  to  the  irregu- 
larities of  the  surface,  like  a  vast  sea  of  green.  The 
teak  tree,  with  its  stately  trunk  and  great  pendulous 
leaves,  that  have  so  often  been  compared  to  the  ears  of 
an  elephant,  predominated ;  but  there  were  also  many 
varieties  of  palms  and  other  plants  of  the  tropics,  beau- 
tiful for  their  flowers  or  their  foliage,  or  valuable  for 
the  fruits,  dyes,  gums,  drugs,  and  spices  that  they  yield. 
Within  easy  reach  we  descried  the  valley  of  the  Salwen 
lying  like  a  deep  trench  across  our  way,  just  as  we  had 
seen  it  in  Thibet  three  or  four  hundred  miles  higher  up, 
when  we  had  been  slung  across  its  restless  waters  on  a 
slim  rope.  Its  banks  now,  instead  of  being  naked  and 
gaunt,  were  clothed  with  dense  verdure;  but  they  looked 
scarcely  less  savage.  "We  knew,  however,  that  when  we 
had  reached  the  farther  shore  we  should  have  left  the 
limits  of  the  absolutely  unknown  behind  us,  and  that 
a  few  comparatively  easy  stages  more  would  bring  us 
among  our  fellow-countrymen,  for  whose  homely  faces 
and  voices  and  home-like  ways  we  were  longing  with 
an  energy  that  only  those  who  have  sojourned  like  us 
in  far  and  savage  countries  can  understand. 

We  followed  as  closely  as  we  dared  the  edge  of  the 
cliffs,  occasionally  peering  over  to  see  if  any  traces  of 
Akbar  were  to  be  detected  in  the  gorge  below.  Unex- 
pectedly we  came  in  sight  of  him,  resting  on  a  rock  not 
far  beneath  the  waterfall.     The  pain  of  his  wound  had 


FOUND.  249 

overcome  him,  or  he  had  met  with  some  obstacle  in 
front  which  he  could  not  pass ;  or  perhaps  he  imagined 
that  he  was  now  safe  from  farther  pursuit.  "We  could 
almost  have  dropped  a  pebble  upon  the  spot  where 
he  sat ;  but  he  had  evidently  no  suspicion  that  we  were 
so  near  to  him. 

As  we  leaned  over  the  cliffs,  discussing  in  low  earnest 
tones  what  means  we  should  take  to  bring  our  enemy 
to  bay,  a  noise  which  we  had  heard  for  some  minutes, 
and  taken  for  the  distant  roar  of  a  waterfall,  smote 
more  loudly  on  our  ears.  Every  moment  the  volume  of 
sound  increased,  and  it  seemed  to  be  approaching  us 
rapidly,  and  from  the  direction  of  the  upper  end  of  the 
valley.  As  we  listened,  it  swelled  into  angry,  terrible 
notes,  that  filled  the  air  with  foreboding  and  alarm.  We 
looked  at  one  another,  already  half  conjecturing  the 
truth  before  the  doctor  told  us,  by  sign  rather  than  by 
word,  that  the  earthquake  must  have  rent  wider  the 
gap  in  the  mountain  above,  and  that  this  must  be  the 
escaping  waters  of  the  lake  in  the  crater  that  were 
hurrying  towards  us  down  the  gorge.  Khodja  Akbar 
also  had  heard  the  sound,  and  had  started  to  his  feet. 
The  fierce  feeling  of  anger  and  desire  for  vengeance 
which  had  inspired  us  during  the  last  few  hours  seemed 
to  pass  away  when  we  saw  the  poor,  wounded  wretch 
exposed  to  so  appalling  a  doom.  There  was  one  parti- 
cular part  of  the  cliffs  where,  with  our  help  from  above. 


250  *  FOUND. 

it  was  just  possible  for  him  to  reach  a  place  of  safety. 
We  shouted  to  him  at  the  highest  pitch  of  our  voices,  and 
eagerly  signalled  to  him  where  he  should  go.  He  turned 
towards  us,  but  he  could  not  or  would  not  understand 
our  meaning.  Perhaps  it  was  already  too  late,  for  the 
flooded  stream  was  already  thundering  down  the  rocky 
channel  in  ponderous  brown  masses.  The  doomed  man 
shrieked  some  words — a  prayer  or  an  imprecation — 
which  were  lost  in  the  noise  of  the  torrent.  He  shook 
his  fist  at  us,  and  something  gleamed  an  instant  in  his 
hand.  Was  it  the  knife  with  which  he  had  slain  his 
brother  man ;  or  was  it  the  great  sapphire,  for  the  sake 
of  which  he  had  steeped  his  hand  in  innocent  blood  ? 
I  cannot  tell ;  for  at  that  instant  the  main  body  of  the 
flood  reared  itself  above  the  rocks  at  the  fall,  like  a 
chafed  and  angry  lion,  with  a  tawny  mane  of  rushing 
waters  streaming  behind  it.  Another  moment,  and  it 
had  leaped  down  with  a  mighty  roar  on  its  solitary- 
victim,  and  the  body  of  Akbar  was  tumbling  and  toss- 
ing amidst  the  wreck  of  uprooted  trees  and  broken 
reeds  that  were  hurrying  down  to  the  "  Valley  of  the 
Shadow." 

There  is  not  much  of  the  story  of  our  journey  left  for 
me  to  tell.  We  turned  away  horror-stricken  from  the 
scene  we  had  witnessed ;  yet  soon  there  came  a  feeling 
of  intense  relief,  for  the  constant  strain  of  suspense  and 


FOUND.  251 

suspicion  that  had  weighed  upon  us  so  long  as  we  were 
under  the  shadow  of  the  volcanoes,  with  the  great 
sapphire  in  our  charge,  and  an  unsleeping  enemy  near 
us,  was  now  removed.  We  reached  the  huts  of  a  party 
of  teak-cutters  and  rafters,  kindly  people  that  entertained 
us  hospitably  while  we  rested  to  recruit  and  to  prepare  for 
resuming  our  journey.  Some  attempts  we  made  convinced 
us  that  it  was  hopeless  to  expect  to  discover  poor  Yung- 
wan's  sapphire-mine.  After  waiting  until  the  flood  had 
abated,  we  proceeded  down  the  swift  Salwen  for  several 
days  on  one  of  the  timber-rafts  that  descend  to  the  sea 
even  from  this  distance  up  the  river.  We  had  plenty 
of  dangerous  experiences  in  shooting  rapids  and  slipping 
past  rocks,  but  nothing  that  we  were  not  by  this  time 
well  inured  to.  Then  came  vexing  delays ;  for  there 
were  alarming  rumours  that  a  hostile  tribe  had  formed 
a  stockade  on  the  river,  and  the  raftsmen  would  not 
proceed  until  they  were  certain  that  the  way  was  clear. 
We  determined  to  leave  the  stream,  and,  hiring  a  party 
of  guides  and  porters,  proceed  over-land  to  the  border  of 
British  Burmah,  now  close  at  hand. 

On  the  third  morning  we  were  marching  through  a 
jungly  forest  of  "  toddy  palms"  and  bamboos,  when  the 
alarm  was  given  from  the  front  that  there  was  a  tiger 
in  the  path.  Sure  enough  we  found  a  great  yellow 
brute  growling  and  snarling,  on  the  opposite  bank  of  a 
marshy  stream,  over  the  body  of  a  deer  which  he  had 


252  FOUND. 

brought  down,  and  was  loath  to  leave.  Dr.  Roland 
was  about  to  fire — we  had  replenished  our  stock  of 
ammunition  from  our  friends  on  the  river — when  the 
sharp  crack  of  a  rifle  resounded  in  the  wood,  and  the 
tiger  rolled  over,  clawing  and  tearing  up  the  ground 
with  his  huge  paws. 

,"  You've  done  it  this  time,  Sandy,"  said  a  hearty 
voice  in  the  beloved  tongue  of  our  native  England. 
"  Right  through  the  ear,  too,  as  I  am  a  living  man." 

"  I  think  the  shot  might  have  been  worse,"  said  an- 
other voice  in  slower  and  more  deliberate  tones,  in  which 
might  easily  be  detected  the  accents  of  one  bom  to  the 
north  of  the  Tweed.  "  But  what  could  the  beast  mean 
by  glowering  across  the  burn  in  yon  way  ?" 

Two  stalwart  figures,  clad  in  half -military,  half -sports- 
man dress,  with  white  "  puggerees"  and  leggings,  came  up 
to  the  spot  where  the  tiger  lay.  Our  surprise  was  nothing 
to  theirs  when  we  hailed  them  in  their  own  lano^uao^e. 
And  truly  strange  tatterdemalion  figures  we  must  have 
seemed  as  we  emerged  with  our  native  followers  from 
the  brake,  with  our  sunburned  features,  unkempt  locks, 
and  ragged  jackets.  Our  new  friends  were  Lieutenants 
Alexander  M'Leod  and  Henry  Verney,  of  the  Royal 
Engineers.  They  had  been  sent  out  on  the  duty  of 
marking  off"  the  frontier  between  the  Karen  tribes  and 
the  country  claimed  by  independent  Burmah,  and  having 
completed  their  task,  had  set    ofi"   on   a   hunting   trip 


FOUND.  253 

beyond  the  borders  before  returning  to  their  station, 
when  good  fortune  cast  them  in  our  path.  I  will  not 
repeat  what  these  kind  officers  said  when  they  heard 
the  story  of  our  adventures.  I  know  they  made  Tom 
and  me  blush  till  our  faces  tingled,  with  their  praises  of 
what  they  were  pleased  to  call  our  gallantry  and  forti- 
tude, and  shook  our  hands  and  slapped  our  backs  with 
their  heavy  palms  until  it  needed  all  our  fortitude  to 
prevent  us  from  wincing.  But  we  knew  all  the  time — 
and  told  them  so,  only  they  would  pay  no  heed  to  us — 
that  we  had  really  no  credit  for  what  had  been  done, 
having  merely  done  our  best  to  obey  orders,  and  that  to 
Dr.  Roland,  along  with  faithful  Hannibal,  the  honour  and 
glory  of  the  journey  really  belonged. 

That  night  we  slept  under  canvas,  in  a  clean  ham- 
mock, after  a  warm  and  abimdant  meal,  thus  suddenly 
coming  into  the  enjoyment  of  three  comforts  to  which 
we  had  long  been  strangers.  This  was  nothing,  how- 
ever, to  the  delight  of  being  again  with  friendly,  hos- 
pitable people  of  our  own  nation,  and  of  hearing  news 
from  home  in  our  sweet  mother  tongue.  We  knew 
that  our  trials  were  over,  and  that  we  had  got  back 
again  within  the  pale  of  civilized  life,  with  the  first 
glimpse  we  got  of  Lieutenant  M'Leod's  red  whiskers  and 
his  companion's  ruddy  cheek. 

A  fortnight  later  we  were  in  Rangoon,  the  capital 
and  chief  port  of  British  Burmah.     I  need  not  narrate 


254  FOUND. 

these  later  stages  of  our  journey,  which  was  through  a 
country  pretty  well  known  already.  The  sights  of 
Rangoon  itself  the  reader  will  not  thank  me  to  describe, 
for  it  is  a  place  visited  by  hundreds  of  British  ships 
every  year.  To  tell  the  truth,  I  have  a  very  indifferent 
remembrance  of  them ;  for  after  our  severe  fatigue  and 
privation,  the  whole  party  suffered  from  reaction,  and 
for  many  days  were  hardly  able  to  stir  about.  Our 
first  duty,  of  course,  was  to  send  a  message  to  Mr.  Mar- 
shall and  to  our  relatives  at  home,  who,  we  found,  had 
long  given  us  up  as  lost.  It  was  settled  that  we  should 
not  return  to  Assam,  but  proceed  directly  to  England  to 
recruit  from  the  effects  of  our  sojourn  among  the  grim 
deserts  of  Thibet  and  the  poisonous  marshes  of  the 
Mekong. 

One  morning  we  stood  on  the  deck  of  the  steamer  at 
the  chief  outlet  of  the  Irrawady.  We  had  bid  good-bye 
to  all  our  kind  friends  in  Rangoon,  and  were  about  to 
set  sail  for  "  home."  Tom  and  I  were  looking  over  the 
bulwarks  watching  the  smooth  current  of  the  noble 
stream,  covered  with  large  and  small  craft,  that  we  had 
crossed  when  it  was  little  more  than  a  mountain  torrent, 
and  the  level  green  banks,  with  the  roofs  of  pagodas, 
churches,  and  villas  rising  above  the  trees,  so  strangely 
in  contrast  to  the  wild  and  desolate  scenes  through 
which  we  had  seen  it  flow  near  its  source.  Dr.  Roland 
was  close  behind  us,  with  Hannibal  beside  him,  giving 


FOUND.  255 

the  finishing  touches  to  the  packing  of  his  master's 
lue:f]:aore.  The  doctor  cauo^ht  the  last  remark — some- 
thing  that  Tom  or  I  had  said  half-seriously  and  half- 
jocularly  to  the  effect  that,  notwithstanding  all  the 
weary  miles  our  feet  had  trodden,  and  the  untold  wealth 
we  had  had  in  our  grasp,  we  were  leaving  these  shores 
empty-handed. 

"Empty-handed!"  he  echoed.  "What  do  you  call 
empty-handed  ?  That  case  that  Hannibal  is  strapping 
contains  treasures  worth — if  the  world  only  knew  its 
real  value — all  the  gold-mines  in  Burmah.  There  are 
specimens  there  that  will  make  some  of  our  men  of 
science  open  their  eyes." 

"  If  we  could  have  brought  away  the  sapphire,  wouldn't 
they  have  opened  them  wider  still  ?"  Tom  slyly  ven- 
tured to  say. 

"And  even  if  you  were  empty-handed,"  the  doctor 
proceeded,  without  paying  attention  to  the  interruption, 
"you  are  not  empty-headed,  or  it  is  your  own  fault. 
Think  on  the  rare  and  beautiful  things  that  Nature  has 
shown  to  you — the  grand  and  mysterious  secrets  she 
has  trusted  you  with,  as  the  reward  for  visiting  her  in 
her  solitude.  Think  of  the  knowledoje  of  stranore  races 
and  lands  and  customs  you  have  learned,  not  through 
the  medium  of  books  or  of  teachers,  but  at  first  hand. 
Above  all,  boys,  I  think  the  trials  and  dangers  we  have 
come  through  together  must  have  taught  each  one  of  us 


256  FOUND. 

priceless  lessons  that  we  shall  not  forget  to  our  dying 
day — lessons  of  faith  and  hope,  of  fortitude  and  manli- 
ness, of  mutual  forbearance  and  patience  and  helpful- 
ness. Our  pioneering  in  Further  India  has  made  us  a 
few  years  older,  but  it  has  made  us  many  years  wiser." 

Then  the  steam- whistle  sounded,  and  our  vessel  got 
under  way  for  England. 


THE  END. 


\ 


^v 


J 


^' 


ex^